Wa Qalalladhina وَقَالَ الَّذِينَ
Part 19 of 30 • 345 Verses
۞ وَقَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يَرْجُونَ لِقَآءَنَا لَوْلَآ أُنزِلَ عَلَيْنَا ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ أَوْ نَرَىٰ رَبَّنَا ۗ لَقَدِ ٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ فِىٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ وَعَتَوْ عُتُوًّا كَبِيرًا
10:8, 12.
10:8, 12.
Commentary:
The disbelievers in their conceit and arrogance seem to be satisfied with nothing less than that angels should descend upon them or God Himself should speak to them to bear witness to the truth of the Prophet.
b
10:8, 12.
b
10:8, 12.
2658
Commentary:
The disbelievers in their conceit and arrogance seem to be satisfied with nothing less than that angels should descend upon them or God Himself should speak to them to bear witness to the truth of the Prophet.
b
10:8, 12.
2071A
See {252}.
يَوْمَ يَرَوْنَ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةَ لَا بُشْرَىٰ يَوْمَئِذٍ لِّلْمُجْرِمِينَ وَيَقُولُونَ حِجْرًا مَّحْجُورًا
6:9, 159.
6:9, 159.
An Arab would use the words Hijran Mahjuran when he is faced with a thing he does not like, meaning 'let it remain away from me so that I should not suffer from it' (Lane & Mufradat). In reply to their first insolent demand mentioned in the preceding verse, disbelievers are told that angels will certainly descend, but they will be angels of punishment and when they come, the disbelievers will hate the very sight of them and will pray that a strong barrier might be set up between them and the angels.
6:9,159.
Important Words:
حجرا محجورا (a strong barrier). حجر is derived from حجر (hajara) which means, he prevented, hindered, debarred, forbade or prohibited. They say لاحجرعنه i.e. there is no protection from him or it.حجر علیه means, the judge prohibited him from disposing of his property as he liked. حجر (hijrun) means, hindrance, barrier, protection, defence, prohibition, or prohibited, inviolable or sacred; any garden or walled garden; bosom; relationship that prohibits marriage; intellect or reason. ھذا حجر علیک means, this is forbidden to thee. An Arab would use the words حجرا محجورا when he is faced with a thing he does not like, meaning "let it remain away from me so that I should not suffer from it" (Lane, Mufradat & Aqrab). See also 6:139.
Commentary:
In reply to the first insolent demand the verse warns disbelievers that angels will certainly descend, but they will be angels of punishment and when they come, the disbelievers will hate the very sight of them and will pray that a strong barrier might be set up between them and the angels.
c
6:9, 159.
a
6:9,159.
2659
Important Words:
حجرا محجورا (a strong barrier). حجر is derived from حجر (hajara) which means, he prevented, hindered, debarred, forbade or prohibited. They say لاحجرعنه i.e. there is no protection from him or it.حجر علیه means, the judge prohibited him from disposing of his property as he liked. حجر (hijrun) means, hindrance, barrier, protection, defence, prohibition, or prohibited, inviolable or sacred; any garden or walled garden; bosom; relationship that prohibits marriage; intellect or reason. ھذا حجر علیک means, this is forbidden to thee. An Arab would use the words حجرا محجورا when he is faced with a thing he does not like, meaning "let it remain away from me so that I should not suffer from it" (Lane, Mufradat & Aqrab). See also 6:139.
Commentary:
In reply to the first insolent demand the verse warns disbelievers that angels will certainly descend, but they will be angels of punishment and when they come, the disbelievers will hate the very sight of them and will pray that a strong barrier might be set up between them and the angels.
c
6:9, 159.
2072
An Arab would use the words Hijran Mahjuran when he is faced with a thing he does not like, meaning 'let it remain away from me so that I should not suffer from it' (Lane & Mufradat). In reply to their first insolent demand mentioned in the preceding verse, disbelievers are told that angels will certainly descend, but they will be angels of punishment and when they come, the disbelievers will hate the very sight of them and will pray that a strong barrier might be set up between them and the angels.
وَقَدِمْنَآ إِلَىٰ مَا عَمِلُوا۟ مِنْ عَمَلٍ فَجَعَلْنَٰهُ هَبَآءً مَّنثُورًا
ھَبَـآءٌ کا لفظ جو قرآن کریم میں آتا ہے اس کے اصل معنے اس ہلکے اور باریک ذرّہ کے ہیں جو بعض دفعہ ہوا میں اُڑتا ہوا نظر آتا ہے اور آیت کا مفہوم یہ ہے کہ ہم ان کو اتنا پیسیں گے کہ ان کے ذرّات ہلکے ہو کر ہوا میں اُڑنے لگیں گے اور ان کے دوست ان کو جمع بھی نہ کر سکیں گے۔
And their second demand will be met by all their works being totally rendered null and void and by their being destroyed and scattered into thin air like particles of dust.
Commentary:
The second foolish demand of disbelievers was that God Himself should speak to them, bearing witness to the truth of the Holy Prophet. This demand, the verse purports to say, will be met by all their works being totally rendered null and void and by their being destroyed and scattered into thin air like particles of dust.
2
ھَبَـآءٌ کا لفظ جو قرآن کریم میں آتا ہے اس کے اصل معنے اس ہلکے اور باریک ذرّہ کے ہیں جو بعض دفعہ ہوا میں اُڑتا ہوا نظر آتا ہے اور آیت کا مفہوم یہ ہے کہ ہم ان کو اتنا پیسیں گے کہ ان کے ذرّات ہلکے ہو کر ہوا میں اُڑنے لگیں گے اور ان کے دوست ان کو جمع بھی نہ کر سکیں گے۔
2660
Commentary:
The second foolish demand of disbelievers was that God Himself should speak to them, bearing witness to the truth of the Holy Prophet. This demand, the verse purports to say, will be met by all their works being totally rendered null and void and by their being destroyed and scattered into thin air like particles of dust.
2073
And their second demand will be met by all their works being totally rendered null and void and by their being destroyed and scattered into thin air like particles of dust.
أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلْجَنَّةِ يَوْمَئِذٍ خَيْرٌ مُّسْتَقَرًّا وَأَحْسَنُ مَقِيلًا
Commentary:
The verse signifies that whereas the work of disbelievers will be completely destroyed, the life of believers will be a life of perfect and perpetual calm and tranquillity. They will pass their days and nights in undisturbed composure and equanimity.
2661
Commentary:
The verse signifies that whereas the work of disbelievers will be completely destroyed, the life of believers will be a life of perfect and perpetual calm and tranquillity. They will pass their days and nights in undisturbed composure and equanimity.
وَيَوْمَ تَشَقَّقُ ٱلسَّمَآءُ بِٱلْغَمَٰمِ وَنُزِّلَ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ تَنزِيلًا
2:211.
2:211.
2:211.
Commentary:
The reference in the verse may be to the Battle of Badr when rain came as a welcome relief to Muslims, and angels descended in large numbers to help them. Elsewhere the Quran says that in the battlefield of Badr as many as five thousand angels descended to attack disbelievers (3:125-126). It further says, "God revealed to the angels, saying, ‘I am with you; so give firmness to those who believe. I will cast terror into the hearts of those who disbelieve. Smite, then, the upper parts of their necks, and smite off all finger-tips" (8:13).
a
2:211.
a
2:211.
2662
Commentary:
The reference in the verse may be to the Battle of Badr when rain came as a welcome relief to Muslims, and angels descended in large numbers to help them. Elsewhere the Quran says that in the battlefield of Badr as many as five thousand angels descended to attack disbelievers (3:125-126). It further says, "God revealed to the angels, saying, ‘I am with you; so give firmness to those who believe. I will cast terror into the hearts of those who disbelieve. Smite, then, the upper parts of their necks, and smite off all finger-tips" (8:13).
a
2:211.
ٱلْمُلْكُ يَوْمَئِذٍ ٱلْحَقُّ لِلرَّحْمَٰنِ ۚ وَكَانَ يَوْمًا عَلَى ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ عَسِيرًا
6:74; 22:57.
6:74; 22:57.
The day of Badr was indeed a most distressful day for disbelievers. It was on that day that the foundations of Islam were firmly laid and the Quraish had realised to their bitter mortification and discomfiture that it had come to stay.
6:74; 22:57.
Important Words:
عسیرا (hard) is derived from عسر which means, it was or became difficult, hard, hard to be borne or endured, hard to be done. حاجة عسیرة means, a want difficult of attainment. یوم عسیر means, a day of difficulties; a hard, distressful or calamitous day; an unfortunate or unlucky day (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The day of Badr was indeed a most distressful day for disbelievers. It was on that day that the foundations of Islam were firmly laid and the Quraish had realized to their bitter mortification and discomfiture that it had come to stay. They had not the faintest idea that a small band of only 313 men, without adequate arms, ammunition or implements of war, will inflict a most crushing defeat on them and "the glory of Kedar will depart forever". It was on the battlefield of Badr that the great fighters and leaders of the Quraish were killed. That battle has therefore rightly been called one of the greatest battles in history. In that battle the fate of Islam—in fact, the fate of humanity itself—hung in the balance and the victory of Islam was the triumph of humanity.
b
6:74; 22:57.
b
6:74; 22:57.
2663
Important Words:
عسیرا (hard) is derived from عسر which means, it was or became difficult, hard, hard to be borne or endured, hard to be done. حاجة عسیرة means, a want difficult of attainment. یوم عسیر means, a day of difficulties; a hard, distressful or calamitous day; an unfortunate or unlucky day (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The day of Badr was indeed a most distressful day for disbelievers. It was on that day that the foundations of Islam were firmly laid and the Quraish had realized to their bitter mortification and discomfiture that it had come to stay. They had not the faintest idea that a small band of only 313 men, without adequate arms, ammunition or implements of war, will inflict a most crushing defeat on them and "the glory of Kedar will depart forever". It was on the battlefield of Badr that the great fighters and leaders of the Quraish were killed. That battle has therefore rightly been called one of the greatest battles in history. In that battle the fate of Islam—in fact, the fate of humanity itself—hung in the balance and the victory of Islam was the triumph of humanity.
b
6:74; 22:57.
2074
The day of Badr was indeed a most distressful day for disbelievers. It was on that day that the foundations of Islam were firmly laid and the Quraish had realised to their bitter mortification and discomfiture that it had come to stay.
وَيَوْمَ يَعَضُّ ٱلظَّالِمُ عَلَىٰ يَدَيْهِ يَقُولُ يَٰلَيْتَنِى ٱتَّخَذْتُ مَعَ ٱلرَّسُولِ سَبِيلًا
33:67; 67:11.
33:67; 67:11.
33:67; 67:11.
Important Words:
لیتنی (would that I). لیت is a word denoting a wish (signifying would that...; I wish that...), generally relating to a thing that is impossible, rarely possible; governing the subject in the accusative case and the predicate in the nominative case. They say لیت زیدا ذاھب i.e. would that Zaid were going. Sometimes it is used as doubly transitive, putting both the subject and the predicate in the accusative case. They say لیت زیداً قائما i.e. would that Zaid were standing. It is used to give intensiveness to the meaning. لیتنی فعلت کذا و کذا means, would that I had done so and so (Lane).
Commentary:
This and the following two verses depict the feeling of humiliation and regret that overwhelmed the disbelievers on the day of Badr. These verses may have general application also.
c
33:67; 67:11.
a
33:67; 67:11.
2664
Important Words:
لیتنی (would that I). لیت is a word denoting a wish (signifying would that...; I wish that...), generally relating to a thing that is impossible, rarely possible; governing the subject in the accusative case and the predicate in the nominative case. They say لیت زیدا ذاھب i.e. would that Zaid were going. Sometimes it is used as doubly transitive, putting both the subject and the predicate in the accusative case. They say لیت زیداً قائما i.e. would that Zaid were standing. It is used to give intensiveness to the meaning. لیتنی فعلت کذا و کذا means, would that I had done so and so (Lane).
Commentary:
This and the following two verses depict the feeling of humiliation and regret that overwhelmed the disbelievers on the day of Badr. These verses may have general application also.
c
33:67; 67:11.
يَٰوَيْلَتَىٰ لَيْتَنِى لَمْ أَتَّخِذْ فُلَانًا خَلِيلًا
Important Words:
ویلتیٰ (woe is me). ویل means, the befalling of some calamity, misfortune or sorrow; punishment; perdition. The expression ویلک or ویل لکis used as a warning for some impending misfortune or calamity (Lane & Aqrab). See also 2:80.
2665
Important Words:
ویلتیٰ (woe is me). ویل means, the befalling of some calamity, misfortune or sorrow; punishment; perdition. The expression ویلک or ویل لکis used as a warning for some impending misfortune or calamity (Lane & Aqrab). See also 2:80.
لَّقَدْ أَضَلَّنِى عَنِ ٱلذِّكْرِ بَعْدَ إِذْ جَآءَنِى ۗ وَكَانَ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ لِلْإِنسَٰنِ خَذُولًا
Important Words:
خذولا (one who always deserts) is derived from خذل. They say خذله or خذل عنه i.e. he abstained from, or neglected, aiding or assisting him; and held back from him; he left or forsook him or deserted him. خذول is the intensive form of خاذل and means, a great deserter or one who always deserts his friends (Lane & Mufradat).
2666
Important Words:
خذولا (one who always deserts) is derived from خذل. They say خذله or خذل عنه i.e. he abstained from, or neglected, aiding or assisting him; and held back from him; he left or forsook him or deserted him. خذول is the intensive form of خاذل and means, a great deserter or one who always deserts his friends (Lane & Mufradat).
وَقَالَ ٱلرَّسُولُ يَٰرَبِّ إِنَّ قَوْمِى ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ هَٰذَا ٱلْقُرْءَانَ مَهْجُورًا
这节经文可以十分确切地用于那些把 «古兰经» 抛弃在身后的所谓穆斯林。在过去的十四个世纪中, «古兰经» 也许从来没有像今天那样被穆斯林所忽视过。穆圣说过一句话, 其大意是: “我的民族将有一个时期, 那时伊斯兰教只留下它的名称, 而 «古兰经» 只留下它的文字”。(بَيْهَقِی شُعَبُ الْاِيْمَانْ, Baihaqi, Shu‘abul-Iman) 现在就是那个时期。
Quite appropriately the verse may apply to those so-called Muslims who have discarded the Qur’an and have thrown it behind their backs. Perhaps never during the last 14 centuries the Qur’an was so much neglected and ignored by the Muslims as it is today. There is a saying of the Holy Prophet to the effect: 'A time will come upon my people when there will remain nothing of Islam but its name and of the Qur’an but its words' (Baihaqi. Shu‘abul-Iman). The present indeed is that time.
Commentary:
The expression "my people" may apply to the Quraish of Mecca who were the Holy Prophet’s people and were the Quran’s immediate addressees. More appropriately the words may apply to all Muslims, who have discarded the Quran and have thrown it behind their backs. Perhaps never during the last 14 centuries the Quran was so much neglected and ignored by the Muslims as it is today. There is a saying of the Holy Prophet to the effect: "A time will come upon my people when there will remain nothing of Islam but its name and of the Quran but its words (Baihaqi, Shu‘abul-Iman). The present indeed is that time.
The emphasis on the word "this" in the expression "this Quran" is full of pathos. The Holy Prophet is represented here as saying that his people have discarded such a blessed book as this Quran in which there is light and guidance for them and which is God’s greatest boon for mankind and which has been revealed to raise them to the highest pinnacles of moral and spiritual eminence.
918
这节经文可以十分确切地用于那些把 «古兰经» 抛弃在身后的所谓穆斯林。在过去的十四个世纪中, «古兰经» 也许从来没有像今天那样被穆斯林所忽视过。穆圣说过一句话, 其大意是: “我的民族将有一个时期, 那时伊斯兰教只留下它的名称, 而 «古兰经» 只留下它的文字”。(بَيْهَقِی شُعَبُ الْاِيْمَانْ, Baihaqi, Shu‘abul-Iman) 现在就是那个时期。
2667
Commentary:
The expression "my people" may apply to the Quraish of Mecca who were the Holy Prophet’s people and were the Quran’s immediate addressees. More appropriately the words may apply to all Muslims, who have discarded the Quran and have thrown it behind their backs. Perhaps never during the last 14 centuries the Quran was so much neglected and ignored by the Muslims as it is today. There is a saying of the Holy Prophet to the effect: "A time will come upon my people when there will remain nothing of Islam but its name and of the Quran but its words (Baihaqi, Shu‘abul-Iman). The present indeed is that time.
The emphasis on the word "this" in the expression "this Quran" is full of pathos. The Holy Prophet is represented here as saying that his people have discarded such a blessed book as this Quran in which there is light and guidance for them and which is God’s greatest boon for mankind and which has been revealed to raise them to the highest pinnacles of moral and spiritual eminence.
2075
Quite appropriately the verse may apply to those so-called Muslims who have discarded the Qur’an and have thrown it behind their backs. Perhaps never during the last 14 centuries the Qur’an was so much neglected and ignored by the Muslims as it is today. There is a saying of the Holy Prophet to the effect: 'A time will come upon my people when there will remain nothing of Islam but its name and of the Qur’an but its words' (Baihaqi. Shu‘abul-Iman). The present indeed is that time.
وَكَذَٰلِكَ جَعَلْنَا لِكُلِّ نَبِىٍّ عَدُوًّا مِّنَ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ ۗ وَكَفَىٰ بِرَبِّكَ هَادِيًا وَنَصِيرًا
6:113.
6:113.
6:113.
d
6:113.
a
6:113.
a
6:113.
وَقَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ لَوْلَا نُزِّلَ عَلَيْهِ ٱلْقُرْءَانُ جُمْلَةً وَٰحِدَةً ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ لِنُثَبِّتَ بِهِۦ فُؤَادَكَ ۖ وَرَتَّلْنَٰهُ تَرْتِيلًا
17:107; 73:5.
11:121.
«古兰经» 是在间隔的时间上一部分一部分地启示的。这样地启示是想达到几个非常有用的目的: (1) 各节经文启示之间的那段时间给信者提供一个机会来证明已经启示的经文中所含的一些预言是否能实现, 因此可加强和巩固他们的信心。而且在这段时间内要答覆不信者所提出的许多反对意见。(2) 当穆斯林在特定时机为了特定的需要要求引导时, 可以启示必需和有关的经文。«古兰经» 启示的时期延续了23年, 为的是能够使穆圣的伙伴得以记住、学习和吸收它。假如它是全部经典在同一时候启示的话, 不信的人就可以会说这是穆圣叫什么人准备好的。因此, «古兰经» 是在不同时期, 为了不同的时机以及在极不同的条件和情况下逐步启示的, 这就答覆了这方面可能提出的反对意见。«古兰经» 之逐步启示为的是使人们能够容易地记住它。«古兰经» 分段启示, 也实现了 «圣经» 中以下的预言:
“这先知到底在教些什么? 谁要听他的? 他只能讲给刚断奶的婴儿听! 他居然还想一课一课、一行一行、一个字一个字地教导我们!” (《以赛亚书》28:9-10)。
مطلب یہ ہے کہ ٹکڑے ٹکڑے اترنے سے ایک تو سب مسلمانوں کو قرآن آسانی سے یاد ہو سکتا تھا۔ دوسرے ایک سورۃ میں بیان کردہ پیشگوئی جب پوری ہو جاتی تو دوسری سورۃ میں اس کی طرف اشارہ کیا جا سکتا تھا جس سے آنحضرت صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم اور صحابہؓ کے دل مضبوط ہو جاتے۔ اکٹھا نازل ہونے کی صورت میں یہ دونوں اغراض پوری نہیں ہو سکتی تھیں۔
17:107; 73:5.
11:121.
The Qur’an was revealed piecemeal and at intervals. This was intended to serve some very useful purposes: (i) The interval between the revelation of different passages afforded the believers an opportunity to witness the fulfilment of some of the prophecies contained in the passages already revealed and thus their faith became strengthened and fortified. Further, it was intended to answer the objections raised by disbelievers during the interval. (ii) When Muslims needed guidance on a particular occasion to meet a particular need, necessary and relevant verses were revealed. The revelation of the Qur’an was spread over a period of 23 years in order to enable the Companions of the Holy Prophet to remember, learn and assimilate it. If it had been revealed all at once and in the form of one complete book, the disbelievers could have said that the Holy Prophet had got it prepared from somebody. Thus its gradual revelation at different times, on different occasions and under vastly different conditions and
17:107; 73:5.
11:121.
Important Words:
رتلناہ ترتیلا (We arranged it in the best form) is derived from رتل (ratala). They say رتل الشیء i.e. the thing was or became well arranged. رتل الکلام (rattala) means, he put together and arranged well the component parts of the speech or saying and made it distinct. ترتیل (inf. noun) in its original sense relates to the teeth, their being separate one from another. The addition of the infinitive to the verb رتلنا is done in order to intensify the sense (Lane).
Commentary:
The Quran was revealed piecemeal and at intervals. This was intended to serve two very useful purposes: (i) The interval between the revelation of different passages afforded the believers an opportunity to witness fulfilment of some of the prophecies made in the passages already revealed and thus their faith became strengthened and fortified. Further it was intended to answer the objections raised by disbelievers during the interval. (ii) When Muslims needed guidance on a particular occasion to meet a particular need, necessary and relevant verses were revealed. Besides, the revelation of the Quran was spread over a period of 23 years in order to enable the Companions of the Holy Prophet to remember, learn and assimilate it. Moreover, the Quran had anticipated one possible objection of disbelievers and its gradual revelation was intended to answer that objection. If it had been revealed at once and in the form of one complete book, the disbelievers could have said that the Holy Prophet had got it all prepared from somebody. Thus its gradual revelation at different times, on different occasions and under vastly different conditions and circumstances, effectively smashed this possible objection. Last of all there was a prophecy of Prophet Isaiah that the last Divine Book would be revealed piecemeal and at intervals. The prophecy is as follows:
"Whom shall he teach knowledge and whom shall he make to understand the message? them that are weaned from the milk, and drawn from the breast? For it is precept upon precept; precept upon precept, line upon line, line upon line; here a little and there a little: for with strange lips and another tongue will he speak to this people" (Isaiah 28: 9-10).
The words, "We have arranged it in the best form," signify that whereas the Quran was revealed gradually and piecemeal to meet the needs of changing circumstances, it did not remain a collection of disorderly fragments but was given a perfect order and arrangement by Divine revelation. It may be noted here that the present order of the Quran is different from that in which it was originally revealed. It was revealed in an order which suited the needs and requirements of its immediate addressees and was arranged, under Divine direction, in an order which suited the permanent needs of humanity at large. Since both these kinds of needs were different, the two orders should necessarily have been different. It is indeed an outstanding miracle of the Quran that it was revealed in an order which was best suited for the needs of the period during which it was revealed and was arranged for permanent use in the order which was also best suited for humanity’s lasting needs.
a
17:107; 73:5.
b
11:121.
919
«古兰经» 是在间隔的时间上一部分一部分地启示的。这样地启示是想达到几个非常有用的目的: (1) 各节经文启示之间的那段时间给信者提供一个机会来证明已经启示的经文中所含的一些预言是否能实现, 因此可加强和巩固他们的信心。而且在这段时间内要答覆不信者所提出的许多反对意见。(2) 当穆斯林在特定时机为了特定的需要要求引导时, 可以启示必需和有关的经文。«古兰经» 启示的时期延续了23年, 为的是能够使穆圣的伙伴得以记住、学习和吸收它。假如它是全部经典在同一时候启示的话, 不信的人就可以会说这是穆圣叫什么人准备好的。因此, «古兰经» 是在不同时期, 为了不同的时机以及在极不同的条件和情况下逐步启示的, 这就答覆了这方面可能提出的反对意见。«古兰经» 之逐步启示为的是使人们能够容易地记住它。«古兰经» 分段启示, 也实现了 «圣经» 中以下的预言:
“这先知到底在教些什么? 谁要听他的? 他只能讲给刚断奶的婴儿听! 他居然还想一课一课、一行一行、一个字一个字地教导我们!” (《以赛亚书》28:9-10)。
1
مطلب یہ ہے کہ ٹکڑے ٹکڑے اترنے سے ایک تو سب مسلمانوں کو قرآن آسانی سے یاد ہو سکتا تھا۔ دوسرے ایک سورۃ میں بیان کردہ پیشگوئی جب پوری ہو جاتی تو دوسری سورۃ میں اس کی طرف اشارہ کیا جا سکتا تھا جس سے آنحضرت صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم اور صحابہؓ کے دل مضبوط ہو جاتے۔ اکٹھا نازل ہونے کی صورت میں یہ دونوں اغراض پوری نہیں ہو سکتی تھیں۔
b
17:107; 73:5.
c
11:121.
2668
Important Words:
رتلناہ ترتیلا (We arranged it in the best form) is derived from رتل (ratala). They say رتل الشیء i.e. the thing was or became well arranged. رتل الکلام (rattala) means, he put together and arranged well the component parts of the speech or saying and made it distinct. ترتیل (inf. noun) in its original sense relates to the teeth, their being separate one from another. The addition of the infinitive to the verb رتلنا is done in order to intensify the sense (Lane).
Commentary:
The Quran was revealed piecemeal and at intervals. This was intended to serve two very useful purposes: (i) The interval between the revelation of different passages afforded the believers an opportunity to witness fulfilment of some of the prophecies made in the passages already revealed and thus their faith became strengthened and fortified. Further it was intended to answer the objections raised by disbelievers during the interval. (ii) When Muslims needed guidance on a particular occasion to meet a particular need, necessary and relevant verses were revealed. Besides, the revelation of the Quran was spread over a period of 23 years in order to enable the Companions of the Holy Prophet to remember, learn and assimilate it. Moreover, the Quran had anticipated one possible objection of disbelievers and its gradual revelation was intended to answer that objection. If it had been revealed at once and in the form of one complete book, the disbelievers could have said that the Holy Prophet had got it all prepared from somebody. Thus its gradual revelation at different times, on different occasions and under vastly different conditions and circumstances, effectively smashed this possible objection. Last of all there was a prophecy of Prophet Isaiah that the last Divine Book would be revealed piecemeal and at intervals. The prophecy is as follows:
"Whom shall he teach knowledge and whom shall he make to understand the message? them that are weaned from the milk, and drawn from the breast? For it is precept upon precept; precept upon precept, line upon line, line upon line; here a little and there a little: for with strange lips and another tongue will he speak to this people" (Isaiah 28: 9-10).
The words, "We have arranged it in the best form," signify that whereas the Quran was revealed gradually and piecemeal to meet the needs of changing circumstances, it did not remain a collection of disorderly fragments but was given a perfect order and arrangement by Divine revelation. It may be noted here that the present order of the Quran is different from that in which it was originally revealed. It was revealed in an order which suited the needs and requirements of its immediate addressees and was arranged, under Divine direction, in an order which suited the permanent needs of humanity at large. Since both these kinds of needs were different, the two orders should necessarily have been different. It is indeed an outstanding miracle of the Quran that it was revealed in an order which was best suited for the needs of the period during which it was revealed and was arranged for permanent use in the order which was also best suited for humanity’s lasting needs.
b
17:107; 73:5.
c
11:121.
2076
The Qur’an was revealed piecemeal and at intervals. This was intended to serve some very useful purposes: (i) The interval between the revelation of different passages afforded the believers an opportunity to witness the fulfilment of some of the prophecies contained in the passages already revealed and thus their faith became strengthened and fortified. Further, it was intended to answer the objections raised by disbelievers during the interval. (ii) When Muslims needed guidance on a particular occasion to meet a particular need, necessary and relevant verses were revealed. The revelation of the Qur’an was spread over a period of 23 years in order to enable the Companions of the Holy Prophet to remember, learn and assimilate it. If it had been revealed all at once and in the form of one complete book, the disbelievers could have said that the Holy Prophet had got it prepared from somebody. Thus its gradual revelation at different times, on different occasions and under vastly different conditions and
وَلَا يَأْتُونَكَ بِمَثَلٍ إِلَّا جِئْنَٰكَ بِٱلْحَقِّ وَأَحْسَنَ تَفْسِيرًا
It is one of the distinctive features of the Qur’an in which it stands unique among all revealed Books that whenever it makes a claim about the existence of God, the truth of Islam, or about its own Divine origin, or any other related religious subject, it gives the required arguments to prove and substantiate the claim and looks to no other agency for aid or assistance.
Commentary:
The verse means to say that disbelievers can bring forward no objection which has not been already answered in the Quran and the answer has not been supported with excellent arguments contained in it. It is one of the distinctive features of the Quran in which it stands unique among all revealed Books that whenever it makes a claim about the existence of God, the truth of Islam, or about its own Divine origin, or any other related religious subject, it itself gives the required arguments to prove and substantiate the claim and looks towards no other agency for aid and assistance.
2669
Commentary:
The verse means to say that disbelievers can bring forward no objection which has not been already answered in the Quran and the answer has not been supported with excellent arguments contained in it. It is one of the distinctive features of the Quran in which it stands unique among all revealed Books that whenever it makes a claim about the existence of God, the truth of Islam, or about its own Divine origin, or any other related religious subject, it itself gives the required arguments to prove and substantiate the claim and looks towards no other agency for aid and assistance.
2077
It is one of the distinctive features of the Qur’an in which it stands unique among all revealed Books that whenever it makes a claim about the existence of God, the truth of Islam, or about its own Divine origin, or any other related religious subject, it gives the required arguments to prove and substantiate the claim and looks to no other agency for aid or assistance.
ٱلَّذِينَ يُحْشَرُونَ عَلَىٰ وُجُوهِهِمْ إِلَىٰ جَهَنَّمَ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ شَرٌّ مَّكَانًا وَأَضَلُّ سَبِيلًا
17:98.
5:61.
Commentary:
The words "will be gathered on their faces" may mean: (i) disbelievers will be gathered together and dragged on their faces into the fire of Hell; (ii) disbelievers will be gathered together when in a state of prostration with their faces on the ground and then dragged into Hell.
c
17:98.
d
5:61.
a
17:98.
b
5:61.
2670
Commentary:
The words "will be gathered on their faces" may mean: (i) disbelievers will be gathered together and dragged on their faces into the fire of Hell; (ii) disbelievers will be gathered together when in a state of prostration with their faces on the ground and then dragged into Hell.
a
17:98.
b
5:61.
2077A
Will be dragged into Hell along with their leaders; the word Wujuh also means, "leaders."
وَلَقَدْ ءَاتَيْنَا مُوسَى ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَجَعَلْنَا مَعَهُۥٓ أَخَاهُ هَٰرُونَ وَزِيرًا
20:30-33; 26:14; 28:35.
الؔ اس چیز کے لئے بھی آتا ہے جس کا ذکر پہلے ہو چکا ہو یا جس کا خیال دماغ میں ہو۔ اس لئے ہم نے اَلْکِتٰب کا ترجمہ ’’معلوم کتاب‘‘ کیا ہے۔
20:30-33; 26:14; 28:35.
20:30-33; 26:16; 28:35.
Commentary:
The wages of sin is death. Opposition to God’s Prophets has always resulted in discomfiture and destruction of the enemies of truth. The present Surah cites examples of some such Prophets whose people defied them and persecuted them and by their evil deeds drew upon themselves Divine wrath. Pride of place in this connection is given in this Surah to Moses who was the greatest Prophet of Israel. He thought that the great mission with which he was entrusted was beyond his power. So he begged God to give him Aaron, his brother, as his assistant to help him in his great work. Thus Aaron was a subordinate Prophet to Moses. See also 20:30-35.
e
20:30-33; 26:14; 28:35.
1
الؔ اس چیز کے لئے بھی آتا ہے جس کا ذکر پہلے ہو چکا ہو یا جس کا خیال دماغ میں ہو۔ اس لئے ہم نے اَلْکِتٰب کا ترجمہ ’’معلوم کتاب‘‘ کیا ہے۔
c
20:30-33; 26:16; 28:35.
2671
Commentary:
The wages of sin is death. Opposition to God’s Prophets has always resulted in discomfiture and destruction of the enemies of truth. The present Surah cites examples of some such Prophets whose people defied them and persecuted them and by their evil deeds drew upon themselves Divine wrath. Pride of place in this connection is given in this Surah to Moses who was the greatest Prophet of Israel. He thought that the great mission with which he was entrusted was beyond his power. So he begged God to give him Aaron, his brother, as his assistant to help him in his great work. Thus Aaron was a subordinate Prophet to Moses. See also 20:30-35.
c
20:30-33; 26:14; 28:35.
فَقُلْنَا ٱذْهَبَآ إِلَى ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا فَدَمَّرْنَٰهُمْ تَدْمِيرًا
20:44; 28:35, 36.
20:44; 28:35, 36.
20:44; 26:16; 28:35-36.
f
20:44; 28:35, 36.
a
20:44; 26:16; 28:35-36.
d
20:44; 28:35, 36.
وَقَوْمَ نُوحٍ لَّمَّا كَذَّبُوا۟ ٱلرُّسُلَ أَغْرَقْنَٰهُمْ وَجَعَلْنَٰهُمْ لِلنَّاسِ ءَايَةً ۖ وَأَعْتَدْنَا لِلظَّٰلِمِينَ عَذَابًا أَلِيمًا
18:30.
18:30.
18:30; 42:46.
a
18:30.
b
18:30; 42:46.
e
18:30.
وَعَادًا وَثَمُودَا۟ وَأَصْحَٰبَ ٱلرَّسِّ وَقُرُونًۢا بَيْنَ ذَٰلِكَ كَثِيرًا
9:70; 38:13; 50:13-15.
کنوئیں والے لوگوں کے متعلق مفسرین نے بہت اختلاف کیا ہے مگر اس آیت سے معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ یہ قوم ثمود کے بعد گذری تھی اور بحر محیط نے بھی اسی کی تائید کی ہے کیونکہ اس میں حضرت ابن عباسؓ کا قول لکھا ہے کہ یہ قوم ثمود کا حصہ تھی۔ چونکہ ثمود و عاد کا آخری حصہ تھے اس لئے معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ نسل اسماعیلؑ کے عرب میں پھیلنے سے پہلے یہ لوگ گذرے ہیں جب نسل اسماعیلؑ عرب میں پھیل گئی تو پھر یہ لوگ شمال کی طرف فلسطین کی جانب چلے گئے جیسا کہ قدیم آثار سے پتہ لگتا ہے (دیکھئے ’’العرب قبل الاسلام‘‘ مصنفہ جرجی زیدان)
9:70; 38:13; 50:13-15.
Some commentators are of the view that Rass was a town in Yamamah where one of the tribes of Thamud resided. According to others, these people were so called because they threw their Prophet into a well. They were the remnants of Thamud.
9:70; 38:13; 50:13-15.
Important Words:
اصحاب الرس (People of the Well). They say رس البئر i.e. he dug the well. رس المیت means, he buried the dead body. رس بینھمmeans, he effected reconciliation between them. رس means, prelude, beginning; first symptoms of an illness or of love; mine; an old well; according to some the name of a valley (Lane & Aqrab). اصحاب الرس, therefore signifies, the People of the Well; the dwellers of a valley; a people a few of whose signs and marks remain after these have been gradually obliterated.
Commentary:
According to some رس was a town in Yamamah where one of the tribes of Thamud resided. According to others, these people were so called because they threw their Prophet into a well. They were the remnants of Thamud.
b
9:70; 38:13; 50:13-15.
2
کنوئیں والے لوگوں کے متعلق مفسرین نے بہت اختلاف کیا ہے مگر اس آیت سے معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ یہ قوم ثمود کے بعد گذری تھی اور بحر محیط نے بھی اسی کی تائید کی ہے کیونکہ اس میں حضرت ابن عباسؓ کا قول لکھا ہے کہ یہ قوم ثمود کا حصہ تھی۔ چونکہ ثمود و عاد کا آخری حصہ تھے اس لئے معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ نسل اسماعیلؑ کے عرب میں پھیلنے سے پہلے یہ لوگ گذرے ہیں جب نسل اسماعیلؑ عرب میں پھیل گئی تو پھر یہ لوگ شمال کی طرف فلسطین کی جانب چلے گئے جیسا کہ قدیم آثار سے پتہ لگتا ہے (دیکھئے ’’العرب قبل الاسلام‘‘ مصنفہ جرجی زیدان)
c
9:70; 38:13; 50:13-15.
2672
Important Words:
اصحاب الرس (People of the Well). They say رس البئر i.e. he dug the well. رس المیت means, he buried the dead body. رس بینھمmeans, he effected reconciliation between them. رس means, prelude, beginning; first symptoms of an illness or of love; mine; an old well; according to some the name of a valley (Lane & Aqrab). اصحاب الرس, therefore signifies, the People of the Well; the dwellers of a valley; a people a few of whose signs and marks remain after these have been gradually obliterated.
Commentary:
According to some رس was a town in Yamamah where one of the tribes of Thamud resided. According to others, these people were so called because they threw their Prophet into a well. They were the remnants of Thamud.
a
9:70; 38:13; 50:13-15.
2078
Some commentators are of the view that Rass was a town in Yamamah where one of the tribes of Thamud resided. According to others, these people were so called because they threw their Prophet into a well. They were the remnants of Thamud.
وَكُلًّا ضَرَبْنَا لَهُ ٱلْأَمْثَٰلَ ۖ وَكُلًّا تَبَّرْنَا تَتْبِيرًا
Important Words:
تبرنا تتبیرا (We utterly destroyed) is the transitive form of تبر (tabira) which means, he became destroyed. تبرہ (tabbarahu) means, he destroyed him; broke him into pieces annihilated him (Lane).
Commentary:
The truth is writ large on the face of history that opposition to God’s Prophets has invariably led to the destruction of those who oppose them. There had never lived a Prophet who was not opposed and persecuted and opposition to whose mission did not result in the ruin of his persecutors. Yet such is the tragedy of human affairs that opponents of the Prophets of God never benefit from the fate of their predecessors. In their own time every people to whom a Divine Messenger was sent traversed the same road which had led to ruin those who had opposed their Prophets before them. At first the people of the Holy Prophet also opposed and persecuted him and did not benefit from the example of the opponents of the former Prophets and consequently a part of them met the fate of their counterparts.
2673
Important Words:
تبرنا تتبیرا (We utterly destroyed) is the transitive form of تبر (tabira) which means, he became destroyed. تبرہ (tabbarahu) means, he destroyed him; broke him into pieces annihilated him (Lane).
Commentary:
The truth is writ large on the face of history that opposition to God’s Prophets has invariably led to the destruction of those who oppose them. There had never lived a Prophet who was not opposed and persecuted and opposition to whose mission did not result in the ruin of his persecutors. Yet such is the tragedy of human affairs that opponents of the Prophets of God never benefit from the fate of their predecessors. In their own time every people to whom a Divine Messenger was sent traversed the same road which had led to ruin those who had opposed their Prophets before them. At first the people of the Holy Prophet also opposed and persecuted him and did not benefit from the example of the opponents of the former Prophets and consequently a part of them met the fate of their counterparts.
وَلَقَدْ أَتَوْا۟ عَلَى ٱلْقَرْيَةِ ٱلَّتِىٓ أُمْطِرَتْ مَطَرَ ٱلسَّوْءِ ۚ أَفَلَمْ يَكُونُوا۟ يَرَوْنَهَا ۚ بَلْ كَانُوا۟ لَا يَرْجُونَ نُشُورًا
7:85; 27:59.
یعنی لوط علیہ السلام کی قوم۔
قرآن کریم میں اس جگہ بَلْ کا لفظ ہے۔ جس کے معنے ’’بلکہ‘‘ کے بھی ہیں۔ اور ’’اظہار حقیقت‘‘ کے بھی۔ اس لئے ہم نے اس جگہ ’’بلکہ‘‘ ترجمہ نہیں کیا صرف ’’حقیقت یہ ہے‘‘ کے الفاظ لکھے ہیں۔
7:85; 27:59.
Commentary:
The reference in the word "the town" may be to Sodom, the town of Lot, which was situated on the way from Arabia to Syria.
نشور (to be raised) may also signify the hour of the triumph of Islam. The Quraish did not have the remotest idea that the cause of the Holy Prophet would or could ever triumph.
c
7:85; 27:59.
1
یعنی لوط علیہ السلام کی قوم۔
2
قرآن کریم میں اس جگہ بَلْ کا لفظ ہے۔ جس کے معنے ’’بلکہ‘‘ کے بھی ہیں۔ اور ’’اظہار حقیقت‘‘ کے بھی۔ اس لئے ہم نے اس جگہ ’’بلکہ‘‘ ترجمہ نہیں کیا صرف ’’حقیقت یہ ہے‘‘ کے الفاظ لکھے ہیں۔
a
7:85; 27:59.
2674
Commentary:
The reference in the word "the town" may be to Sodom, the town of Lot, which was situated on the way from Arabia to Syria.
نشور (to be raised) may also signify the hour of the triumph of Islam. The Quraish did not have the remotest idea that the cause of the Holy Prophet would or could ever triumph.
b
7:85; 27:59.
2079
Sodom, the town of Lot, which was situated on the way from Arabia to Syria.
وَإِذَا رَأَوْكَ إِن يَتَّخِذُونَكَ إِلَّا هُزُوًا أَهَٰذَا ٱلَّذِى بَعَثَ ٱللَّهُ رَسُولًا
21:37.
21:37.
21:37.
Commentary:
In view of the extreme weakness and poverty of the Holy Prophet’s circumstances, the Quraish would jeeringly say, "Could not Allah find a better man to whom to entrust His mission?" The same objection of the Holy Prophet’s opponents has been mentioned elsewhere in the Quran in another form, viz. "why was not the Quran revealed to a man of some importance in the two towns?" (43:32).
d
21:37.
b
21:37.
2675
Commentary:
In view of the extreme weakness and poverty of the Holy Prophet’s circumstances, the Quraish would jeeringly say, "Could not Allah find a better man to whom to entrust His mission?" The same objection of the Holy Prophet’s opponents has been mentioned elsewhere in the Quran in another form, viz. "why was not the Quran revealed to a man of some importance in the two towns?" (43:32).
c
21:37.
إِن كَادَ لَيُضِلُّنَا عَنْ ءَالِهَتِنَا لَوْلَآ أَن صَبَرْنَا عَلَيْهَا ۚ وَسَوْفَ يَعْلَمُونَ حِينَ يَرَوْنَ ٱلْعَذَابَ مَنْ أَضَلُّ سَبِيلًا
أَرَءَيْتَ مَنِ ٱتَّخَذَ إِلَٰهَهُۥ هَوَىٰهُ أَفَأَنتَ تَكُونُ عَلَيْهِ وَكِيلًا
45:24.
45:24.
45:24.
Commentary:
It is not only the worship of idols of wood and stone and those in the form of human beings that is condemned here. In fact it is his own desires, fancies and pre-conceived ideas, more than anything else, that man adores and it is these things that stand in the way of his accepting the truth. Intellectually man may have advanced far enough so as not to bow before stones and stars but he has not outgrown the worship of his false ideals, prejudices and pre-conceived ideas. It is these idols that lie enthroned in man’s heart whose worship is condemned here.
e
45:24.
a
45:24.
2676
Commentary:
It is not only the worship of idols of wood and stone and those in the form of human beings that is condemned here. In fact it is his own desires, fancies and pre-conceived ideas, more than anything else, that man adores and it is these things that stand in the way of his accepting the truth. Intellectually man may have advanced far enough so as not to bow before stones and stars but he has not outgrown the worship of his false ideals, prejudices and pre-conceived ideas. It is these idols that lie enthroned in man’s heart whose worship is condemned here.
d
45:24.
أَمْ تَحْسَبُ أَنَّ أَكْثَرَهُمْ يَسْمَعُونَ أَوْ يَعْقِلُونَ ۚ إِنْ هُمْ إِلَّا كَٱلْأَنْعَٰمِ ۖ بَلْ هُمْ أَضَلُّ سَبِيلًا
7:180.
7:180.
It is his own desires, fancies and preconceived ideas, more than anything else, that man generally adores and it is these that stand in the way of his accepting the truth. Intellectually man may have advanced far enough so as not to bow before stones and stars, but he has not outgrown the worship of his false ideals, prejudices and preconceived ideas. It is these idols that lie enthroned in his heart whose worship is condemned here. When instead of making use of his God-given faculties of intellect and hearing, which should help man to recognise and realize truth, he chooses to grope in darkness, he comes down to the level of cattle, even lower than that, because cattle are not given the gift of discretion and discrimination while man is.
7:180.
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that when in spite of his being endowed with the faculties of intellect and hearing which should help him to recognize and realize truth, man refuses to make proper use of these God-given faculties to see light, and instead chooses to grope in darkness, he comes down to the level of cattle, even lower than that, because cattle are not given the gift of discretion and discrimination while man is.
The verse also implies an allusion to the great reformation brought about by the Holy Prophet in the lives of his people. They were no better than animals and beasts. They worshipped images and held foolish and superstitious ideas. They gambled and drank and indulged in extreme sexual excesses and depleted and destroyed their manhood by fighting for generations about trivialities. They had no idea of moral virtues or at best had a very low concept of them and did not know economics or statecraft. Such were the people among whom the Holy Prophet Muhammad was raised and history bears witness to the fact that he wrought a wonderful reformation among them. From the dregs of humanity they rose to be its cream.
a
7:180.
b
7:180.
2677
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that when in spite of his being endowed with the faculties of intellect and hearing which should help him to recognize and realize truth, man refuses to make proper use of these God-given faculties to see light, and instead chooses to grope in darkness, he comes down to the level of cattle, even lower than that, because cattle are not given the gift of discretion and discrimination while man is.
The verse also implies an allusion to the great reformation brought about by the Holy Prophet in the lives of his people. They were no better than animals and beasts. They worshipped images and held foolish and superstitious ideas. They gambled and drank and indulged in extreme sexual excesses and depleted and destroyed their manhood by fighting for generations about trivialities. They had no idea of moral virtues or at best had a very low concept of them and did not know economics or statecraft. Such were the people among whom the Holy Prophet Muhammad was raised and history bears witness to the fact that he wrought a wonderful reformation among them. From the dregs of humanity they rose to be its cream.
a
7:180.
2080
It is his own desires, fancies and preconceived ideas, more than anything else, that man generally adores and it is these that stand in the way of his accepting the truth. Intellectually man may have advanced far enough so as not to bow before stones and stars, but he has not outgrown the worship of his false ideals, prejudices and preconceived ideas. It is these idols that lie enthroned in his heart whose worship is condemned here. When instead of making use of his God-given faculties of intellect and hearing, which should help man to recognise and realize truth, he chooses to grope in darkness, he comes down to the level of cattle, even lower than that, because cattle are not given the gift of discretion and discrimination while man is.
أَلَمْ تَرَ إِلَىٰ رَبِّكَ كَيْفَ مَدَّ ٱلظِّلَّ وَلَوْ شَآءَ لَجَعَلَهُۥ سَاكِنًا ثُمَّ جَعَلْنَا ٱلشَّمْسَ عَلَيْهِ دَلِيلًا
16:49.
یعنی جب معلوم کرنا ہو کہ سایہ کس طرف گیا ہے اور کتنا لمبا ہے تو سورج کو دیکھ کر معلوم کیا جا سکتا ہے۔ اگر سورج نیچے ہو تو سایہ بالمقابل اور لمبا ہوگا اور اگر سر پر ہوتو بہت چھوٹا اور عین درمیان میں۔
16:49.
The verse alludes in figurative language to the rise, progress and power of Islam and illustrates this tact by drawing attention to a phenomenon of nature. When the sun is behind an object, its shadow lengthens. Similarly, when God is at the back of a people, their power and influence increase. The verse implies that God is at the back of Islam and therefore its shadow would continue to expand and extend till it would reach the ends of the earth, and nations of the world will seek and find solace and comfort under it. "The sun" in the verse symbolises Islam or the Holy Prophet.
The position of the sun determines the size of the shade.
16:49.
Important Words:
دلیلا (guide) is derived from دل. They say دل علیه i.e. he directed him or rightly directed him or guided him to it. دلیلtherefore, means, a director or a right director to that which is sought or desired; a guide; a thing by which one is rightly directed or guided i.e. an evidence, argument or a proof; a sign set up for the knowledge of a thing indicated (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
While the preceding few verses referred to the prophetic mission of the Holy Prophet, the verse under comment speaks in figurative language of the rise, progress and power of Islam and illustrates this fact by drawing attention to a phenomenon of nature. When the sun is behind an object, its shadow lengthens. Similarly, when God is at the back of a people, their power and influence increases. The present Surah was revealed at Mecca when Islam being yet in infancy, its very fate seemed to hang in the balance on account of the relentless persecution to which the weak and defenceless Muslims were subjected. In metaphorical language the verse seems to warn disbelievers that the weak state of Islam should not deceive them into thinking that they would succeed in exterminating it. God is at its back and therefore its shadow would continue to expand and extend till it would reach the ends of the earth and nations of the world will seek and find solace and comfort under it. "The sun" in the verse symbolises Islam or the Holy Prophet. For a fuller explanation of this verse see 16:49.
b
16:49.
3
یعنی جب معلوم کرنا ہو کہ سایہ کس طرف گیا ہے اور کتنا لمبا ہے تو سورج کو دیکھ کر معلوم کیا جا سکتا ہے۔ اگر سورج نیچے ہو تو سایہ بالمقابل اور لمبا ہوگا اور اگر سر پر ہوتو بہت چھوٹا اور عین درمیان میں۔
a
16:49.
2678
Important Words:
دلیلا (guide) is derived from دل. They say دل علیه i.e. he directed him or rightly directed him or guided him to it. دلیلtherefore, means, a director or a right director to that which is sought or desired; a guide; a thing by which one is rightly directed or guided i.e. an evidence, argument or a proof; a sign set up for the knowledge of a thing indicated (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
While the preceding few verses referred to the prophetic mission of the Holy Prophet, the verse under comment speaks in figurative language of the rise, progress and power of Islam and illustrates this fact by drawing attention to a phenomenon of nature. When the sun is behind an object, its shadow lengthens. Similarly, when God is at the back of a people, their power and influence increases. The present Surah was revealed at Mecca when Islam being yet in infancy, its very fate seemed to hang in the balance on account of the relentless persecution to which the weak and defenceless Muslims were subjected. In metaphorical language the verse seems to warn disbelievers that the weak state of Islam should not deceive them into thinking that they would succeed in exterminating it. God is at its back and therefore its shadow would continue to expand and extend till it would reach the ends of the earth and nations of the world will seek and find solace and comfort under it. "The sun" in the verse symbolises Islam or the Holy Prophet. For a fuller explanation of this verse see 16:49.
b
16:49.
2081
The verse alludes in figurative language to the rise, progress and power of Islam and illustrates this tact by drawing attention to a phenomenon of nature. When the sun is behind an object, its shadow lengthens. Similarly, when God is at the back of a people, their power and influence increase. The verse implies that God is at the back of Islam and therefore its shadow would continue to expand and extend till it would reach the ends of the earth, and nations of the world will seek and find solace and comfort under it. "The sun" in the verse symbolises Islam or the Holy Prophet.
2082
The position of the sun determines the size of the shade.
ثُمَّ قَبَضْنَٰهُ إِلَيْنَا قَبْضًا يَسِيرًا
یعنی شام کے دھندلکے سے سایوں کا نشان مٹنا شروع ہو جاتا ہے۔ یہی قاعدہ روحانی بادشاہت میں بھی ہے۔ یعنی جب کافر قوم تنزّل کی طرف جاتی ہے تو اس کا اثر ہمسایہ قوموں سے اٹھنا شروع ہو جاتا ہے۔ یہاں تک کہ پورے تنزّل کے وقت یعنی رات کو سایہ بالکل ختم ہو جاتا ہے۔
The verse refers to the decline of Islam after it had reached its zenith. While 'shade' in the preceding verse symbolised power and influence, its 'drawing in' in the present verse signifies decline and decay.
Commentary:
The verse refers to the decline of Islam after it would have reached its zenith. While "shade" in the preceding verse symbolized power and influence, its "drawing in" in the present verse signifies decline and decay.
1
یعنی شام کے دھندلکے سے سایوں کا نشان مٹنا شروع ہو جاتا ہے۔ یہی قاعدہ روحانی بادشاہت میں بھی ہے۔ یعنی جب کافر قوم تنزّل کی طرف جاتی ہے تو اس کا اثر ہمسایہ قوموں سے اٹھنا شروع ہو جاتا ہے۔ یہاں تک کہ پورے تنزّل کے وقت یعنی رات کو سایہ بالکل ختم ہو جاتا ہے۔
2679
Commentary:
The verse refers to the decline of Islam after it would have reached its zenith. While "shade" in the preceding verse symbolized power and influence, its "drawing in" in the present verse signifies decline and decay.
2082A
The verse refers to the decline of Islam after it had reached its zenith. While 'shade' in the preceding verse symbolised power and influence, its 'drawing in' in the present verse signifies decline and decay.
وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَ لَكُمُ ٱلَّيْلَ لِبَاسًا وَٱلنَّوْمَ سُبَاتًا وَجَعَلَ ٱلنَّهَارَ نُشُورًا
6:97; 78:11.
نَشَرَ الشَّجَرُ کے معنے ہوتے ہیں درخت نے پتے دئے۔ یعنی پھر سے زندہ ہو گیا۔ اور نَشَرَ الثَّـوْبَ کے معنے ہوتے ہیں کپڑے کو پھیلا دیا اور نَشَرَ الْمَوْتٰی کے معنے ہوتے ہیں مردے کو زندہ کر دیا۔ پس نُشُوْر کے معنے ہوئے قوم کو اس کی موت کے بعد زندہ کرکے پھر پھیلانا شروع کر دیا۔
6:97; 78:11.
'Night' in the verse represents the period of spiritual darkness before the advent of a Divine Reformer; and 'day' symbolises spiritual dawn when a Divine Reformer has already made his appearance.
6:97; 78:11.
Important Words:
سباتاً (rest) is derived from سبت which means, he rested; and was or became quiet, still or motionless. سبت (sabata) means, he was or became affected with the kind of sleep termed سبات, or he swooned. سبات primarily signifies rest and hence sleep or heavy sleep or sleep that is hardly perceptible, like a swoon; or the commencement of sleep in the head until it reaches the heart or the sleep of one who is sick, i.e. light sleep (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
'Night' in the verse represents the night of spiritual darkness, i.e. the period of spiritual darkness before the advent of a Prophet or a Divine Reformer; and 'day' symbolizes spiritual dawn when a Divine Reformer has already made his appearance. The verse purports to say that the night of spiritual darkness that had enveloped the world, particularly Arabia, before the advent of the Holy Prophet is about to end and the sun of spiritual light has already arisen to illumine the whole world.
Commentary:
The words, "has made the day a means of rise and progress," may refer to the advent of a Divine Reformer when through him his followers rise from the sleep of spiritual sluggishness and make great progress.
c
6:97; 78:11.
2
نَشَرَ الشَّجَرُ کے معنے ہوتے ہیں درخت نے پتے دئے۔ یعنی پھر سے زندہ ہو گیا۔ اور نَشَرَ الثَّـوْبَ کے معنے ہوتے ہیں کپڑے کو پھیلا دیا اور نَشَرَ الْمَوْتٰی کے معنے ہوتے ہیں مردے کو زندہ کر دیا۔ پس نُشُوْر کے معنے ہوئے قوم کو اس کی موت کے بعد زندہ کرکے پھر پھیلانا شروع کر دیا۔
b
6:97; 78:11.
2680
Important Words:
سباتاً (rest) is derived from سبت which means, he rested; and was or became quiet, still or motionless. سبت (sabata) means, he was or became affected with the kind of sleep termed سبات, or he swooned. سبات primarily signifies rest and hence sleep or heavy sleep or sleep that is hardly perceptible, like a swoon; or the commencement of sleep in the head until it reaches the heart or the sleep of one who is sick, i.e. light sleep (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
'Night' in the verse represents the night of spiritual darkness, i.e. the period of spiritual darkness before the advent of a Prophet or a Divine Reformer; and 'day' symbolizes spiritual dawn when a Divine Reformer has already made his appearance. The verse purports to say that the night of spiritual darkness that had enveloped the world, particularly Arabia, before the advent of the Holy Prophet is about to end and the sun of spiritual light has already arisen to illumine the whole world.
2680A
Commentary:
The words, "has made the day a means of rise and progress," may refer to the advent of a Divine Reformer when through him his followers rise from the sleep of spiritual sluggishness and make great progress.
a
6:97; 78:11.
2083
'Night' in the verse represents the period of spiritual darkness before the advent of a Divine Reformer; and 'day' symbolises spiritual dawn when a Divine Reformer has already made his appearance.
وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَرْسَلَ ٱلرِّيَٰحَ بُشْرًۢا بَيْنَ يَدَىْ رَحْمَتِهِۦ ۚ وَأَنزَلْنَا مِنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ مَآءً طَهُورًا
7:58; 15:23.
سَمَآء کے معنے آسمان کے علاوہ بادل کے بھی ہوتے ہیں (اقرب)
7:58; 15:23.
7:59; 15:23; 24:44.
Commentary:
The verse continuing the theme of its predecessor speaks of the appearance of the Holy Prophet and likens his advent to the coming of rain. Just as in the physical world breezes herald the approach of rain, and twilight that of dawn, similarly in the spiritual world certain signs of spiritual awakening take place before the appearance of a Divine Reformer, and there is a certain revolt in the air against the existing corrupt state of affairs. Before the Holy Prophet was commissioned as a Divine Messenger, there had appeared a class of men who had declared their faith in the Unity of God and had discarded the worship of idols and had preached against it. They were known as hanif, i.e. those inclined to God. They acted as harbingers who gave the glad tidings that a great Messenger of God was about to appear.
"Rain" in the verse is spoken of as God’s mercy and elsewhere in the Quran the Holy Prophet has also been referred to as رحمة للعالمین i.e. mercy for all the worlds (21:108).
d
7:58; 15:23.
3
سَمَآء کے معنے آسمان کے علاوہ بادل کے بھی ہوتے ہیں (اقرب)
a
7:59; 15:23; 24:44.
2681
Commentary:
The verse continuing the theme of its predecessor speaks of the appearance of the Holy Prophet and likens his advent to the coming of rain. Just as in the physical world breezes herald the approach of rain, and twilight that of dawn, similarly in the spiritual world certain signs of spiritual awakening take place before the appearance of a Divine Reformer, and there is a certain revolt in the air against the existing corrupt state of affairs. Before the Holy Prophet was commissioned as a Divine Messenger, there had appeared a class of men who had declared their faith in the Unity of God and had discarded the worship of idols and had preached against it. They were known as hanif, i.e. those inclined to God. They acted as harbingers who gave the glad tidings that a great Messenger of God was about to appear.
"Rain" in the verse is spoken of as God’s mercy and elsewhere in the Quran the Holy Prophet has also been referred to as رحمة للعالمین i.e. mercy for all the worlds (21:108).
b
7:58; 15:23.
لِّنُحْۦِىَ بِهِۦ بَلْدَةً مَّيْتًا وَنُسْقِيَهُۥ مِمَّا خَلَقْنَآ أَنْعَٰمًا وَأَنَاسِىَّ كَثِيرًا
Commentary:
Arabia before the Holy Prophet’s appearance was a spiritually dead land. Heavenly rain in the form of the Quranic revelation descended upon it and the whole country began to pulsate and vibrate with a new life and in turn imparted a new life to the world around it.
The words, "cattle and men" refer to two classes of men. Those who had become morally so depraved as apparently to be beyond redemption have been described as "cattle" and those who were spiritually somewhat better have been described as "men" in this verse. The former have already been referred to in v. 45 above. Both these classes of people drank deep at the fountain which the Holy Prophet caused to flow and by drinking of the Quranic elixir they got a new and everlasting life.
2682
Commentary:
Arabia before the Holy Prophet’s appearance was a spiritually dead land. Heavenly rain in the form of the Quranic revelation descended upon it and the whole country began to pulsate and vibrate with a new life and in turn imparted a new life to the world around it.
The words, "cattle and men" refer to two classes of men. Those who had become morally so depraved as apparently to be beyond redemption have been described as "cattle" and those who were spiritually somewhat better have been described as "men" in this verse. The former have already been referred to in v. 45 above. Both these classes of people drank deep at the fountain which the Holy Prophet caused to flow and by drinking of the Quranic elixir they got a new and everlasting life.
وَلَقَدْ صَرَّفْنَٰهُ بَيْنَهُمْ لِيَذَّكَّرُوا۟ فَأَبَىٰٓ أَكْثَرُ ٱلنَّاسِ إِلَّا كُفُورًا
وَلَوْ شِئْنَا لَبَعَثْنَا فِى كُلِّ قَرْيَةٍ نَّذِيرًا
Commentary:
The Holy Prophet’s Message was for the whole world. The verse purports to say that God could have raised a Messenger in every town but the Holy Prophet’s time was not the time for raising tribal Prophets, because by the improvement in the means of communication nations of the world had become united into one people. The oneness of humanity required one Prophet for the whole of mankind and such was Muhammad, the Holy Prophet of Islam.
2683
Commentary:
The Holy Prophet’s Message was for the whole world. The verse purports to say that God could have raised a Messenger in every town but the Holy Prophet’s time was not the time for raising tribal Prophets, because by the improvement in the means of communication nations of the world had become united into one people. The oneness of humanity required one Prophet for the whole of mankind and such was Muhammad, the Holy Prophet of Islam.
فَلَا تُطِعِ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ وَجَٰهِدْهُم بِهِۦ جِهَادًا كَبِيرًا
按照这节经文的意思, 伟大而真正的 جِهَادْ (Jihad) 是传播 «古兰经» 的教义。因此, 力求传播伊斯兰教以及散布它的教义, 是责成穆斯林始终要以持久的热忱来进行的 جِهَادْ (Jihad, 在安拉道上做极大的奋斗)。穆圣在一次远征归来后说的正是这种 جِهَادْ (Jihad)。据说穆圣曾经说过: “我们已从较小的 جِهَادْ (Jihad) 回到较大的 جِهَادْ (Jihad) 这里来了” (رَدُّ الْمُحْتَارْ, Raddul-Muhtar)。
بعض لوگ سمجھتے ہیں کہ قُلْ یٰٓـاَ یُّـھَا الْـکٰـفِرُوْنَ میں جو فرمایا ہے لَا اَعْبُدُ مَا تَعْبُدُوْنَ یہ پہلا حکم ہے۔ حالانکہ سورۃ الفرقان بھی مکی ہے اور اس میں بھی صاف فرما دیا ہے کہ کافروں کی بات کبھی نہیں ماننی اور قرآن کریم سے ان کا رد ّ کرنا ہے۔ اس قسم کی کھلی آیات کے موجود ہوتے ہوئے یہ سمجھنا کہ قُلْ یٰٓـاَ یُّـھَا الْـکٰـفِرُوْنَ کی سورۃ اس لئے نازل ہوئی کہ کفار مکہ نے یہ پیش کیا تھا کہ کبھی ہم تمہارے خدا کی عبادت کر لیں گے۔ اور کبھی تم ہمارے معبودوں کی عبادت کر لیا کرو۔ جس پر رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم نے فرمایا کہ میں اس معاملہ میں سوچ کر
The great and real Jihad, according to this verse, is to preach the Message of the Qur’an. Thus to strive for the propagation of Islam and the dissemination and diffusion of its teachings is the Jihad which the Muslims are enjoined always to carry on with unabated zeal. It is this Jihad to which the Holy Prophet referred when, on returning from an expedition, he is reported to have said: "We have returned from the smaller Jihad to the greater Jihad" (Raddul-Mukhtar). See also {1957} and {1958}.
Commentary:
This verse throws a flood of light on the Islamic conception of jihad which unfortunately has been much misunderstood, alike by the adversaries and the so-called followers of Islam. The great and real jihad, according to this verse, is to preach the Message of the Quran. Thus to strive for the propagation of Islam and the dissemination and diffusion of its teachings is the jihad which the Muslims are enjoined always to carry on with unabated zeal. The jihad with the sword which the Holy Prophet and early Muslims had to wage under their own peculiar circumstances was a passing phase. Those who sought to destroy Islam by the sword themselves perished by the sword. Unless a people wage war against Muslims in order to exterminate Islam, no fight in which Muslims are engaged is called jihad, but to fight in defence of one’s hearth and home is also a very sacred duty and those who are killed in such a fight also die the death of martyrs, according to a saying of the Holy Prophet, viz. من قتل دون ماله و عرضه فھو شھید i.e. he who is killed while defending his property and honour is a martyr (Bukhari Kitabu1-Mazalim wal-Ghasb).
It is worthy of note that this Surah was revealed at Mecca when only a few persons of no high social standing had accepted Islam and even those few individuals were being severely persecuted and the fate of the new Faith itself was hanging in the balance. It was then out of the question even remotely to refer to jihad with the sword. In fact, jihad with the sword was only a side issue of the Prophet’s activities. The Holy Prophet’s real jihad consisted in unceasing fight against the forces of darkness and he waged this jihad with unabated zeal and undiminished vigour as long as he lived and this jihad will continue to be relentlessly waged by his true followers till the end of time, not with the sword but with the Quran. It is to this jihad that the verse under comment refers and it is this jihad to which the Holy Prophet referred when on returning from an expedition he is reported to have said رجعنا من الجھاد الاصغر الی الجھاد الاکبر i.e. we have returned from the smaller jihad to the greater jihad (Raddul-Muhtar). See also 22:40.
920
按照这节经文的意思, 伟大而真正的 جِهَادْ (Jihad) 是传播 «古兰经» 的教义。因此, 力求传播伊斯兰教以及散布它的教义, 是责成穆斯林始终要以持久的热忱来进行的 جِهَادْ (Jihad, 在安拉道上做极大的奋斗)。穆圣在一次远征归来后说的正是这种 جِهَادْ (Jihad)。据说穆圣曾经说过: “我们已从较小的 جِهَادْ (Jihad) 回到较大的 جِهَادْ (Jihad) 这里来了” (رَدُّ الْمُحْتَارْ, Raddul-Muhtar)。
4
بعض لوگ سمجھتے ہیں کہ قُلْ یٰٓـاَ یُّـھَا الْـکٰـفِرُوْنَ میں جو فرمایا ہے لَا اَعْبُدُ مَا تَعْبُدُوْنَ یہ پہلا حکم ہے۔ حالانکہ سورۃ الفرقان بھی مکی ہے اور اس میں بھی صاف فرما دیا ہے کہ کافروں کی بات کبھی نہیں ماننی اور قرآن کریم سے ان کا رد ّ کرنا ہے۔ اس قسم کی کھلی آیات کے موجود ہوتے ہوئے یہ سمجھنا کہ قُلْ یٰٓـاَ یُّـھَا الْـکٰـفِرُوْنَ کی سورۃ اس لئے نازل ہوئی کہ کفار مکہ نے یہ پیش کیا تھا کہ کبھی ہم تمہارے خدا کی عبادت کر لیں گے۔ اور کبھی تم ہمارے معبودوں کی عبادت کر لیا کرو۔ جس پر رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم نے فرمایا کہ میں اس معاملہ میں سوچ کر
2684
Commentary:
This verse throws a flood of light on the Islamic conception of jihad which unfortunately has been much misunderstood, alike by the adversaries and the so-called followers of Islam. The great and real jihad, according to this verse, is to preach the Message of the Quran. Thus to strive for the propagation of Islam and the dissemination and diffusion of its teachings is the jihad which the Muslims are enjoined always to carry on with unabated zeal. The jihad with the sword which the Holy Prophet and early Muslims had to wage under their own peculiar circumstances was a passing phase. Those who sought to destroy Islam by the sword themselves perished by the sword. Unless a people wage war against Muslims in order to exterminate Islam, no fight in which Muslims are engaged is called jihad, but to fight in defence of one’s hearth and home is also a very sacred duty and those who are killed in such a fight also die the death of martyrs, according to a saying of the Holy Prophet, viz. من قتل دون ماله و عرضه فھو شھید i.e. he who is killed while defending his property and honour is a martyr (Bukhari Kitabu1-Mazalim wal-Ghasb).
It is worthy of note that this Surah was revealed at Mecca when only a few persons of no high social standing had accepted Islam and even those few individuals were being severely persecuted and the fate of the new Faith itself was hanging in the balance. It was then out of the question even remotely to refer to jihad with the sword. In fact, jihad with the sword was only a side issue of the Prophet’s activities. The Holy Prophet’s real jihad consisted in unceasing fight against the forces of darkness and he waged this jihad with unabated zeal and undiminished vigour as long as he lived and this jihad will continue to be relentlessly waged by his true followers till the end of time, not with the sword but with the Quran. It is to this jihad that the verse under comment refers and it is this jihad to which the Holy Prophet referred when on returning from an expedition he is reported to have said رجعنا من الجھاد الاصغر الی الجھاد الاکبر i.e. we have returned from the smaller jihad to the greater jihad (Raddul-Muhtar). See also 22:40.
2084
The great and real Jihad, according to this verse, is to preach the Message of the Qur’an. Thus to strive for the propagation of Islam and the dissemination and diffusion of its teachings is the Jihad which the Muslims are enjoined always to carry on with unabated zeal. It is this Jihad to which the Holy Prophet referred when, on returning from an expedition, he is reported to have said: "We have returned from the smaller Jihad to the greater Jihad" (Raddul-Mukhtar). See also {1957} and {1958}.
۞ وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى مَرَجَ ٱلْبَحْرَيْنِ هَٰذَا عَذْبٌ فُرَاتٌ وَهَٰذَا مِلْحٌ أُجَاجٌ وَجَعَلَ بَيْنَهُمَا بَرْزَخًا وَحِجْرًا مَّحْجُورًا
35:13; 55:20, 21.
اس جگہ پر بَحْرٌ کا لفظ ہے اور عربی زبان میں بَحْرٌ سمندر اور دریا دونوں کو کہتے ہیں۔ اصل میں یہاں مذہبوں کا مقابلہ ہے۔ یعنی کسی کی تعلیم اچھی ہوتی ہے کسی کی ُبری لیکن تمثیلی طور پر بتایا ہے کہ دیکھتے نہیں سمندر کا پانی کتنا کڑوا ہوتا ہے اور دریا جو اس میں آکر گرتے ہیں ان کا پانی میٹھا ہوتا ہے اللہ ہی نے یہ تدبیر کی ہے کہ وہ ہمیشہ میٹھے ہی رہتے ہیں اور سمندر ہمیشہ کڑوا رہتا ہے کیونکہ دریا بارش کے پانی اور برفوں سے بنتے ہیں اور سمندر کی تہ میں ان گنت پہاڑ نمک کے ہیں۔ اسی طرح جو تعلیمات براہِ راست خدا کی طرف سے آتی ہیں وہ میٹھی ہوتی ہیں اور جو تعلیمیں دیر سے دنیا
فُرَاتٌ کے معنے بھی میٹھے کے ہیں اور عَذْبٌ کے معنے بھی میٹھے کے۔ اس لئے ہم نے ترجمہ ’’بہت میٹھا ہے‘‘ کے الفاظ سے کیا ہے۔
قرآن کریم کے لفظ تو ھٰذَا کے ہیں جس کا ترجمہ ’’یہ‘‘ اور ’’وہ‘‘ ہے۔ مگر اردو میں ’’ایک اور دوسرا کے الفاظ‘‘ٹھیک رہتے ہیں۔ پس چونکہ اس سے معنوں میں فرق نہیں پڑتا ہم نے ’’ایک دوسرے کے لفظ کو اختیار کیا ہے۔
یعنی دریاؤں اور سمندروں کو بظاہر ملایا ہے لیکن ایسا انتظام کیا ہے کہ نہ دریا نمکین ہوتے ہیں نہ سمندر میٹھے۔
35:13; 55:20, 21.
Taking 'two waters' in the verse to represent the true religion and the false, the verse signifies that both Islam, the true religion, and other corrupted Faiths will continue to exist side by side, the former yielding sweet fruit and slaking the thirst of the spiritual wayfarers and the latter barren and bitter, incapable of producing any good result. The 'two waters' may also signify the water of the sea and that of the river. The former is saltish and bitter to taste while the latter is drinkable and sweet. When the sweet water of the river flows into the sea and becomes mixed with its saltish water, it also becomes bitter. As long as these two waters keep themselves separate, they have different tastes. Similarly, when the teaching of a true religion becomes mixed up with the teachings of false religions, it loses its sweetness and usefulness. But God has so ordained that in spite of its close proximity to false religions, Islam will never lose its sweet taste as God has taken upon Himself to protect a
35:13; 55:20, 21.
Important Words:
مرج (caused to flow) means, he mixed two things together. مرج الشیء بالشیء means, he mixed one thing with another. مرج الدابةmeans, he sent a beast to pasture wherever it would. They say مرج لسانه فی اعراض الناس i.e. he let go his tongue in abusing people and backbiting them. مرج البحرین means, He (God) has mixed the two seas; He has let them flow freely (Lane & Aqrab).
فرات (sweet) is derived from فرت (faruta). They say فرت الماء i.e. the water was or became sweet or very sweet. فرات applied to water means sweet, very sweet or of the sweetest kind that which subdues thirst by its excessive sweetness (Lane & Aqrab).
أجاج (bitter) is derived from أج . They say أجت النار i.e. the fire burned or burned brightly or fiercely. أج الماء means, the water was or became saltish or bitter. أجاج means, anything burning to the mouth whether saltish bitter or hot. ماء أجاج means, water that burns by its saltishness; or salt water or very bitter water like the water of the sea, or water of which no use is made for drinking or for watering seed-product or other purposes; or very hot water (Lane, Aqrab & Mufradat). See also 21:97.
برزخ (partition) is a thing that intervenes between any two things; a bar; an obstruction; or a thing that separates two things i.e. a partition (Lane). See also 23:101.
Commentary:
Taking "two waters" in the verse to represent the true religion and the false one, the verse signifies that both Islam, the true religion, and other corrupted faiths will continue to exist side by side, the former yielding sweet fruit and slaking the thirst of the spiritual wayfarers and the latter barren and bitter, incapable of producing any good results.
The "two waters" may also signify the water of the sea and that of the river. The former is saltish and bitter to taste while the latter is drinkable and sweet. When the sweet water of the river flows into the sea and becomes mixed with its saltish water, it also becomes bitter. As long as these two waters keep themselves separate, they have different tastes. Similarly, when the teaching of a true religion becomes mixed up with the teachings of false religions, it loses its sweetness and usefulness. But God has so ordained that in spite of its close proximity to false religions Islam will never lose its sweet taste as God has taken upon Himself to protect and guard it (15:10). There is an unbridgeable barrier between the two which keeps them apart. Or the word بحر meaning both river and sea, the verse may signify that under the system instituted by God rivers are fed by rain and snow and their water is always fresh, and though they fall into the sea, sea water is always saltish and bitter. This is in effect an illustration of Divine guidance, which when it is constantly reinforced by fresh revelation remains fresh, sweet and life-giving, but when it becomes stale, it loses all value.
a
35:13; 55:20, 21.
1
اس جگہ پر بَحْرٌ کا لفظ ہے اور عربی زبان میں بَحْرٌ سمندر اور دریا دونوں کو کہتے ہیں۔ اصل میں یہاں مذہبوں کا مقابلہ ہے۔ یعنی کسی کی تعلیم اچھی ہوتی ہے کسی کی ُبری لیکن تمثیلی طور پر بتایا ہے کہ دیکھتے نہیں سمندر کا پانی کتنا کڑوا ہوتا ہے اور دریا جو اس میں آکر گرتے ہیں ان کا پانی میٹھا ہوتا ہے اللہ ہی نے یہ تدبیر کی ہے کہ وہ ہمیشہ میٹھے ہی رہتے ہیں اور سمندر ہمیشہ کڑوا رہتا ہے کیونکہ دریا بارش کے پانی اور برفوں سے بنتے ہیں اور سمندر کی تہ میں ان گنت پہاڑ نمک کے ہیں۔ اسی طرح جو تعلیمات براہِ راست خدا کی طرف سے آتی ہیں وہ میٹھی ہوتی ہیں اور جو تعلیمیں دیر سے دنیا
2
فُرَاتٌ کے معنے بھی میٹھے کے ہیں اور عَذْبٌ کے معنے بھی میٹھے کے۔ اس لئے ہم نے ترجمہ ’’بہت میٹھا ہے‘‘ کے الفاظ سے کیا ہے۔
3
قرآن کریم کے لفظ تو ھٰذَا کے ہیں جس کا ترجمہ ’’یہ‘‘ اور ’’وہ‘‘ ہے۔ مگر اردو میں ’’ایک اور دوسرا کے الفاظ‘‘ٹھیک رہتے ہیں۔ پس چونکہ اس سے معنوں میں فرق نہیں پڑتا ہم نے ’’ایک دوسرے کے لفظ کو اختیار کیا ہے۔
4
یعنی دریاؤں اور سمندروں کو بظاہر ملایا ہے لیکن ایسا انتظام کیا ہے کہ نہ دریا نمکین ہوتے ہیں نہ سمندر میٹھے۔
a
35:13; 55:20, 21.
2685
Important Words:
مرج (caused to flow) means, he mixed two things together. مرج الشیء بالشیء means, he mixed one thing with another. مرج الدابةmeans, he sent a beast to pasture wherever it would. They say مرج لسانه فی اعراض الناس i.e. he let go his tongue in abusing people and backbiting them. مرج البحرین means, He (God) has mixed the two seas; He has let them flow freely (Lane & Aqrab).
فرات (sweet) is derived from فرت (faruta). They say فرت الماء i.e. the water was or became sweet or very sweet. فرات applied to water means sweet, very sweet or of the sweetest kind that which subdues thirst by its excessive sweetness (Lane & Aqrab).
أجاج (bitter) is derived from أج . They say أجت النار i.e. the fire burned or burned brightly or fiercely. أج الماء means, the water was or became saltish or bitter. أجاج means, anything burning to the mouth whether saltish bitter or hot. ماء أجاج means, water that burns by its saltishness; or salt water or very bitter water like the water of the sea, or water of which no use is made for drinking or for watering seed-product or other purposes; or very hot water (Lane, Aqrab & Mufradat). See also 21:97.
برزخ (partition) is a thing that intervenes between any two things; a bar; an obstruction; or a thing that separates two things i.e. a partition (Lane). See also 23:101.
Commentary:
Taking "two waters" in the verse to represent the true religion and the false one, the verse signifies that both Islam, the true religion, and other corrupted faiths will continue to exist side by side, the former yielding sweet fruit and slaking the thirst of the spiritual wayfarers and the latter barren and bitter, incapable of producing any good results.
The "two waters" may also signify the water of the sea and that of the river. The former is saltish and bitter to taste while the latter is drinkable and sweet. When the sweet water of the river flows into the sea and becomes mixed with its saltish water, it also becomes bitter. As long as these two waters keep themselves separate, they have different tastes. Similarly, when the teaching of a true religion becomes mixed up with the teachings of false religions, it loses its sweetness and usefulness. But God has so ordained that in spite of its close proximity to false religions Islam will never lose its sweet taste as God has taken upon Himself to protect and guard it (15:10). There is an unbridgeable barrier between the two which keeps them apart. Or the word بحر meaning both river and sea, the verse may signify that under the system instituted by God rivers are fed by rain and snow and their water is always fresh, and though they fall into the sea, sea water is always saltish and bitter. This is in effect an illustration of Divine guidance, which when it is constantly reinforced by fresh revelation remains fresh, sweet and life-giving, but when it becomes stale, it loses all value.
a
35:13; 55:20, 21.
2085
Taking 'two waters' in the verse to represent the true religion and the false, the verse signifies that both Islam, the true religion, and other corrupted Faiths will continue to exist side by side, the former yielding sweet fruit and slaking the thirst of the spiritual wayfarers and the latter barren and bitter, incapable of producing any good result. The 'two waters' may also signify the water of the sea and that of the river. The former is saltish and bitter to taste while the latter is drinkable and sweet. When the sweet water of the river flows into the sea and becomes mixed with its saltish water, it also becomes bitter. As long as these two waters keep themselves separate, they have different tastes. Similarly, when the teaching of a true religion becomes mixed up with the teachings of false religions, it loses its sweetness and usefulness. But God has so ordained that in spite of its close proximity to false religions, Islam will never lose its sweet taste as God has taken upon Himself to protect a
وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ مِنَ ٱلْمَآءِ بَشَرًا فَجَعَلَهُۥ نَسَبًا وَصِهْرًا ۗ وَكَانَ رَبُّكَ قَدِيرًا
32:9.
نطفۂِ انسان مراد ہے۔
32:9.
24:46; 32:9.
Important Words:
نسباً (kindred by descent). They say نسبه i.e. he mentioned his (i.e. another person’s) relationship (lineage or genealogy); he traced up his (i.e. another person’s) lineage to his greatest ancestor; he asked him to tell him his lineage or genealogy. نسبه الی فلان means, he referred or attributed his lineage or origin to such a one. نسب means, origin, genealogy, pedigree, parentage with respect to father and mother or with respect to father only (Lane).
صھر (kindred by marriage) is derived from صھر (sahara). They say صھر الشیء i.e. he brought or drew the thing to him. صھر القوم او بالقوم او صھر فیھم اوالیھم means, he took to himself a wife from among the people. أصھر الیھم or أصھر بھم means, he connected himself with them; and became or made himself, an object of inviolable respect, by a covenant of mutual protection or by relationship or by marriage. صھر means, relationship; nearness with respect to kindred; a kinsman or kinswoman of a man’s wife; and of a woman’s husband or the father or brother or other kinsman of a woman’s husband and the father or brother or other kinsman of a man’s wife; the sacred tie of relationship by marriage (Lane & Aqrab).
b
32:9.
5
نطفۂِ انسان مراد ہے۔
a
24:46; 32:9.
2686
Important Words:
نسباً (kindred by descent). They say نسبه i.e. he mentioned his (i.e. another person’s) relationship (lineage or genealogy); he traced up his (i.e. another person’s) lineage to his greatest ancestor; he asked him to tell him his lineage or genealogy. نسبه الی فلان means, he referred or attributed his lineage or origin to such a one. نسب means, origin, genealogy, pedigree, parentage with respect to father and mother or with respect to father only (Lane).
صھر (kindred by marriage) is derived from صھر (sahara). They say صھر الشیء i.e. he brought or drew the thing to him. صھر القوم او بالقوم او صھر فیھم اوالیھم means, he took to himself a wife from among the people. أصھر الیھم or أصھر بھم means, he connected himself with them; and became or made himself, an object of inviolable respect, by a covenant of mutual protection or by relationship or by marriage. صھر means, relationship; nearness with respect to kindred; a kinsman or kinswoman of a man’s wife; and of a woman’s husband or the father or brother or other kinsman of a woman’s husband and the father or brother or other kinsman of a man’s wife; the sacred tie of relationship by marriage (Lane & Aqrab).
b
32:9.
وَيَعْبُدُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا يَنفَعُهُمْ وَلَا يَضُرُّهُمْ ۗ وَكَانَ ٱلْكَافِرُ عَلَىٰ رَبِّهِۦ ظَهِيرًا
6:72; 10:107; 21:67; 22:13.
6:72; 10:107; 21:67; 22:13.
6:72; 10:107; 21:67; 22:13.
Commentary:
The particle علی meaning "against" the expression کان الکافر علی ربه ظھیرا would signify that the disbeliever helps and aids those who fight and combat the cause of God—the true religion.
c
6:72; 10:107; 21:67; 22:13.
a
6:72; 10:107; 21:67; 22:13.
2687
Commentary:
The particle علی meaning "against" the expression کان الکافر علی ربه ظھیرا would signify that the disbeliever helps and aids those who fight and combat the cause of God—the true religion.
c
6:72; 10:107; 21:67; 22:13.
وَمَآ أَرْسَلْنَٰكَ إِلَّا مُبَشِّرًا وَنَذِيرًا
2:120; 5:20; 11:3; 35:25.
2:120; 5:20; 11:3; 35:25.
2:120; 5:20; 11:3; 35:25.
d
2:120; 5:20; 11:3; 35:25.
b
2:120; 5:20; 11:3; 35:25.
d
2:120; 5:20; 11:3; 35:25.
قُلْ مَآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ مِنْ أَجْرٍ إِلَّا مَن شَآءَ أَن يَتَّخِذَ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِۦ سَبِيلًا
یہ آیت کتنی واضح ہے کہ اسلام کو جبر سے پھیلانا ناجائز ہے۔ اس آیت میں وضاحت سے کہا گیا ہے کہ میں تبلیغ اسلام کے بدلہ میں کوئی اجر نہیں چاہتا۔ میرا اجر یہی ہے کہ اگر کسی کا دل اسلام کی صداقت کو قبول کرلے تو اپنی مرضی سے اسلام میں داخل ہو جائے۔ میں اس پر کوئی جبر نہیں کر سکتا اور نہ کروں گا اس تعلیم کے ہوتے ہوئے یہ کہنا کہ اسلام تلوار کے ذریعہ سے پھیلا ہے اسلام پر کتنا ظلم اور تعدّی ہے۔ کیا کوئی اور مذہب بھی ہے جس نے اپنی اشاعت کے متعلق اس صفائی سے آزادیٔ ضمیر اور آزادیٔ رائے کی تائید کی ہو۔
38:87; 42:24.
Important Words:
إلا (save) is used to signify the sense of exception (إستثناء) and in Arabic إستثناء (exception) is of two kinds: (i) إستثناء متصل i.e. an exception in which the thing excepted belongs to the same class or species to which the things from which as exception is sought to be made belong; (ii) إستثناء منقطع i.e. an exception in which the excepted thing belongs to a different class or species. إلا in the present verse is of the latter category and the meaning is, he who will take a way to his Lord, let him do so.
Commentary:
The verse provides yet another unassailable evidence that the Quran gives complete and full freedom of conscience and choice of religious belief and practice.
e
38:87; 42:24.
921
按照这节经文的教导, 伊斯兰教明确禁止用武力来传播它的教义。
1
یہ آیت کتنی واضح ہے کہ اسلام کو جبر سے پھیلانا ناجائز ہے۔ اس آیت میں وضاحت سے کہا گیا ہے کہ میں تبلیغ اسلام کے بدلہ میں کوئی اجر نہیں چاہتا۔ میرا اجر یہی ہے کہ اگر کسی کا دل اسلام کی صداقت کو قبول کرلے تو اپنی مرضی سے اسلام میں داخل ہو جائے۔ میں اس پر کوئی جبر نہیں کر سکتا اور نہ کروں گا اس تعلیم کے ہوتے ہوئے یہ کہنا کہ اسلام تلوار کے ذریعہ سے پھیلا ہے اسلام پر کتنا ظلم اور تعدّی ہے۔ کیا کوئی اور مذہب بھی ہے جس نے اپنی اشاعت کے متعلق اس صفائی سے آزادیٔ ضمیر اور آزادیٔ رائے کی تائید کی ہو۔
c
38:87; 42:24.
2688
Important Words:
إلا (save) is used to signify the sense of exception (إستثناء) and in Arabic إستثناء (exception) is of two kinds: (i) إستثناء متصل i.e. an exception in which the thing excepted belongs to the same class or species to which the things from which as exception is sought to be made belong; (ii) إستثناء منقطع i.e. an exception in which the excepted thing belongs to a different class or species. إلا in the present verse is of the latter category and the meaning is, he who will take a way to his Lord, let him do so.
Commentary:
The verse provides yet another unassailable evidence that the Quran gives complete and full freedom of conscience and choice of religious belief and practice.
a
38:87; 42:24.
2086
According to this verse Islam clearly forbids the use of force for the propagation of its teaching.
وَتَوَكَّلْ عَلَى ٱلْحَىِّ ٱلَّذِى لَا يَمُوتُ وَسَبِّحْ بِحَمْدِهِۦ ۚ وَكَفَىٰ بِهِۦ بِذُنُوبِ عِبَادِهِۦ خَبِيرًا
26:218; 27:80; 33:49.
26:218; 27:80; 33:49.
26:218; 27:80; 33:49.
f
26:218; 27:80; 33:49.
a
26:218; 27:80; 33:49.
b
26:218; 27:80; 33:49.
ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَا فِى سِتَّةِ أَيَّامٍ ثُمَّ ٱسْتَوَىٰ عَلَى ٱلْعَرْشِ ۚ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنُ فَسْـَٔلْ بِهِۦ خَبِيرًا
7:55; 11:8; 32:5; 57:5.
خَبِیْر سے مراد محمد رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم ہیں جن کو خداتعالیٰ نے اپنی صفات کا وحی سے علم دیا۔
7:55; 11:8; 32:5; 57:5.
Commentary:
For a detailed discussion about عرش see 10:4 & 20:6 and about ستة ایام see 10:4.
The expression فاسأل به خبیرا may mean; (1) "enquire then about it from One Who knows, i.e. God." or (2) "enquire then from Him Who knows it" or (3) "enquire concerning Him, i.e. God, from one who knows i.e. the Holy Prophet."
In view of these meanings the expression فاسأل به خبیرا would signify: (1) That if by reflecting on the great and vast universe that lies spread before your eyes and the wonderful and absolutely flawless order and arrangement that pervades and permeates it, you are not convinced of the existence of a Designer and Creator Who must have created a parallel spiritual universe and must have made adequate provision for man’s spiritual needs in it, as He has made proper provision for his physical needs in the physical universe, then by prayer and supplication invoke His help that He, the Gracious God (الرحمن) may guide you to the right path and may disclose to you the truth of the Holy Prophet. (2) That because nobody has full knowledge about the creation of the heavens and the earth and about the nature and significance of "God’s settling himself on the Throne," therefore seek His assistance for true understanding of this baffling enigma. (3) That as God’s grace (رحمانیة) has found its fullest expression in the Holy Prophet, therefore, in order fully to understand its nature make a deep study of his life.
g
7:55; 11:8; 32:5; 57:5.
2
خَبِیْر سے مراد محمد رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم ہیں جن کو خداتعالیٰ نے اپنی صفات کا وحی سے علم دیا۔
b
7:55; 11:8; 32:5; 57:5.
2689
Commentary:
For a detailed discussion about عرش see 10:4 & 20:6 and about ستة ایام see 10:4.
The expression فاسأل به خبیرا may mean; (1) "enquire then about it from One Who knows, i.e. God." or (2) "enquire then from Him Who knows it" or (3) "enquire concerning Him, i.e. God, from one who knows i.e. the Holy Prophet."
In view of these meanings the expression فاسأل به خبیرا would signify: (1) That if by reflecting on the great and vast universe that lies spread before your eyes and the wonderful and absolutely flawless order and arrangement that pervades and permeates it, you are not convinced of the existence of a Designer and Creator Who must have created a parallel spiritual universe and must have made adequate provision for man’s spiritual needs in it, as He has made proper provision for his physical needs in the physical universe, then by prayer and supplication invoke His help that He, the Gracious God (الرحمن) may guide you to the right path and may disclose to you the truth of the Holy Prophet. (2) That because nobody has full knowledge about the creation of the heavens and the earth and about the nature and significance of "God’s settling himself on the Throne," therefore seek His assistance for true understanding of this baffling enigma. (3) That as God’s grace (رحمانیة) has found its fullest expression in the Holy Prophet, therefore, in order fully to understand its nature make a deep study of his life.
c
7:55; 11:8; 32:5; 57:5.
2087
(1) God; (2) The Holy Prophet.
وَإِذَا قِيلَ لَهُمُ ٱسْجُدُوا۟ لِلرَّحْمَٰنِ قَالُوا۟ وَمَا ٱلرَّحْمَٰنُ أَنَسْجُدُ لِمَا تَأْمُرُنَا وَزَادَهُمْ نُفُورًا ۩
تَبَارَكَ ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَ فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ بُرُوجًا وَجَعَلَ فِيهَا سِرَٰجًا وَقَمَرًا مُّنِيرًا
15:17; 85:2.
سِرَاجٌ کے معنے عربی زبان میں چراغ کے ہیں۔ اس لئے کہ چراغ کے اندر تیل پڑنے کے بعد اس کی اپنی روشنی نکلتی ہے جس طرح سورج کی اپنی روشنی نکلتی ہے لیکن چاند باہر سے یعنی سورج سے روشنی حاصل کرتا ہے اس لئے دوسری جگہ قَمَر کو نو ر کہا ہے۔ یعنی روشنی تو دیتا ہے مگر وہ روشنی مستعار ہوتی ہے (یونس آیت۶) چنانچہ لغت میں بھی ہے کہ اَلضَّوْء سورج کی روشنی کے لئے بولا جاتا ہے اور اس کی صفت یہ ہے کہ وہ ذاتی روشنی ہوتی ہے (دیکھئے اقرب زیر لفظ ضَوء) اس سے بھی معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ نور جو اس کے بالمقابل ہے اس کے معنے اکتسابی روشنی کے ہیں (یہ بھی اقرب میں ہی لکھا ہے)
15:17; 85:2.
By alluding to the creation of the heavens, and the sun, the moon and the stars that embellish and beautify them, the verse draws attention to the spiritual heaven which has its own sun, moon and stars—the Holy Prophet, the Promised Messiah and the Companions of the Holy Prophet about whom he is reported to have said: 'My Companions are like so many stars, whomsoever of them you will follow, you will get right guidance' (Razin).
15:17; 85:2.
Important Words:
بروجاً (mansions) is the plural of برج (burj) which is derived from the verb برج (baraja) which means, it was or became apparent, manifest or conspicuous; or it was or became high or elevated. برج (burj) means, a tower; a sign of the Zodiac. بروج means, mansions (i.e. the courses or stages) of the moon or the stars, or constellations or asterisms (Lane). See also 15:17.
Commentary:
The verse constitutes an answer to the query of disbelievers mentioned in the preceding verse, viz. "And Who is the Gracious God?" It means to say that the Gracious God is "He Who has made mansions in the heavens and has placed therein a Lamp and a Moon giving light." As the Divine attribute "Gracious" is intimately connected with the creation of the universe and the revelation of the Quran and as the present verse points to the creation of the physical firmament and by implication to the spiritual firmament, it forms an appropriate answer to the impudent query of the disbelievers.
By alluding to the creation of the heavens, the sun, the moon and the stars that embellish and beautify them, the verse draws attention to the spiritual heaven which has its own sun, moon and stars. The Holy Prophet is the Sun of the spiritual firmament, the Promised Messiah is the Moon and the Holy Prophet’s Companions and the learned and righteous savants among his followers are the stars of this spiritual firmament. The Promised Messiah borrowed his spiritual light from the Holy Prophet. About his Companions the Holy Prophet is reported to have said: "My Companions are like stars, whomsoever of them you will follow, you will get right guidance" (Razin).
a
15:17; 85:2.
3
سِرَاجٌ کے معنے عربی زبان میں چراغ کے ہیں۔ اس لئے کہ چراغ کے اندر تیل پڑنے کے بعد اس کی اپنی روشنی نکلتی ہے جس طرح سورج کی اپنی روشنی نکلتی ہے لیکن چاند باہر سے یعنی سورج سے روشنی حاصل کرتا ہے اس لئے دوسری جگہ قَمَر کو نو ر کہا ہے۔ یعنی روشنی تو دیتا ہے مگر وہ روشنی مستعار ہوتی ہے (یونس آیت۶) چنانچہ لغت میں بھی ہے کہ اَلضَّوْء سورج کی روشنی کے لئے بولا جاتا ہے اور اس کی صفت یہ ہے کہ وہ ذاتی روشنی ہوتی ہے (دیکھئے اقرب زیر لفظ ضَوء) اس سے بھی معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ نور جو اس کے بالمقابل ہے اس کے معنے اکتسابی روشنی کے ہیں (یہ بھی اقرب میں ہی لکھا ہے)
a
15:17; 85:2.
2690
Important Words:
بروجاً (mansions) is the plural of برج (burj) which is derived from the verb برج (baraja) which means, it was or became apparent, manifest or conspicuous; or it was or became high or elevated. برج (burj) means, a tower; a sign of the Zodiac. بروج means, mansions (i.e. the courses or stages) of the moon or the stars, or constellations or asterisms (Lane). See also 15:17.
Commentary:
The verse constitutes an answer to the query of disbelievers mentioned in the preceding verse, viz. "And Who is the Gracious God?" It means to say that the Gracious God is "He Who has made mansions in the heavens and has placed therein a Lamp and a Moon giving light." As the Divine attribute "Gracious" is intimately connected with the creation of the universe and the revelation of the Quran and as the present verse points to the creation of the physical firmament and by implication to the spiritual firmament, it forms an appropriate answer to the impudent query of the disbelievers.
By alluding to the creation of the heavens, the sun, the moon and the stars that embellish and beautify them, the verse draws attention to the spiritual heaven which has its own sun, moon and stars. The Holy Prophet is the Sun of the spiritual firmament, the Promised Messiah is the Moon and the Holy Prophet’s Companions and the learned and righteous savants among his followers are the stars of this spiritual firmament. The Promised Messiah borrowed his spiritual light from the Holy Prophet. About his Companions the Holy Prophet is reported to have said: "My Companions are like stars, whomsoever of them you will follow, you will get right guidance" (Razin).
d
15:17; 85:2.
2087A
By alluding to the creation of the heavens, and the sun, the moon and the stars that embellish and beautify them, the verse draws attention to the spiritual heaven which has its own sun, moon and stars—the Holy Prophet, the Promised Messiah and the Companions of the Holy Prophet about whom he is reported to have said: 'My Companions are like so many stars, whomsoever of them you will follow, you will get right guidance' (Razin).
وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَ ٱلَّيْلَ وَٱلنَّهَارَ خِلْفَةً لِّمَنْ أَرَادَ أَن يَذَّكَّرَ أَوْ أَرَادَ شُكُورًا
36:38-41.
36:38-41.
Just as in the physical world day follows night, similarly in the spiritual realm when darkness enshrouds the world, God raises a Reformer to give light to it.
36:38-41.
Commentary:
The simile begun in the preceding verse is continued in the present one. The verse purports to say that just as in the physical world day follows night, similarly in the spiritual realm when darkness enshrouds the world God raises a Reformer to give light to it.
The words "For him who desires to remember" signify that seekers after true knowledge may ponder over the perfect design that pervades the universe and thus may add to their knowledge and wisdom.
The clause "who desires to be grateful" means that men may also think over the numerous benefits they derive from the alternation of day and night and may be grateful to God for His manifold favours.
b
36:38-41.
a
36:38-41.
2691
Commentary:
The simile begun in the preceding verse is continued in the present one. The verse purports to say that just as in the physical world day follows night, similarly in the spiritual realm when darkness enshrouds the world God raises a Reformer to give light to it.
The words "For him who desires to remember" signify that seekers after true knowledge may ponder over the perfect design that pervades the universe and thus may add to their knowledge and wisdom.
The clause "who desires to be grateful" means that men may also think over the numerous benefits they derive from the alternation of day and night and may be grateful to God for His manifold favours.
a
36:38-41.
2088
Just as in the physical world day follows night, similarly in the spiritual realm when darkness enshrouds the world, God raises a Reformer to give light to it.
وَعِبَادُ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنِ ٱلَّذِينَ يَمْشُونَ عَلَى ٱلْأَرْضِ هَوْنًا وَإِذَا خَاطَبَهُمُ ٱلْجَٰهِلُونَ قَالُوا۟ سَلَٰمًا
17:38; 31:19.
28:56.
With this verse begins a brief description of the great moral revolution which that Sun of the spiritual firmament––the Holy Prophet–– brought about among his people. From being the sons of darkness they became the servants of the Gracious and Beneficent God. The various qualities of the righteous servants of the Gracious God, referred to in this and the following verses, are the opposites of the vices from which the people of the Holy Prophet particularly suffered.
17:38; 31:19.
28:56.
Commentary:
With this verse begins a brief description of the great moral and spiritual revolution which that Sun of the spiritual firmament—the Holy Prophet—brought about among his people. From عباد الشیطان i.e. the sons of darkness, they became عباد الرحمان i.e. the servants of the Gracious and Beneficent God. The various qualities of the righteous servants of the Gracious God, referred to in this and the following verses, are the opposite counterparts of the vices from which the people of the Holy Prophet particularly suffered. The Divine attribute الرحمن i.e. the Gracious, has been specially mentioned to show that the great revolution referred to above was brought about by the teaching of the Quran whose revelation has a direct and intimate connection with this Divine attribute as hinted in the verse الرحمن علم القرآن i.e. the Gracious God Who taught the Quran (55:2-3).
The verse also implies that the lives of God’s servants also bear testimony to the fact that He is الرحمن (Gracious).
c
17:38; 31:19.
d
28:56.
1
یعنی تکبر کے ساتھ نہیں چلتے۔
2
یعنی جہالت کی باتیں کرتے ہیں۔
b
17:38; 31:19.
c
28:56.
2692
Commentary:
With this verse begins a brief description of the great moral and spiritual revolution which that Sun of the spiritual firmament—the Holy Prophet—brought about among his people. From عباد الشیطان i.e. the sons of darkness, they became عباد الرحمان i.e. the servants of the Gracious and Beneficent God. The various qualities of the righteous servants of the Gracious God, referred to in this and the following verses, are the opposite counterparts of the vices from which the people of the Holy Prophet particularly suffered. The Divine attribute الرحمن i.e. the Gracious, has been specially mentioned to show that the great revolution referred to above was brought about by the teaching of the Quran whose revelation has a direct and intimate connection with this Divine attribute as hinted in the verse الرحمن علم القرآن i.e. the Gracious God Who taught the Quran (55:2-3).
The verse also implies that the lives of God’s servants also bear testimony to the fact that He is الرحمن (Gracious).
b
17:38; 31:19.
c
28:56.
2089
With this verse begins a brief description of the great moral revolution which that Sun of the spiritual firmament––the Holy Prophet–– brought about among his people. From being the sons of darkness they became the servants of the Gracious and Beneficent God. The various qualities of the righteous servants of the Gracious God, referred to in this and the following verses, are the opposites of the vices from which the people of the Holy Prophet particularly suffered.
وَٱلَّذِينَ يَبِيتُونَ لِرَبِّهِمْ سُجَّدًا وَقِيَٰمًا
41:39; 73:21.
41:39; 73:21.
41:39; 73:21.
Commentary:
History bears witness to the fact that early Muslims, even in the field of battle, while they had actually remained engaged all day long in fighting, spent their nights in prayer and the remembrance of God.
e
41:39; 73:21.
a
41:39; 73:21.
2693
Commentary:
History bears witness to the fact that early Muslims, even in the field of battle, while they had actually remained engaged all day long in fighting, spent their nights in prayer and the remembrance of God.
d
41:39; 73:21.
وَٱلَّذِينَ يَقُولُونَ رَبَّنَا ٱصْرِفْ عَنَّا عَذَابَ جَهَنَّمَ ۖ إِنَّ عَذَابَهَا كَانَ غَرَامًا
Important Words:
غراما (most vehement torment) is derived from غرم which means, he paid or discharged a thing after it had become obligatory upon him. غرم الدین means, he discharged the debt. غرام means, a thing from which one is unable to free himself; a thing such as cleaves fast; lasting evil; perdition, persistent and such as cleaves fast; most vehement punishment or torment; hardship or difficulty and an affliction or a calamity or misfortune that befalls a man; eager desire (Lane, Aqrab & Mufradat).
2694
Important Words:
غراما (most vehement torment) is derived from غرم which means, he paid or discharged a thing after it had become obligatory upon him. غرم الدین means, he discharged the debt. غرام means, a thing from which one is unable to free himself; a thing such as cleaves fast; lasting evil; perdition, persistent and such as cleaves fast; most vehement punishment or torment; hardship or difficulty and an affliction or a calamity or misfortune that befalls a man; eager desire (Lane, Aqrab & Mufradat).
إِنَّهَا سَآءَتْ مُسْتَقَرًّا وَمُقَامًا
وَٱلَّذِينَ إِذَآ أَنفَقُوا۟ لَمْ يُسْرِفُوا۟ وَلَمْ يَقْتُرُوا۟ وَكَانَ بَيْنَ ذَٰلِكَ قَوَامًا
7:32; 17:28.
7:32; 17:28.
6:142; 7:32; 17:28.
Important Words:
لم یقتروا (nor spend niggardly). See 2:237 & 10:27.
قواما (a moderate position) is derived from قام which means, he stood still in his place. قاومه means, it was equal or equivalent to it. قوامmeans, stature of a man; symmetry or justness of proportion; moderation; stay or support of a thing; subsistence of a man (Lane & Aqrab).
f
7:32; 17:28.
b
6:142; 7:32; 17:28.
2695
Important Words:
لم یقتروا (nor spend niggardly). See 2:237 & 10:27.
قواما (a moderate position) is derived from قام which means, he stood still in his place. قاومه means, it was equal or equivalent to it. قوامmeans, stature of a man; symmetry or justness of proportion; moderation; stay or support of a thing; subsistence of a man (Lane & Aqrab).
a
7:32; 17:28.
وَٱلَّذِينَ لَا يَدْعُونَ مَعَ ٱللَّهِ إِلَٰهًا ءَاخَرَ وَلَا يَقْتُلُونَ ٱلنَّفْسَ ٱلَّتِى حَرَّمَ ٱللَّهُ إِلَّا بِٱلْحَقِّ وَلَا يَزْنُونَ ۚ وَمَن يَفْعَلْ ذَٰلِكَ يَلْقَ أَثَامًا
6:152; 17:33, 34.
6:152; 17:33, 34.
Idolatry, murder and adultery are the three basic sins and the fountainheads of individual depravity and social and sexual immorality. The Qur’an has reverted to these sins again and again.
6:152; 17:33, 34.
Important Words:
أثاماً (punishment of sin) is infinitive noun from أثم which means, he fell into or committed a sin or crime: he did what was unlawful. أثام means, the requital or recompense of a sin or crime or punishment thereof (Lane).
Commentary:
The verse deals with the three basic sins, i.e. idolatry, murder and adultery, the fountainheads of individual depravity and social and sexual immorality. The Quran has reverted to these three sins again and again.
a
6:152; 17:33, 34.
c
6:152; 17:33, 34.
2696
Important Words:
أثاماً (punishment of sin) is infinitive noun from أثم which means, he fell into or committed a sin or crime: he did what was unlawful. أثام means, the requital or recompense of a sin or crime or punishment thereof (Lane).
Commentary:
The verse deals with the three basic sins, i.e. idolatry, murder and adultery, the fountainheads of individual depravity and social and sexual immorality. The Quran has reverted to these three sins again and again.
b
6:152; 17:33, 34.
2090
Idolatry, murder and adultery are the three basic sins and the fountainheads of individual depravity and social and sexual immorality. The Qur’an has reverted to these sins again and again.
يُضَٰعَفْ لَهُ ٱلْعَذَابُ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ وَيَخْلُدْ فِيهِۦ مُهَانًا
4:15.
4:15.
4:15.
Commentary:
توبة (repentance) signifies repenting sincerely, truly and honestly of past moral relapses with a firm resolve completely to shun all evil and do good deeds, and making amends for all wrongs done to people. In short توبة consists in bringing about a complete change in one’s life, turning one’s back completely and thoroughly on one’s past.
b
4:15.
a
4:15.
2696A
Commentary:
توبة (repentance) signifies repenting sincerely, truly and honestly of past moral relapses with a firm resolve completely to shun all evil and do good deeds, and making amends for all wrongs done to people. In short توبة consists in bringing about a complete change in one’s life, turning one’s back completely and thoroughly on one’s past.
c
4:15.
إِلَّا مَن تَابَ وَءَامَنَ وَعَمِلَ عَمَلًا صَٰلِحًا فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ يُبَدِّلُ ٱللَّهُ سَيِّـَٔاتِهِمْ حَسَنَٰتٍ ۗ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ غَفُورًا رَّحِيمًا
3:58; 6:49; 18:89; 19:61; 34:38.
3:58; 6:49; 18:89; 19:61; 34:38.
Taubah (repentance) signifies repenting sincerely, truly and honestly of past moral lapses with a firm resolve completely to shun all evil and to do good deeds, and making amends for all wrongs done to people. It consists in bringing about a complete change in one’s life, turning one’s back completely and thoroughly on one’s past.
3:58; 6:49; 18:89; 19:61; 34:38.
Commentary:
So complete and thorough was the reformation brought about by the Holy Prophet in the lives of his followers that in the place of every sin and crime in which they indulged before Islam, they practised a corresponding virtue. This is how their evil deeds became converted into good ones. Those who were the very embodiment of vice became the models of virtue and righteousness.
c
3:58; 6:49; 18:89; 19:61; 34:38.
b
3:58; 6:49; 18:89; 19:61; 34:38.
2697
Commentary:
So complete and thorough was the reformation brought about by the Holy Prophet in the lives of his followers that in the place of every sin and crime in which they indulged before Islam, they practised a corresponding virtue. This is how their evil deeds became converted into good ones. Those who were the very embodiment of vice became the models of virtue and righteousness.
d
3:58; 6:49; 18:89; 19:61; 34:38.
2091
Taubah (repentance) signifies repenting sincerely, truly and honestly of past moral lapses with a firm resolve completely to shun all evil and to do good deeds, and making amends for all wrongs done to people. It consists in bringing about a complete change in one’s life, turning one’s back completely and thoroughly on one’s past.
وَمَن تَابَ وَعَمِلَ صَٰلِحًا فَإِنَّهُۥ يَتُوبُ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ مَتَابًا
5:40; 20:83; 28:68.
5:40; 20:83; 28:68.
5:40; 20:83; 28:68.
Commentary:
True and sincere repentance must be followed by good works. There can be no true repentance without good works. This is why the word تاب i.e. repents, in the verse is followed by the expression عمل صالحاً i.e. and does good works.
d
5:40; 20:83; 28:68.
c
5:40; 20:83; 28:68.
2698
Commentary:
True and sincere repentance must be followed by good works. There can be no true repentance without good works. This is why the word تاب i.e. repents, in the verse is followed by the expression عمل صالحاً i.e. and does good works.
e
5:40; 20:83; 28:68.
وَٱلَّذِينَ لَا يَشْهَدُونَ ٱلزُّورَ وَإِذَا مَرُّوا۟ بِٱللَّغْوِ مَرُّوا۟ كِرَامًا
23:4; 28:56.
23:4; 28:56.
Zur means a lie; false witness; association of false gods with Allah; a place where lies are told and people entertain themselves with vain or frivolous diversion; the assemblies of polytheists, etc. (Lane).
23:4; 28:56.
Important Words:
زور means, a lie; a falsehood; false witness; association of others with God; a place where lies are told; a place where people hear singing and entertain themselves with vain or frivolous diversion; the assemblies of polytheists; strength, etc. (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
In view of different meanings of the word زور given under "Important Words" above, the expression لا یشھدون الزور would mean: (a) they do not tell lies; or (b) they do not go to places where people indulge in telling lies and in frivolous diversions, they do not sit in the company of liars; or (c) they do not associate false gods with Allah or do not attend such places where idolatry is practised; or (d) they do not bear false witness. In the last case the particle ب will be taken as understood before الزور.
e
23:4; 28:56.
a
23:4; 28:56.
2699
Important Words:
زور means, a lie; a falsehood; false witness; association of others with God; a place where lies are told; a place where people hear singing and entertain themselves with vain or frivolous diversion; the assemblies of polytheists; strength, etc. (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
In view of different meanings of the word زور given under "Important Words" above, the expression لا یشھدون الزور would mean: (a) they do not tell lies; or (b) they do not go to places where people indulge in telling lies and in frivolous diversions, they do not sit in the company of liars; or (c) they do not associate false gods with Allah or do not attend such places where idolatry is practised; or (d) they do not bear false witness. In the last case the particle ب will be taken as understood before الزور.
a
23:4; 28:56.
2092
Zur means a lie; false witness; association of false gods with Allah; a place where lies are told and people entertain themselves with vain or frivolous diversion; the assemblies of polytheists, etc. (Lane).
وَٱلَّذِينَ إِذَا ذُكِّرُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِ رَبِّهِمْ لَمْ يَخِرُّوا۟ عَلَيْهَا صُمًّا وَعُمْيَانًا
They listen to the Signs of God attentively and with their eyes open. Their belief is based on conviction and certainty and not on mere hearsay.
Commentary:
The words "they fall not deaf and dumb thereat," mean that they listen to the signs of God attentively and with their eyes open. Their belief is based on conviction and certainty and not on mere hearsay.
2700
Commentary:
The words "they fall not deaf and dumb thereat," mean that they listen to the signs of God attentively and with their eyes open. Their belief is based on conviction and certainty and not on mere hearsay.
2092A
They listen to the Signs of God attentively and with their eyes open. Their belief is based on conviction and certainty and not on mere hearsay.
وَٱلَّذِينَ يَقُولُونَ رَبَّنَا هَبْ لَنَا مِنْ أَزْوَٰجِنَا وَذُرِّيَّٰتِنَا قُرَّةَ أَعْيُنٍ وَٱجْعَلْنَا لِلْمُتَّقِينَ إِمَامًا
یعنی ہمارا خاندان ہماری اتباع کرے لیکن وہ متقی ہو۔ صرف رشتہ داری کی ضدّ میں ہمارا ساتھ نہ دے۔
Commentary:
The word إمام meaning "leader" and "model" (2:125 & 15:80), the verse purports to say that a truly righteous man is not satisfied with only becoming righteous himself but aims at being a model and pattern for other righteous men to copy.
1
یعنی ہمارا خاندان ہماری اتباع کرے لیکن وہ متقی ہو۔ صرف رشتہ داری کی ضدّ میں ہمارا ساتھ نہ دے۔
2701
Commentary:
The word إمام meaning "leader" and "model" (2:125 & 15:80), the verse purports to say that a truly righteous man is not satisfied with only becoming righteous himself but aims at being a model and pattern for other righteous men to copy.
أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ يُجْزَوْنَ ٱلْغُرْفَةَ بِمَا صَبَرُوا۟ وَيُلَقَّوْنَ فِيهَا تَحِيَّةً وَسَلَٰمًا
34:38.
34:38.
34:38.
Important Words:
غرفة (highest place) is derived from غرف. They say غرف الشیء i.e. he cut or cut off the thing. غرفة means, balcony; chamber in the upper or uppermost storey (Lane & Aqrab).
a
34:38.
a
34:38.
2702
Important Words:
غرفة (highest place) is derived from غرف. They say غرف الشیء i.e. he cut or cut off the thing. غرفة means, balcony; chamber in the upper or uppermost storey (Lane & Aqrab).
b
34:38.
خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا ۚ حَسُنَتْ مُسْتَقَرًّا وَمُقَامًا
قُلْ مَا يَعْبَؤُا۟ بِكُمْ رَبِّى لَوْلَا دُعَآؤُكُمْ ۖ فَقَدْ كَذَّبْتُمْ فَسَوْفَ يَكُونُ لِزَامًۢا
Ma a‘ba’ubihi means I do not care for, mind, heed or regard him or I do not hold him to be of any weight or worth, or I do not esteem him (Lane & Mufradat).
Important Words:
یعبؤ (cares) is derived from عبأ which means, he packed up goods, put one upon the other. They say ما أعبأبه i.e. what shall I do with it or I do not care for, mind, heed or regard him, or I do not receive anything from him, with approbation, or I do not hold him to be of any weight or worth; or I do not esteem him (Lane & Mufradat).
Commentary:
The verse means to say that God has created man to serve a grand and noble object. If he turns his back on the object of his creation, he forfeits God’s mercy and makes himself deserving of His displeasure. That sublime purpose of man’s creation is referred to in vv. 51-57.
2703
Important Words:
یعبؤ (cares) is derived from عبأ which means, he packed up goods, put one upon the other. They say ما أعبأبه i.e. what shall I do with it or I do not care for, mind, heed or regard him, or I do not receive anything from him, with approbation, or I do not hold him to be of any weight or worth; or I do not esteem him (Lane & Mufradat).
Commentary:
The verse means to say that God has created man to serve a grand and noble object. If he turns his back on the object of his creation, he forfeits God’s mercy and makes himself deserving of His displeasure. That sublime purpose of man’s creation is referred to in vv. 51-57.
2093
Ma a‘ba’ubihi means I do not care for, mind, heed or regard him or I do not hold him to be of any weight or worth, or I do not esteem him (Lane & Mufradat).
الشعراء
Ash-Shu'ara
The Poets • makkah • 227 Verses
بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ
1:1.
1:1.
a
1:1.
a
See 1:1.
2704
Commentary:
See 1:1.
a
1:1.
طسٓمٓ
طٰسٓمّٓ (Ta Sin Mim) 这些缩写字母 (مُقَطَّعَاتْ, Muqatta‘at,) 中, طٰ (Ta) 代表 طَاهِرْ (Tahir,纯洁的养主); س(Sin) 代表 سَمِيْع (Sami‘, 全听的) 以及 م(Mim) 代表 مَجِيْد (Majid, 高尚的养主)。这意指本章述及达到心灵纯洁、接受祈祷和高尚地位的方法。这一章和下两章形成名为 طٰسٓمّٓ (Ta Sin Mim) 组的一组特定经章, 在主要题材上这三章彼此都非常相似。它们都是在麦加几乎同一时候启示的。由于这些经章特别和较详细地谈到穆撒的生平, 某些注释者认出这些缩写的字母代表西奈山和穆撒--------طٰسٓ (Ta Sin) 代表 طُوْر سِيْنِيْن (Tur Sinin, 西奈山) 而 مٓ (Mim) 代表 مُوْسٰى (Musa, 穆撒)。
یعنی اس سورۃ میں طہارتِ قلب‘ قبولیتِ دعا اور حصولِ بزرگی کے ذرائع کا ذکر کیا گیا ہے۔
In the Muqatta‘at (abbreviated letters) Ta Sin Mim, Ta stands for Tahir (Lord of Purity), Sin for Sami‘ (All-Hearing) and Mim for Majid (Lord of Dignity), thus indicating that the Surah deals with the means to achieve purity of heart, acceptance of prayer and dignity. This and the next two Chapters form a special group known as the Ta Sin Mim group and all of them bear a very close resemblance to each other in their subject-matter. They were revealed about the same time at Mecca. As these Surahs deal particularly with the life-story of Moses in some detail, some Commentators have taken these abbreviated letters as standing for Mount Sinai and Moses— Ta Sin standing for Turi Sinin (Mount Sinai) and Mim for Musa (Moses).
Commentary:
The مقطعات (abbreviated letters) طسم may stand for the three Divine attributes, viz. Benignant, All-Hearing and All-Knowing; the letter ط representing the Divine attribute لطیف (Benignant), س representing سمیع (All-Hearing) and م standing for علیم (All-Knowing). These مقطعات show that in the present and the following few Surahs, which are similar and subordinate to the present Surah, in subject-matter, light has been shed on the fact that God is humanity’s Great Benefactor; He is Kind and Compassionate to His servants; He hears their prayers and supplications and knows the inmost secrets of their hearts and all their needs and requirements and fulfils them. They further show that light has also been thrown in these Surahs on the laws and rules which regulate and govern the universe and thus demonstrate Divine Majesty, Dignity and Glory and that sound and solid arguments have been given to support and substantiate what the Quran asserts and claims. These مقطعات give such a beautiful and complete picture of Divine attributes as no other revealed Scripture has done and by implication exhort a Muslim to assimilate and develop in his person these attributes because God has created man in His own image and to the extent to which he assimilates Divine attributes, to that extent he rises morally and spiritually and becomes his Creator’s manifestation.
The present and next two Surahs form a special group known as the طسم (Ta Sin Mim) group. These three Surahs bear a very close resemblance to each other in their subject-matter and were revealed in the same period at Mecca. As all of them deal particularly with the life-story of Moses in some detail, some commentators of the Quran have taken the abbreviated letters طسم as standing for Mount Sinai and Moses; طس standing for طور سیناء (Mount Sinai) and م for موسی (Moses).
The fact that the present Surah and 28th Surah are prefixed with the abbreviated letters طسم and give a much more detailed account of the different phases of Moses’ chequered life, coupled with the fact that the 27th Surah has only طس placed in its beginning (the letter م having been significantly omitted) and makes only a very brief reference to him, lends additional weight to the inference that this letter stands for Moses.
It may also be added that the three Divine attributes Benignant, All-Hearing and All-Knowing have also a strong bearing on the life story of Moses, related in some detail in these three Surahs.
For a detailed explanation, however, of مقطعات (abbreviated letters) see 2:2 & 19:2.
922
طٰسٓمّٓ (Ta Sin Mim) 这些缩写字母 (مُقَطَّعَاتْ, Muqatta‘at,) 中, طٰ (Ta) 代表 طَاهِرْ (Tahir,纯洁的养主); س(Sin) 代表 سَمِيْع (Sami‘, 全听的) 以及 م(Mim) 代表 مَجِيْد (Majid, 高尚的养主)。这意指本章述及达到心灵纯洁、接受祈祷和高尚地位的方法。这一章和下两章形成名为 طٰسٓمّٓ (Ta Sin Mim) 组的一组特定经章, 在主要题材上这三章彼此都非常相似。它们都是在麦加几乎同一时候启示的。由于这些经章特别和较详细地谈到穆撒的生平, 某些注释者认出这些缩写的字母代表西奈山和穆撒--------طٰسٓ (Ta Sin) 代表 طُوْر سِيْنِيْن (Tur Sinin, 西奈山) 而 مٓ (Mim) 代表 مُوْسٰى (Musa, 穆撒)。
1
یعنی اس سورۃ میں طہارتِ قلب‘ قبولیتِ دعا اور حصولِ بزرگی کے ذرائع کا ذکر کیا گیا ہے۔
2705
Commentary:
The مقطعات (abbreviated letters) طسم may stand for the three Divine attributes, viz. Benignant, All-Hearing and All-Knowing; the letter ط representing the Divine attribute لطیف (Benignant), س representing سمیع (All-Hearing) and م standing for علیم (All-Knowing). These مقطعات show that in the present and the following few Surahs, which are similar and subordinate to the present Surah, in subject-matter, light has been shed on the fact that God is humanity’s Great Benefactor; He is Kind and Compassionate to His servants; He hears their prayers and supplications and knows the inmost secrets of their hearts and all their needs and requirements and fulfils them. They further show that light has also been thrown in these Surahs on the laws and rules which regulate and govern the universe and thus demonstrate Divine Majesty, Dignity and Glory and that sound and solid arguments have been given to support and substantiate what the Quran asserts and claims. These مقطعات give such a beautiful and complete picture of Divine attributes as no other revealed Scripture has done and by implication exhort a Muslim to assimilate and develop in his person these attributes because God has created man in His own image and to the extent to which he assimilates Divine attributes, to that extent he rises morally and spiritually and becomes his Creator’s manifestation.
The present and next two Surahs form a special group known as the طسم (Ta Sin Mim) group. These three Surahs bear a very close resemblance to each other in their subject-matter and were revealed in the same period at Mecca. As all of them deal particularly with the life-story of Moses in some detail, some commentators of the Quran have taken the abbreviated letters طسم as standing for Mount Sinai and Moses; طس standing for طور سیناء (Mount Sinai) and م for موسی (Moses).
The fact that the present Surah and 28th Surah are prefixed with the abbreviated letters طسم and give a much more detailed account of the different phases of Moses’ chequered life, coupled with the fact that the 27th Surah has only طس placed in its beginning (the letter م having been significantly omitted) and makes only a very brief reference to him, lends additional weight to the inference that this letter stands for Moses.
It may also be added that the three Divine attributes Benignant, All-Hearing and All-Knowing have also a strong bearing on the life story of Moses, related in some detail in these three Surahs.
For a detailed explanation, however, of مقطعات (abbreviated letters) see 2:2 & 19:2.
2094
In the Muqatta‘at (abbreviated letters) Ta Sin Mim, Ta stands for Tahir (Lord of Purity), Sin for Sami‘ (All-Hearing) and Mim for Majid (Lord of Dignity), thus indicating that the Surah deals with the means to achieve purity of heart, acceptance of prayer and dignity. This and the next two Chapters form a special group known as the Ta Sin Mim group and all of them bear a very close resemblance to each other in their subject-matter. They were revealed about the same time at Mecca. As these Surahs deal particularly with the life-story of Moses in some detail, some Commentators have taken these abbreviated letters as standing for Mount Sinai and Moses— Ta Sin standing for Turi Sinin (Mount Sinai) and Mim for Musa (Moses).
تِلْكَ ءَايَٰتُ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ ٱلْمُبِينِ
12:2; 15:2; 27:2; 28:3.
مُبِيْن (Mubin, 清楚), 是 اَبَانَ (Abana) 的主动分词, 可用于事物与非事物方面, 意思是: (1) 它本身是清楚的, 明显的; (2) 它可以促使他物清楚明晰; (3) 它可使一物与他物分离, 显现清晰, 并与它隔开 (Lane)。这个字, 一如其字意所示, 显现出 «古兰经» 的三个特点, 即 (1) 它不仅陈述事实、宣示预言、颁布法典、诫条, 还通过强有力的辩词与坚实的理由来支持及证实它的所言所示; (2) 它不但自身清晰, 而且还澄清了以往所有天经的隐晦与含糊的地方; 及 (3) 它也使为促进与真主接近的一切教导与宗教律令、道德及有关信仰的各种事务, 显得轮廓非常分明。这是 «古兰经» 独具一格之处, 其他的经书绝难望其项背。其他的经书仅仅做到 مُسْتَبِيْن (Mustabin), «古兰经» 不唯做到 مُسْتَبِيْن (Mustabin,明晰自身), 而且还做到 مُبِيْن (Mubin, 澄清其他经书晦涩之处)。«古兰经» 的全部教诲显示出与人性和自然规律的绝妙调谐。这一点亦使本已是 “清晰与明朗之书” 的 «古兰经» 增添一层异彩。
12:2; 15:2; 27:2; 28:3.
Important Words:
مبین (clear) as active participle from أبان which is derived from بان which being intransitive means it (the thing) was or became clear, manifest, plain, etc. أبان is used both as transitive and intransitive. أبان الحق or استبان الحق (haqqu) means, the truth became apparent and أبان الحق (haqqa) means, he made the truth clear. مبین therefore means, (1) that which itself is clear and manifest; (2) that which makes other things clear and (3) that which cuts off one thing from another and renders it distinct and separate from it (Lane & Aqrab). See also 2:169.
Commentary:
The word مبین as its meanings show, points to the following three salient features of the Quran, viz. (1) that it not only states facts and makes prophecies and lays down laws and ordinances but also supports and substantiates what it says and claims by solid arguments and sound reasons; (2) that it is not only clear in itself but makes clear the obscurities and ambiguities that are to be found in previous revealed scriptures; and (3) that all that is essential for the attainment of nearness to God and all that relates to the laws of the Shari‘ah, to ethics and to matters of belief has been made quite clear in it.
This is a quality which the Quran possesses to the entire exclusion of all other revealed Books. Other scriptures are only مستبین (clear in themselves) but the Quran is not only مستبین but is also مبین (makes clear the obscurities that are to be found in other Books). What adds to the beauty of the Quran as کتاب مبین (clear and perspicuous Book) is that all its teachings are in perfect harmony with کتاب مکنون(preserved Book) i.e. pure and unsullied nature.
b
12:2; 15:2; 27:2; 28:3.
923
مُبِيْن (Mubin, 清楚), 是 اَبَانَ (Abana) 的主动分词, 可用于事物与非事物方面, 意思是: (1) 它本身是清楚的, 明显的; (2) 它可以促使他物清楚明晰; (3) 它可使一物与他物分离, 显现清晰, 并与它隔开 (Lane)。这个字, 一如其字意所示, 显现出 «古兰经» 的三个特点, 即 (1) 它不仅陈述事实、宣示预言、颁布法典、诫条, 还通过强有力的辩词与坚实的理由来支持及证实它的所言所示; (2) 它不但自身清晰, 而且还澄清了以往所有天经的隐晦与含糊的地方; 及 (3) 它也使为促进与真主接近的一切教导与宗教律令、道德及有关信仰的各种事务, 显得轮廓非常分明。这是 «古兰经» 独具一格之处, 其他的经书绝难望其项背。其他的经书仅仅做到 مُسْتَبِيْن (Mustabin), «古兰经» 不唯做到 مُسْتَبِيْن (Mustabin,明晰自身), 而且还做到 مُبِيْن (Mubin, 澄清其他经书晦涩之处)。«古兰经» 的全部教诲显示出与人性和自然规律的绝妙调谐。这一点亦使本已是 “清晰与明朗之书” 的 «古兰经» 增添一层异彩。
a
12:2; 15:2; 27:2; 28:3.
2706
Important Words:
مبین (clear) as active participle from أبان which is derived from بان which being intransitive means it (the thing) was or became clear, manifest, plain, etc. أبان is used both as transitive and intransitive. أبان الحق or استبان الحق (haqqu) means, the truth became apparent and أبان الحق (haqqa) means, he made the truth clear. مبین therefore means, (1) that which itself is clear and manifest; (2) that which makes other things clear and (3) that which cuts off one thing from another and renders it distinct and separate from it (Lane & Aqrab). See also 2:169.
Commentary:
The word مبین as its meanings show, points to the following three salient features of the Quran, viz. (1) that it not only states facts and makes prophecies and lays down laws and ordinances but also supports and substantiates what it says and claims by solid arguments and sound reasons; (2) that it is not only clear in itself but makes clear the obscurities and ambiguities that are to be found in previous revealed scriptures; and (3) that all that is essential for the attainment of nearness to God and all that relates to the laws of the Shari‘ah, to ethics and to matters of belief has been made quite clear in it.
This is a quality which the Quran possesses to the entire exclusion of all other revealed Books. Other scriptures are only مستبین (clear in themselves) but the Quran is not only مستبین but is also مبین (makes clear the obscurities that are to be found in other Books). What adds to the beauty of the Quran as کتاب مبین (clear and perspicuous Book) is that all its teachings are in perfect harmony with کتاب مکنون(preserved Book) i.e. pure and unsullied nature.
b
12:2; 15:2; 27:2; 28:3.
2094A
See {1356}.
لَعَلَّكَ بَٰخِعٌ نَّفْسَكَ أَلَّا يَكُونُوا۟ مُؤْمِنِينَ
یعنی تیرا پاکیزہ دل کافروں کے سچائی کے انکار کو برداشت نہیں کر سکتا اور خواہش کرتا ہے کہ وہ بھی ہدایت پاجائیں۔
18:7.
Important Words:
For باخع see 18:7.
Commentary:
The verse speaks volumes for the Holy Prophet’s concern and solicitude for the spiritual well-being of his people. His grief over their rejection of his message and opposition to it had almost killed him. He knew that if his people did not desist from opposing him and did not give up their evil ways, Divine wrath would descend upon them. The realization of this fact lay very heavy upon his heart. God’s Messengers and His Prophets are full of the milk of human kindness. They cry and weep and grieve for mankind. But such is human ingratitude that those very people for whom they feel so deeply persecute them and seek to kill them.
c
18:7.
924
بَاخِعْ (Bakhi‘) 源出于 بَخَعَ (Bakha‘a) 的主动式分词, 意思是, 他出色地完成了一件事, 这经文畅述了穆圣对人们精神生活的关切之情。人们对安拉的启示采取拒绝与排斥的态度令他痛心到几乎灭绝的地步。真主的使者与先知满怀温和、慈爱, 他们为整个人类悲伤哭泣。而偏偏就是他们为之伤心痛哭的这一些人, 辜负了他们, 迫害他们, 追杀他们。
2
یعنی تیرا پاکیزہ دل کافروں کے سچائی کے انکار کو برداشت نہیں کر سکتا اور خواہش کرتا ہے کہ وہ بھی ہدایت پاجائیں۔
b
18:7.
2707
Important Words:
For باخع see 18:7.
Commentary:
The verse speaks volumes for the Holy Prophet’s concern and solicitude for the spiritual well-being of his people. His grief over their rejection of his message and opposition to it had almost killed him. He knew that if his people did not desist from opposing him and did not give up their evil ways, Divine wrath would descend upon them. The realization of this fact lay very heavy upon his heart. God’s Messengers and His Prophets are full of the milk of human kindness. They cry and weep and grieve for mankind. But such is human ingratitude that those very people for whom they feel so deeply persecute them and seek to kill them.
c
18:7.
2094B
See {1664}.
إِن نَّشَأْ نُنَزِّلْ عَلَيْهِم مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ ءَايَةً فَظَلَّتْ أَعْنَٰقُهُمْ لَهَا خَٰضِعِينَ
The Holy Prophet’s grief will not be in vain. If his people do not cease opposing him, they will be visited with the Sign of punishment which will humiliate and debase their leaders, A‘naq meaning leaders (Lane).
Important Words:
اعناق (necks) is the plural of عنق (‘unuqun) which is derived from عنق (‘aniqa) which means, his neck became tall. عنقmeans, neck, a portion of good; the upper portion of an elevated tract of land; the leaders or chiefs of a people, a company or a large company of men. They say جاء نی عنق من الناس i.e. a party of men came to me. The word also means, the first part of everything. They say مات فلان فی عنق الصیف i.e. such a one died in the beginning of summer. ھم عنق الیک means, they are inclined and listening to thee or expecting thee (Lane & Aqrab). اعناق therefore means, (a) different parties; (b) leaders; (c) those who are waiting for a sign to come.
Commentary:
The verse means to say that the Holy Prophet’s grief for his disbelieving people will not be in vain. If they do not cease opposing him, they will be visited with the sign of punishment which will humiliate and debase their leaders. That great sign was witnessed by the Quraish in the Battle of Badr when they suffered a most humiliating defeat at the hands of a small number of poor and ill-equipped Muslims and when almost all their great leaders were killed. Again they witnessed it in the Fall of Mecca when the cause of Islam triumphed fully and completely and the Quraish saw that they had to seek pardon from one whom they had hunted out of his native city and upon whose head they had placed a heavy price.
2708
Important Words:
اعناق (necks) is the plural of عنق (‘unuqun) which is derived from عنق (‘aniqa) which means, his neck became tall. عنقmeans, neck, a portion of good; the upper portion of an elevated tract of land; the leaders or chiefs of a people, a company or a large company of men. They say جاء نی عنق من الناس i.e. a party of men came to me. The word also means, the first part of everything. They say مات فلان فی عنق الصیف i.e. such a one died in the beginning of summer. ھم عنق الیک means, they are inclined and listening to thee or expecting thee (Lane & Aqrab). اعناق therefore means, (a) different parties; (b) leaders; (c) those who are waiting for a sign to come.
Commentary:
The verse means to say that the Holy Prophet’s grief for his disbelieving people will not be in vain. If they do not cease opposing him, they will be visited with the sign of punishment which will humiliate and debase their leaders. That great sign was witnessed by the Quraish in the Battle of Badr when they suffered a most humiliating defeat at the hands of a small number of poor and ill-equipped Muslims and when almost all their great leaders were killed. Again they witnessed it in the Fall of Mecca when the cause of Islam triumphed fully and completely and the Quraish saw that they had to seek pardon from one whom they had hunted out of his native city and upon whose head they had placed a heavy price.
2095
The Holy Prophet’s grief will not be in vain. If his people do not cease opposing him, they will be visited with the Sign of punishment which will humiliate and debase their leaders, A‘naq meaning leaders (Lane).
وَمَا يَأْتِيهِم مِّن ذِكْرٍ مِّنَ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنِ مُحْدَثٍ إِلَّا كَانُوا۟ عَنْهُ مُعْرِضِينَ
21:3, 43.
پس چونکہ ہر نبی کا انکار کرنا ایک جاری حقیقت ہے اس لئے اللہ تعالیٰ ایسے نشان نہیں اتارتا جو لوگوں کو جبرًا مومن بنا دیں۔ کیونکہ اگر وہ ایسا کرے تو وہ بعض نبیوں کا طرف دار قرار پائے گا مگر وہ ایسا نہیں کر سکتا۔
21:3, 43.
The word, 'new' means, 'in a new form,' or 'with new details.' In fact, all Divine Laws are similar in their fundamentals and basic teachings. It is only in details that they differ. Or a new Law is revealed in a changed and improved form in order that it may suit the ideas, needs and requirements of the particular time in which it is revealed. Some Prophets come with a new Law, while others only serve the existing Law.
21:3, 43.
Commentary:
The word "new" means, "in a new form" or "with new details". In fact, all Divine Laws are similar in their fundamentals and basic teachings. It is only in details that they differ. Or a new Law is revealed in a changed form in order to suit the ideas, needs and requirements of the particular time in which it is revealed. Some Prophets come with a new Law, while others only serve the existing Law.
a
21:3, 43.
3
پس چونکہ ہر نبی کا انکار کرنا ایک جاری حقیقت ہے اس لئے اللہ تعالیٰ ایسے نشان نہیں اتارتا جو لوگوں کو جبرًا مومن بنا دیں۔ کیونکہ اگر وہ ایسا کرے تو وہ بعض نبیوں کا طرف دار قرار پائے گا مگر وہ ایسا نہیں کر سکتا۔
a
21:3, 43.
2709
Commentary:
The word "new" means, "in a new form" or "with new details". In fact, all Divine Laws are similar in their fundamentals and basic teachings. It is only in details that they differ. Or a new Law is revealed in a changed form in order to suit the ideas, needs and requirements of the particular time in which it is revealed. Some Prophets come with a new Law, while others only serve the existing Law.
d
21:3, 43.
2096
The word, 'new' means, 'in a new form,' or 'with new details.' In fact, all Divine Laws are similar in their fundamentals and basic teachings. It is only in details that they differ. Or a new Law is revealed in a changed and improved form in order that it may suit the ideas, needs and requirements of the particular time in which it is revealed. Some Prophets come with a new Law, while others only serve the existing Law.
فَقَدْ كَذَّبُوا۟ فَسَيَأْتِيهِمْ أَنۢبَٰٓؤُا۟ مَا كَانُوا۟ بِهِۦ يَسْتَهْزِءُونَ
6:35; 22:43; 35:26; 40:6.
6:35; 22:43; 35:26; 40:6.
6:35; 22:43; 35:26; 40:6.
Commentary:
The verse has an implied allusion to the Biblical prophecy, viz. "the stone which the builders rejected has become the head of the corner" (Matt. 21:42).
b
6:35; 22:43; 35:26; 40:6.
a
6:35; 22:43; 35:26; 40:6.
2710
Commentary:
The verse has an implied allusion to the Biblical prophecy, viz. "the stone which the builders rejected has become the head of the corner" (Matt. 21:42).
a
6:35; 22:43; 35:26; 40:6.
أَوَلَمْ يَرَوْا۟ إِلَى ٱلْأَرْضِ كَمْ أَنۢبَتْنَا فِيهَا مِن كُلِّ زَوْجٍ كَرِيمٍ
36:34-37.
36:34-37.
36:34-37.
Commentary:
Of all Divine Books it is the Quran which declared this great scientific truth as far back as about 1400 years that all things have been created in pairs. The verse further implies that when in the physical world all things have been created in pairs, it stands to reason that in the spiritual world also things should be in pairs—a Moses or a Jesus should have his counterpart and the Mosaic Dispensation should also have its counterpart—the Islamic Dispensation.
c
36:34-37.
b
36:34-37.
2711
Commentary:
Of all Divine Books it is the Quran which declared this great scientific truth as far back as about 1400 years that all things have been created in pairs. The verse further implies that when in the physical world all things have been created in pairs, it stands to reason that in the spiritual world also things should be in pairs—a Moses or a Jesus should have his counterpart and the Mosaic Dispensation should also have its counterpart—the Islamic Dispensation.
b
36:34-37.
إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَءَايَةً ۖ وَمَا كَانَ أَكْثَرُهُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ
یعنی ان لوگوں کا اسلام نہ لانا کوئی حیرت کی بات نہیں۔ قانون قدرت سے بھی پتہ لگتا ہے کہ ہر ایک چیز کا خداتعالیٰ نے جوڑا بنایا ہے۔ نیک کا جوڑا نیک اور بد کا جوڑا بد۔ پس رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کے وجود اطہر کے لئے بھی خداتعالیٰ نے پاک جوڑے بنائے۔ جیسے ابوبکر‘ عمر‘ عثمان‘ علی رضوان اللہ تعالیٰ علیہم اجمعین اور دیگر صحابہ کرام کے۔ اگر کفار اپنی شقاوت قلبی کی موجودگی میں آپ کے ہاتھ پر جمع ہو جاتے تو اس کے معنے یہ ہوتے کہ ایک نیک وجود کو گندے جوڑے مل گئے۔ بے شک ابوبکرؓ‘ عمرؓ وغیرہ بھی پہلے کافر تھے مگر ان کی زندگیاں قلبی لحاظ سے پاکیزہ تھیں۔ اور حضرت علیؓ تو ابھی بچ
1
یعنی ان لوگوں کا اسلام نہ لانا کوئی حیرت کی بات نہیں۔ قانون قدرت سے بھی پتہ لگتا ہے کہ ہر ایک چیز کا خداتعالیٰ نے جوڑا بنایا ہے۔ نیک کا جوڑا نیک اور بد کا جوڑا بد۔ پس رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کے وجود اطہر کے لئے بھی خداتعالیٰ نے پاک جوڑے بنائے۔ جیسے ابوبکر‘ عمر‘ عثمان‘ علی رضوان اللہ تعالیٰ علیہم اجمعین اور دیگر صحابہ کرام کے۔ اگر کفار اپنی شقاوت قلبی کی موجودگی میں آپ کے ہاتھ پر جمع ہو جاتے تو اس کے معنے یہ ہوتے کہ ایک نیک وجود کو گندے جوڑے مل گئے۔ بے شک ابوبکرؓ‘ عمرؓ وغیرہ بھی پہلے کافر تھے مگر ان کی زندگیاں قلبی لحاظ سے پاکیزہ تھیں۔ اور حضرت علیؓ تو ابھی بچ
وَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ
The words, 'verily thy Lord—He is the Mighty, the Merciful,' imply that the circumstances of the Holy Prophet will resemble those of the Prophets mentioned in this Surah, but whereas the Mighty God had seized and destroyed the enemies of those Prophets, in the case of the Holy Prophet the Mighty God will not only manifest His might and power in giving victory to the Holy Prophet and in making his cause triumph and prosper, but will also show mercy to his people, inasmuch as only a small fraction of them will be destroyed while a great majority will receive Divine forgiveness and mercy and in the end will accept his Message.
Commentary:
In the present Surah brief accounts of several great Prophets of God have been given and the account of every Prophet has ended with the words, "Verily thy Lord is the Mighty, the Merciful." These words imply that the circumstances of the Holy Prophet will resemble those of the Prophets mentioned in this Surah. He will go through the same trials and tribulations through which they had to pass and will face the same tempests and temptations which those Prophets had to meet, but whereas the Mighty God seized and destroyed the enemies of those Prophets, in the case of the Holy Prophet the Mighty God will not only manifest His might and power in giving victory to the Holy Prophet and in making his cause triumph and prosper but will also show mercy to his people, inasmuch as only a small minority of them will be destroyed while an overwhelming majority will receive Divine forgiveness and mercy and in the end will accept his Message.
2712
Commentary:
In the present Surah brief accounts of several great Prophets of God have been given and the account of every Prophet has ended with the words, "Verily thy Lord is the Mighty, the Merciful." These words imply that the circumstances of the Holy Prophet will resemble those of the Prophets mentioned in this Surah. He will go through the same trials and tribulations through which they had to pass and will face the same tempests and temptations which those Prophets had to meet, but whereas the Mighty God seized and destroyed the enemies of those Prophets, in the case of the Holy Prophet the Mighty God will not only manifest His might and power in giving victory to the Holy Prophet and in making his cause triumph and prosper but will also show mercy to his people, inasmuch as only a small minority of them will be destroyed while an overwhelming majority will receive Divine forgiveness and mercy and in the end will accept his Message.
2097
The words, 'verily thy Lord—He is the Mighty, the Merciful,' imply that the circumstances of the Holy Prophet will resemble those of the Prophets mentioned in this Surah, but whereas the Mighty God had seized and destroyed the enemies of those Prophets, in the case of the Holy Prophet the Mighty God will not only manifest His might and power in giving victory to the Holy Prophet and in making his cause triumph and prosper, but will also show mercy to his people, inasmuch as only a small fraction of them will be destroyed while a great majority will receive Divine forgiveness and mercy and in the end will accept his Message.
وَإِذْ نَادَىٰ رَبُّكَ مُوسَىٰٓ أَنِ ٱئْتِ ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ
20:25; 79:17, 18.
20:25; 79:17, 18.
20:25; 79:17-18.
Commentary:
The account of the seven great Prophets mentioned in the Surah begins with the story of Moses, the greatest of all the Israelite Prophets and the like of the Holy Prophet Muhammad. As many as fifty eight verses have been devoted to him.
d
20:25; 79:17, 18.
a
20:25; 79:17-18.
2713
Commentary:
The account of the seven great Prophets mentioned in the Surah begins with the story of Moses, the greatest of all the Israelite Prophets and the like of the Holy Prophet Muhammad. As many as fifty eight verses have been devoted to him.
c
20:25; 79:17, 18.
قَوْمَ فِرْعَوْنَ ۚ أَلَا يَتَّقُونَ
20:25; 79:17, 18.
d
20:25; 79:17, 18.
قَالَ رَبِّ إِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ أَن يُكَذِّبُونِ
20:46; 28:35.
20:46; 28:35.
20:46; 28:35.
e
20:46; 28:35.
b
20:46; 28:35.
a
20:46; 28:35.
وَيَضِيقُ صَدْرِى وَلَا يَنطَلِقُ لِسَانِى فَأَرْسِلْ إِلَىٰ هَٰرُونَ
20:28.
26:14.
Moses seemed to feel that he was not quite equal to the great task with which he was being entrusted. The responsibilities of Prophethood are indeed very heavy. At the time of the first revelation the Holy Prophet himself felt overwhelmed with anxiety.
20:28.
20:31.
Important Words:
لا ینطلق is derived from طلق. They say طلقت الناقة i.e. the she-camel was or broke loosed from her bond. طلقت المرأة زوجھا means the woman was or became divorced or separated from her husband. انطلق لسانه means, his tongue was or became eloquent or chaste in speech or was or became free from impediment and hence eloquent or chaste in speech (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse suggests that Moses did not seem to feel that he was quite equal to the great task with which he was being entrusted. The responsibilities of prophethood are indeed very heavy. At the time of the first revelation the Holy Prophet himself felt overwhelmed with anxiety.
a
20:28.
b
26:14.
c
20:28.
d
20:31.
2714
Important Words:
لا ینطلق is derived from طلق. They say طلقت الناقة i.e. the she-camel was or broke loosed from her bond. طلقت المرأة زوجھا means the woman was or became divorced or separated from her husband. انطلق لسانه means, his tongue was or became eloquent or chaste in speech or was or became free from impediment and hence eloquent or chaste in speech (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse suggests that Moses did not seem to feel that he was quite equal to the great task with which he was being entrusted. The responsibilities of prophethood are indeed very heavy. At the time of the first revelation the Holy Prophet himself felt overwhelmed with anxiety.
b
20:28.
c
26:14.
2098
Moses seemed to feel that he was not quite equal to the great task with which he was being entrusted. The responsibilities of Prophethood are indeed very heavy. At the time of the first revelation the Holy Prophet himself felt overwhelmed with anxiety.
وَلَهُمْ عَلَىَّ ذَنۢبٌ فَأَخَافُ أَن يَقْتُلُونِ
28:34.
اس میں اس الزام کی طرف اشارہ ہے کہ آپ کے ہاتھ سے نادانستہ طور پر ایک آدمی مارا گیا تھا۔
یہ مرادنہیں کہ اپنے قتل ہونے سے ڈرتا ہوں بلکہ یہ مراد ہے کہ ایسا نہ ہو کہ وہ غصہ سے تیرا پیغام سننے سے پہلے ہی مجھے مار دیں اور پیغام سننے سے محروم ہو جائیں۔ غرض ڈر اپنے مارے جانے کا نہیں بلکہ قوم کے صداقت سے محروم ہونے کا ہے۔
28:34.
The words show that the people of Pharaoh had charged Moses with the murder of an Egyptian. This incident is mentioned in Exod. 2: 11-15 and also in the Qur’an in 28:16-21, where it is stated that it was not intentional or deliberate murder. Moses was defending an Israelite whom an Egyptian was beating and in the scuffle the latter happened to be killed.
28:34.
Important Words:
For ذنب see 3:17. According to Imam Raghib any error or fault which produces a harmful result and for which one is liable to account is ذنب. It may be deliberate or committed through inadvertence.
Commentary:
The words "they have a charge against me" show that the people of Pharaoh had charged Moses with the murder of an Egyptian, not that Moses was actually guilty of a deliberate murder.
The incident referred to here is mentioned in Exod. 2:11-15. In the Quran it is referred to in 28:16-21, where it is stated that it was not intentional murder. Moses was defending an Israelite whom an Egyptian was beating and in the scuffle the latter happened to be killed. The words "I fear that they may kill me", should not be understood to mean that Moses was afraid of death. He was afraid lest the Egyptians should kill him on the charge of his having killed an Egyptian, before he should have delivered his message and have fulfilled his mission which was dearer to him than life itself.
c
28:34.
2
اس میں اس الزام کی طرف اشارہ ہے کہ آپ کے ہاتھ سے نادانستہ طور پر ایک آدمی مارا گیا تھا۔
3
یہ مرادنہیں کہ اپنے قتل ہونے سے ڈرتا ہوں بلکہ یہ مراد ہے کہ ایسا نہ ہو کہ وہ غصہ سے تیرا پیغام سننے سے پہلے ہی مجھے مار دیں اور پیغام سننے سے محروم ہو جائیں۔ غرض ڈر اپنے مارے جانے کا نہیں بلکہ قوم کے صداقت سے محروم ہونے کا ہے۔
e
28:34.
2715
Important Words:
For ذنب see 3:17. According to Imam Raghib any error or fault which produces a harmful result and for which one is liable to account is ذنب. It may be deliberate or committed through inadvertence.
Commentary:
The words "they have a charge against me" show that the people of Pharaoh had charged Moses with the murder of an Egyptian, not that Moses was actually guilty of a deliberate murder.
The incident referred to here is mentioned in Exod. 2:11-15. In the Quran it is referred to in 28:16-21, where it is stated that it was not intentional murder. Moses was defending an Israelite whom an Egyptian was beating and in the scuffle the latter happened to be killed. The words "I fear that they may kill me", should not be understood to mean that Moses was afraid of death. He was afraid lest the Egyptians should kill him on the charge of his having killed an Egyptian, before he should have delivered his message and have fulfilled his mission which was dearer to him than life itself.
d
28:34.
2099
The words show that the people of Pharaoh had charged Moses with the murder of an Egyptian. This incident is mentioned in Exod. 2: 11-15 and also in the Qur’an in 28:16-21, where it is stated that it was not intentional or deliberate murder. Moses was defending an Israelite whom an Egyptian was beating and in the scuffle the latter happened to be killed.
قَالَ كَلَّا ۖ فَٱذْهَبَا بِـَٔايَٰتِنَآ ۖ إِنَّا مَعَكُم مُّسْتَمِعُونَ
28:36.
اس آیت میں طٰـسٓمّٓ کو سورت کے شروع میں لکھنے کی وجہ بتائی گئی ہے اور بتایا ہے کہ اللہ تعالیٰ اپنے بندوں کی دعائیں ہمیشہ سنتا رہتا ہے اور اسی کی طرف طٰـسٓمّٓ میں اشارہ تھا۔
28:36.
28:36.
Important Words:
کلا means, no; by no means; on the contrary; by all means; at any rate; truly. The particle is also used to remonstrate with a person and to tell him that what he says is not correct, or it is used for rejecting the request of a person (Aqrab & Baqa).
Commentary:
In the preceding two verses Moses had made one request to God and one statement of fact. The request was that because he was not eloquent in speech the great task of conveying the Divine Message to Pharaoh might be entrusted to his brother, Aaron. And he had reinforced this request by the statement that the people of Pharaoh had a charge of murder against him and on that plea they might kill him. The particle کلا (by no means) may apply either to the request or to the statement of Moses. As applying to Moses’ request it may signify that his request for the transfer of the great mission to Aaron could not be granted and as applying to the statement it may signify that the people of Pharaoh would not be able to lay hands on him. Or the particle may signify both things at the same time, viz. that Moses himself would have to carry the great mission though his brother would also be appointed as his assistant and that he should not fear being killed by the people of Pharaoh because they would not be able to lay hands on him.
d
28:36.
4
اس آیت میں طٰـسٓمّٓ کو سورت کے شروع میں لکھنے کی وجہ بتائی گئی ہے اور بتایا ہے کہ اللہ تعالیٰ اپنے بندوں کی دعائیں ہمیشہ سنتا رہتا ہے اور اسی کی طرف طٰـسٓمّٓ میں اشارہ تھا۔
a
28:36.
2716
Important Words:
کلا means, no; by no means; on the contrary; by all means; at any rate; truly. The particle is also used to remonstrate with a person and to tell him that what he says is not correct, or it is used for rejecting the request of a person (Aqrab & Baqa).
Commentary:
In the preceding two verses Moses had made one request to God and one statement of fact. The request was that because he was not eloquent in speech the great task of conveying the Divine Message to Pharaoh might be entrusted to his brother, Aaron. And he had reinforced this request by the statement that the people of Pharaoh had a charge of murder against him and on that plea they might kill him. The particle کلا (by no means) may apply either to the request or to the statement of Moses. As applying to Moses’ request it may signify that his request for the transfer of the great mission to Aaron could not be granted and as applying to the statement it may signify that the people of Pharaoh would not be able to lay hands on him. Or the particle may signify both things at the same time, viz. that Moses himself would have to carry the great mission though his brother would also be appointed as his assistant and that he should not fear being killed by the people of Pharaoh because they would not be able to lay hands on him.
e
28:36.
فَأْتِيَا فِرْعَوْنَ فَقُولَآ إِنَّا رَسُولُ رَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
The word Rasul in the verse is in the singular while the subject inna and the verbs used are in dual. In Arabic, it is permissible sometimes to use the singular predicate for a subject in the dual or plural number (Bayan). See also 26:78.
Commentary:
The word رسول here is in the singular while the subject انا and the verbs used are in the dual number. In Arabic it is permissible sometimes to use singular predicate for a subject in the dual or plural number, as they say ھذان رسولی، وکیلی i.e. those two are my messengers and my agents, the words رسول and وکیل being in the singular. The Arabs also say ھؤلاء رسولی i.e. those are my messengers (Bayan). Elsewhere in the Quran (26:78) a similar construction has been used as فانھم عدو لی i.e. they are my enemies, the word عدو being in the singular but giving the sense of a plural.
2717
Commentary:
The word رسول here is in the singular while the subject انا and the verbs used are in the dual number. In Arabic it is permissible sometimes to use singular predicate for a subject in the dual or plural number, as they say ھذان رسولی، وکیلی i.e. those two are my messengers and my agents, the words رسول and وکیل being in the singular. The Arabs also say ھؤلاء رسولی i.e. those are my messengers (Bayan). Elsewhere in the Quran (26:78) a similar construction has been used as فانھم عدو لی i.e. they are my enemies, the word عدو being in the singular but giving the sense of a plural.
2100
The word Rasul in the verse is in the singular while the subject inna and the verbs used are in dual. In Arabic, it is permissible sometimes to use the singular predicate for a subject in the dual or plural number (Bayan). See also 26:78.
أَنْ أَرْسِلْ مَعَنَا بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ
قَالَ أَلَمْ نُرَبِّكَ فِينَا وَلِيدًا وَلَبِثْتَ فِينَا مِنْ عُمُرِكَ سِنِينَ
وَفَعَلْتَ فَعْلَتَكَ ٱلَّتِى فَعَلْتَ وَأَنتَ مِنَ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ
The reference in the verse seems to be to an Egyptian having been killed by Moses. Pharaoh regards himself and his people, the Egyptians, as the great benefactors of the Israelites and accuses Moses of gross ingratitude for having killed an Egyptian.
20:41; 28:16.
Commentary:
The reference in the verse seems to be to an Egyptian having been killed by Moses. Pharaoh regards himself and his people, the Egyptians, as the great benefactors of the Israelites and accuses Moses of gross ingratitude in having killed an Egyptian, his own and that of his people’s benefactor. It seems impudent on Pharaoh’s part to have called himself a benefactor of the Israelites whom he had kept in bondage and had treated them worse than animals, exacting from them the hardest and most humiliating labour. It is to this impudence of Pharaoh that Moses drew his attention in the verse under comment.
a
20:41; 28:16.
2718
Commentary:
The reference in the verse seems to be to an Egyptian having been killed by Moses. Pharaoh regards himself and his people, the Egyptians, as the great benefactors of the Israelites and accuses Moses of gross ingratitude in having killed an Egyptian, his own and that of his people’s benefactor. It seems impudent on Pharaoh’s part to have called himself a benefactor of the Israelites whom he had kept in bondage and had treated them worse than animals, exacting from them the hardest and most humiliating labour. It is to this impudence of Pharaoh that Moses drew his attention in the verse under comment.
2101
The reference in the verse seems to be to an Egyptian having been killed by Moses. Pharaoh regards himself and his people, the Egyptians, as the great benefactors of the Israelites and accuses Moses of gross ingratitude for having killed an Egyptian.
قَالَ فَعَلْتُهَآ إِذًا وَأَنَا۠ مِنَ ٱلضَّآلِّينَ
Dall is derived from Dalla which means, he did not know what to do; he was in a perplexed state of mind; he was lost in love (Lane). When the Israelite called him for help against the Egyptian, Moses did not know what to do, and being anxious to help the poor, helpless Israelite (28:16-21) gave the Egyptian a blow with his closed fist which caused his death. The death was accidental because ordinarily a blow with the fist does not cause the death of a person. Or the verse may mean that on account of his great love for his oppressed people he came to the help of the Israelite and gave a blow to the Egyptian, which resulted in his death. Or it means that he did it being unaware of the consequences.
Important Words:
ضالین (the erring) is the plural of ضال which is the active participle from ضل which means, he erred; he did not find the way; he was perplexed and did not know what to do; he was confounded or perplexed and unable to see his right course; he was lost; he was lost in love (Aqrab, Lane & Lisan).
Commentary:
The verse signifies that when the Israelite called Moses for help against the Egyptian, he did not know what to do, and being anxious to help the Israelite (28:16-21) gave the Egyptian a blow with his closed fist which caused his death. The death was accidental and not deliberate because ordinarily a blow with the fist does not cause the death of a person.
If ضالین be taken in the sense of 'being lost in love', the verse would depict Moses as saying that it was on account of his great love for his oppressed people that he came to the help of the Israelite and gave a blow to the Egyptian, which resulted in his death.
2719
Important Words:
ضالین (the erring) is the plural of ضال which is the active participle from ضل which means, he erred; he did not find the way; he was perplexed and did not know what to do; he was confounded or perplexed and unable to see his right course; he was lost; he was lost in love (Aqrab, Lane & Lisan).
Commentary:
The verse signifies that when the Israelite called Moses for help against the Egyptian, he did not know what to do, and being anxious to help the Israelite (28:16-21) gave the Egyptian a blow with his closed fist which caused his death. The death was accidental and not deliberate because ordinarily a blow with the fist does not cause the death of a person.
If ضالین be taken in the sense of 'being lost in love', the verse would depict Moses as saying that it was on account of his great love for his oppressed people that he came to the help of the Israelite and gave a blow to the Egyptian, which resulted in his death.
2102
Dall is derived from Dalla which means, he did not know what to do; he was in a perplexed state of mind; he was lost in love (Lane). When the Israelite called him for help against the Egyptian, Moses did not know what to do, and being anxious to help the poor, helpless Israelite (28:16-21) gave the Egyptian a blow with his closed fist which caused his death. The death was accidental because ordinarily a blow with the fist does not cause the death of a person. Or the verse may mean that on account of his great love for his oppressed people he came to the help of the Israelite and gave a blow to the Egyptian, which resulted in his death. Or it means that he did it being unaware of the consequences.
فَفَرَرْتُ مِنكُمْ لَمَّا خِفْتُكُمْ فَوَهَبَ لِى رَبِّى حُكْمًا وَجَعَلَنِى مِنَ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ
28:22.
جو اس بات کا ثبوت ہے کہ میں نے دیدہ دانستہ کوئی شرارت نہیں کی تھی ورنہ خداتعالیٰ مجھے اس طرح نہ نوازتا۔
28:22.
The fact that after he had killed the Egyptian and fled. God made him a Prophet—a great Divine favour indeed—is proof positive of the fact that what Moses did was an inadvertent act done on the spur of the moment.
28:22.
Commentary:
By the words, "made me one of the Messengers," Moses means that the very fact that God has made him a Prophet is a proof that what he had done was not an intentional wrong but an unwitting act done on the spur of the moment.
e
28:22.
1
جو اس بات کا ثبوت ہے کہ میں نے دیدہ دانستہ کوئی شرارت نہیں کی تھی ورنہ خداتعالیٰ مجھے اس طرح نہ نوازتا۔
a
28:22.
2719A
Commentary:
By the words, "made me one of the Messengers," Moses means that the very fact that God has made him a Prophet is a proof that what he had done was not an intentional wrong but an unwitting act done on the spur of the moment.
a
28:22.
2103
The fact that after he had killed the Egyptian and fled. God made him a Prophet—a great Divine favour indeed—is proof positive of the fact that what Moses did was an inadvertent act done on the spur of the moment.
وَتِلْكَ نِعْمَةٌ تَمُنُّهَا عَلَىَّ أَنْ عَبَّدتَّ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ
To Pharaoh’s impudent remark, Moses is described as saying to him that he himself should be ashamed of referring to any good that he thinks he had done to his (Moses’s) people as he (Pharaoh) had kept them for generations under the most debasing and degrading form of bondage which had killed in them all sense of dignity, initiative and ambition to rise to their full stature.
Commentary:
When Moses presented to Pharaoh the Divine Message and called upon him to accept it, Pharaoh began to recount the supposed evil deeds of Moses and accused him of ingratitude for the manifold favours which, he said, he had done to his people. The present verse constitutes a crushing reply from Moses’ mouth to Pharaoh’s impudent remark. Moses is described as saying to Pharaoh that he should be ashamed of referring to any good that he thinks he had done to his people as he (Pharaoh) had kept them for generations under the most debasing and degrading form of bondage which had killed in them all sense of dignity, initiative and ambition to rise to their full stature.
2720
Commentary:
When Moses presented to Pharaoh the Divine Message and called upon him to accept it, Pharaoh began to recount the supposed evil deeds of Moses and accused him of ingratitude for the manifold favours which, he said, he had done to his people. The present verse constitutes a crushing reply from Moses’ mouth to Pharaoh’s impudent remark. Moses is described as saying to Pharaoh that he should be ashamed of referring to any good that he thinks he had done to his people as he (Pharaoh) had kept them for generations under the most debasing and degrading form of bondage which had killed in them all sense of dignity, initiative and ambition to rise to their full stature.
2104
To Pharaoh’s impudent remark, Moses is described as saying to him that he himself should be ashamed of referring to any good that he thinks he had done to his (Moses’s) people as he (Pharaoh) had kept them for generations under the most debasing and degrading form of bondage which had killed in them all sense of dignity, initiative and ambition to rise to their full stature.
قَالَ فِرْعَوْنُ وَمَا رَبُّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
20:50.
20:50.
Moses’s reply to Pharaoh, as mentioned in the preceding verse, seemed to have utterly confounded him and he at once changed the subject, seeking to involve Moses in a metaphysical discussion about the existence and person of the Divine Being and the nature of His attributes.
20:50.
Commentary:
Moses’ reply to Pharaoh as mentioned in the preceding verse seemed utterly to have confounded him and he (Pharaoh) at once changed the subject, seeking to involve Moses in a metaphysical discussion about the existence and Person of the Divine Being and the nature of His attributes.
a
20:50.
b
20:50.
2721
Commentary:
Moses’ reply to Pharaoh as mentioned in the preceding verse seemed utterly to have confounded him and he (Pharaoh) at once changed the subject, seeking to involve Moses in a metaphysical discussion about the existence and Person of the Divine Being and the nature of His attributes.
a
20:50.
2105
Moses’s reply to Pharaoh, as mentioned in the preceding verse, seemed to have utterly confounded him and he at once changed the subject, seeking to involve Moses in a metaphysical discussion about the existence and person of the Divine Being and the nature of His attributes.
قَالَ رَبُّ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَآ ۖ إِن كُنتُم مُّوقِنِينَ
44:8.
b
44:8.
a
44:8.
2722
Commentary:
The words 'Lord of the heavens and the earth' refer to the vastness of God’s dominion in respect of space.
b
44:8.
2106
The words 'Lord of the heavens and the earth' refer to the vastness of God’s dominion in respect of space.
قَالَ لِمَنْ حَوْلَهُۥٓ أَلَا تَسْتَمِعُونَ
The verse depicts Pharaoh as trying to incite his people against Moses by hinting that he was insulting their gods by ascribing the Kingdom of the heavens and earth to Allah because it were their own gods who held sway over all the universe.
Commentary:
The verse depicts Pharaoh as trying to incite his people against Moses by hinting that he was insulting their gods by ascribing the kingdom of the heavens and earth to Allah as it were their own gods who held sway over all the universe.
2723
Commentary:
The verse depicts Pharaoh as trying to incite his people against Moses by hinting that he was insulting their gods by ascribing the kingdom of the heavens and earth to Allah as it were their own gods who held sway over all the universe.
2107
The verse depicts Pharaoh as trying to incite his people against Moses by hinting that he was insulting their gods by ascribing the Kingdom of the heavens and earth to Allah because it were their own gods who held sway over all the universe.
قَالَ رَبُّكُمْ وَرَبُّ ءَابَآئِكُمُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ
In the 25th verse Moses had referred to the vastness of God’s dominion and control in respect of space; in this verse he refers to God’s dominion in respect of time.
Commentary:
Without heeding Pharaoh’s interruption mentioned in the previous verse Moses continues his argument. In the preceding verse he had referred to the vastness of God’s dominion and control in respect of space. In this verse he refers to God’s dominion in respect of time.
2724
Commentary:
Without heeding Pharaoh’s interruption mentioned in the previous verse Moses continues his argument. In the preceding verse he had referred to the vastness of God’s dominion and control in respect of space. In this verse he refers to God’s dominion in respect of time.
2108
In the 25th verse Moses had referred to the vastness of God’s dominion and control in respect of space; in this verse he refers to God’s dominion in respect of time.
قَالَ إِنَّ رَسُولَكُمُ ٱلَّذِىٓ أُرْسِلَ إِلَيْكُمْ لَمَجْنُونٌ
44:15.
یہ مطلب نہیں کہ میں سوال اور کرتا ہوں اور وہ جواب اور دیتا ہے۔ بلکہ مطلب یہ ہے کہ موسیٰ(علیہ السلام) اس بات کے کہنے سے نہیں ڈرتا جس کے خلاف میں اظہار کر چکا ہوں اور یہ جنون کی علامت ہے۔
44:15.
Commentary:
The verse may mean that seeing that Moses, without paying any attention to his interruption and warning, had continued his arguments, Pharaoh thought that he was not in full possession of his senses; or he thought that like a madman Moses would listen to nobody but would go on harping on his own theme; and he said this in so many words.
c
44:15.
1
یہ مطلب نہیں کہ میں سوال اور کرتا ہوں اور وہ جواب اور دیتا ہے۔ بلکہ مطلب یہ ہے کہ موسیٰ(علیہ السلام) اس بات کے کہنے سے نہیں ڈرتا جس کے خلاف میں اظہار کر چکا ہوں اور یہ جنون کی علامت ہے۔
b
44:15.
2725
Commentary:
The verse may mean that seeing that Moses, without paying any attention to his interruption and warning, had continued his arguments, Pharaoh thought that he was not in full possession of his senses; or he thought that like a madman Moses would listen to nobody but would go on harping on his own theme; and he said this in so many words.
c
44:15.
2109
Pharaoh thought that like a madman Moses would listen to nobody but would go on harping on his own tune, and he said so in so many words.
قَالَ رَبُّ ٱلْمَشْرِقِ وَٱلْمَغْرِبِ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَآ ۖ إِن كُنتُمْ تَعْقِلُونَ
2:116; 55:18.
2:116; 55:18.
Commentary:
With the words, 'Lord of the East and the West,' Moses completes his argument about the undisputed lordship of God over the entire universe. These words refer to the vastness of God’s kingdom in respect of directions and sides. They may also contain an effective hint to the falseness of the polytheistic beliefs of the Egyptians who worshipped the sun and therefore looked upon the East and the West as belonging to their own gods.
d
2:116; 55:18.
c
2:116; 55:18.
2726
Commentary:
With the words, 'Lord of the East and the West,' Moses completes his argument about the undisputed lordship of God over the entire universe. These words refer to the vastness of God’s kingdom in respect of directions and sides. They may also contain an effective hint to the falseness of the polytheistic beliefs of the Egyptians who worshipped the sun and therefore looked upon the East and the West as belonging to their own gods.
d
2:116; 55:18.
2110
The verse refers to the vastness of God’s Kingdom in respect of directions and sides.
قَالَ لَئِنِ ٱتَّخَذْتَ إِلَٰهًا غَيْرِى لَأَجْعَلَنَّكَ مِنَ ٱلْمَسْجُونِينَ
28:39.
کیونکہ اگر فرعون اس موقعہ پر یہ کہتا کہ میں بھی ایسا ہی ہوں تو خود اس کی قوم جو ستارہ پرست تھی اس سے بگڑ جاتی۔
28:39.
28:39.
Commentary:
Pharaohs question contained in v. 24 above, viz. "And what is the Lord of the worlds?" was so ably and effectively answered by Moses that he did not know how to contradict him. At first he had recourse to interruptions in order to silence Moses. When these tactics failed in their purpose, he sought to divert the attention of the audience by playing upon their feelings of patriotism and by making disparaging remarks concerning Moses. When this stratagem also failed, he resorted to giving open threats to Moses. Such invariably are the tactics used by those who feel that their case is weak. In fact, such tactics imply a confession of defeat on the part of the person who uses them.
The Egyptians were a nation of idol-worshippers. They worshipped wood and stones, the sun and stars. They had their animal gods and human gods. Fire, water and other natural elements were also worshipped by them. Their gods were legion. It was, therefore, nothing strange on the part of Pharaoh also to lay claim to Divinity.
e
28:39.
2
کیونکہ اگر فرعون اس موقعہ پر یہ کہتا کہ میں بھی ایسا ہی ہوں تو خود اس کی قوم جو ستارہ پرست تھی اس سے بگڑ جاتی۔
a
28:39.
2727
Commentary:
Pharaohs question contained in v. 24 above, viz. "And what is the Lord of the worlds?" was so ably and effectively answered by Moses that he did not know how to contradict him. At first he had recourse to interruptions in order to silence Moses. When these tactics failed in their purpose, he sought to divert the attention of the audience by playing upon their feelings of patriotism and by making disparaging remarks concerning Moses. When this stratagem also failed, he resorted to giving open threats to Moses. Such invariably are the tactics used by those who feel that their case is weak. In fact, such tactics imply a confession of defeat on the part of the person who uses them.
The Egyptians were a nation of idol-worshippers. They worshipped wood and stones, the sun and stars. They had their animal gods and human gods. Fire, water and other natural elements were also worshipped by them. Their gods were legion. It was, therefore, nothing strange on the part of Pharaoh also to lay claim to Divinity.
a
28:39.
قَالَ أَوَلَوْ جِئْتُكَ بِشَىْءٍ مُّبِينٍ
Commentary:
Moses remains undaunted by threats of violence on the part of Pharaoh and seems prepared to advance more arguments in support of his claims if Pharaoh would only listen to him.
2728
Commentary:
Moses remains undaunted by threats of violence on the part of Pharaoh and seems prepared to advance more arguments in support of his claims if Pharaoh would only listen to him.
قَالَ فَأْتِ بِهِۦٓ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلصَّٰدِقِينَ
7:107.
7:107.
7:107.
f
7:107.
b
7:107.
b
7:107.
فَأَلْقَىٰ عَصَاهُ فَإِذَا هِىَ ثُعْبَانٌ مُّبِينٌ
7:108.
7:108.
7:108.
Commentary:
The miracles referred to in this and the following verse have been fully discussed in 7:107-108, and 20:21-23. Briefly, it may be stated here that the rod of Moses did not actually turn into a serpent. It appeared to the audience as if it were a serpent. In fact, it was a vision of Moses in which the whole assembly were made to join. Now a rod in a vision symbolizes a community and the serpent an enemy. Thus by the miraculous happening Moses was made to understand that if he cast away his people from him, they would become veritable serpents but if he kept them under his fostering care they would grow into a strong and well-knit community and would not only become men of light and learning themselves but would also impart these things to others.
Moses’ white hand seemed also to signify that the great spiritual movement he had founded would one day enlighten the world with divine light and that his teaching would radiate and his people would undergo a complete transformation, and would become a community of highly righteous men. In fact, noble and righteous servants of God to whom He entrusts the task of bringing about a great change in the lives of his people become invested with a divine light which sometimes takes a material form and is seen by other people also.
g
7:108.
c
7:108.
2729
Commentary:
The miracles referred to in this and the following verse have been fully discussed in 7:107-108, and 20:21-23. Briefly, it may be stated here that the rod of Moses did not actually turn into a serpent. It appeared to the audience as if it were a serpent. In fact, it was a vision of Moses in which the whole assembly were made to join. Now a rod in a vision symbolizes a community and the serpent an enemy. Thus by the miraculous happening Moses was made to understand that if he cast away his people from him, they would become veritable serpents but if he kept them under his fostering care they would grow into a strong and well-knit community and would not only become men of light and learning themselves but would also impart these things to others.
Moses’ white hand seemed also to signify that the great spiritual movement he had founded would one day enlighten the world with divine light and that his teaching would radiate and his people would undergo a complete transformation, and would become a community of highly righteous men. In fact, noble and righteous servants of God to whom He entrusts the task of bringing about a great change in the lives of his people become invested with a divine light which sometimes takes a material form and is seen by other people also.
c
7:108.
وَنَزَعَ يَدَهُۥ فَإِذَا هِىَ بَيْضَآءُ لِلنَّٰظِرِينَ
7:109; 20:23.
7:109; 20:23.
h
7:109; 20:23.
a
7:109; 20:23.
d
7:109; 20:23.
2111
See {1024}.
قَالَ لِلْمَلَإِ حَوْلَهُۥٓ إِنَّ هَٰذَا لَسَٰحِرٌ عَلِيمٌ
7:110
7:110
7:110.
a
7:110
b
7:110.
e
7:110
يُرِيدُ أَن يُخْرِجَكُم مِّنْ أَرْضِكُم بِسِحْرِهِۦ فَمَاذَا تَأْمُرُونَ
7:111; 20:58, 64.
7:111; 20:58, 64.
7:111; 20:58, 64.
Commentary:
Pharaoh here plays upon the patriotic feelings of the Egyptians and thus seeks to incite them against Moses by telling them that he desires to take possession of their land. The enemies of truth stoop to any kind of lie to achieve their ends.
b
7:111; 20:58, 64.
c
7:111; 20:58, 64.
2730
Commentary:
Pharaoh here plays upon the patriotic feelings of the Egyptians and thus seeks to incite them against Moses by telling them that he desires to take possession of their land. The enemies of truth stoop to any kind of lie to achieve their ends.
f
7:111; 20:58, 64.
قَالُوٓا۟ أَرْجِهْ وَأَخَاهُ وَٱبْعَثْ فِى ٱلْمَدَآئِنِ حَٰشِرِينَ
7:112; 10:80.
فِی الْمدَآئِنِ میں فِیْ بمعنے اِلٰی ہے۔ چنانچہ لغت میں لکھا ہے مُرَادِفَۃُ اِلٰی نَحْوَ فَرَدُّوْا اَیْدِیَـھُمْ فِیْ اَفْوَاھِھِمْ اَیْ اِلَیْھَا یعنی فِیْ بعض اوقات اِلٰی کے معنوں میں بھی آجاتا ہے جیسے آیت فَرَدُّوْا اَیْدِیَھُمْ فِیْ اَفْوَاھِھِمْ میں ہے۔
7:112; 10:80.
7:112; 10:80.
c
7:112; 10:80.
1
فِی الْمدَآئِنِ میں فِیْ بمعنے اِلٰی ہے۔ چنانچہ لغت میں لکھا ہے مُرَادِفَۃُ اِلٰی نَحْوَ فَرَدُّوْا اَیْدِیَـھُمْ فِیْ اَفْوَاھِھِمْ اَیْ اِلَیْھَا یعنی فِیْ بعض اوقات اِلٰی کے معنوں میں بھی آجاتا ہے جیسے آیت فَرَدُّوْا اَیْدِیَھُمْ فِیْ اَفْوَاھِھِمْ میں ہے۔
d
7:112; 10:80.
g
7:112; 10:80.
يَأْتُوكَ بِكُلِّ سَحَّارٍ عَلِيمٍ
7:113.
7:113.
7:113.
Important Words:
سحار is the intensive form of ساحر (plural سحرة and ساحرون) and means a great sorcerer. With the addition of علیم (expert) the sense has been very much intensified. سحر (Sihr) means, magic, sorcery, spell; magic-charms; anything charming, captivating, fascinating deceiving, deluding (Lane & Aqrab). See also 7:110,117 & 10:77.
d
7:113.
a
7:113.
2731
Important Words:
سحار is the intensive form of ساحر (plural سحرة and ساحرون) and means a great sorcerer. With the addition of علیم (expert) the sense has been very much intensified. سحر (Sihr) means, magic, sorcery, spell; magic-charms; anything charming, captivating, fascinating deceiving, deluding (Lane & Aqrab). See also 7:110,117 & 10:77.
h
7:113.
فَجُمِعَ ٱلسَّحَرَةُ لِمِيقَٰتِ يَوْمٍ مَّعْلُومٍ
7:114; 20:59.
7:114; 20:59.
7:113; 20:59.
e
7:114; 20:59.
b
7:113; 20:59.
a
7:114; 20:59.
وَقِيلَ لِلنَّاسِ هَلْ أَنتُم مُّجْتَمِعُونَ
20:60.
20:60.
20:60.
f
20:60.
c
20:60.
b
20:60.
لَعَلَّنَا نَتَّبِعُ ٱلسَّحَرَةَ إِن كَانُوا۟ هُمُ ٱلْغَٰلِبِينَ
فَلَمَّا جَآءَ ٱلسَّحَرَةُ قَالُوا۟ لِفِرْعَوْنَ أَئِنَّ لَنَا لَأَجْرًا إِن كُنَّا نَحْنُ ٱلْغَٰلِبِينَ
The sorcerers seemed to be professional traders in sorcery whose standard of morality was very low.
Commentary:
The words, 'shall we have a reward if we are the winners,' show (1) that the magicians were professional sorcerers whose standard of morality was very low; and (2) that they were not sure of their success.
2732
Commentary:
The words, 'shall we have a reward if we are the winners,' show (1) that the magicians were professional sorcerers whose standard of morality was very low; and (2) that they were not sure of their success.
2112
The sorcerers seemed to be professional traders in sorcery whose standard of morality was very low.
قَالَ نَعَمْ وَإِنَّكُمْ إِذًا لَّمِنَ ٱلْمُقَرَّبِينَ
7:115.
7:115.
7:115.
Commentary:
Pharaoh seems to have been overwhelmed with the arguments advanced by Moses and seeks to defeat him at any cost. He offers the magicians a very tempting bait. They seem to have been offered very high posts at the royal court.
g
7:115.
d
7:115.
2733
Commentary:
Pharaoh seems to have been overwhelmed with the arguments advanced by Moses and seeks to defeat him at any cost. He offers the magicians a very tempting bait. They seem to have been offered very high posts at the royal court.
c
7:115.
قَالَ لَهُم مُّوسَىٰٓ أَلْقُوا۟ مَآ أَنتُم مُّلْقُونَ
7:117; 10:81; 20:67.
اِلْقَآء کے معنے اس طرح پھینکنے کے ہوتے ہیں کہ دوسرے اسے دیکھنے لگ جائیں۔ پھر عام استعمال میں صرف پھینکنے کے معنے رہ گئے (دیکھئے مفردات) پس اِلْقَآء کے معنے اصل میں یہی ہیں کہ جو کچھ دل میں ہے اسے سامنے لے آؤ تا کہ سب دیکھیں۔
7:117; 10:81; 20:67.
7:117; 10:81; 20:67.
h
7:117; 10:81; 20:67.
2
اِلْقَآء کے معنے اس طرح پھینکنے کے ہوتے ہیں کہ دوسرے اسے دیکھنے لگ جائیں۔ پھر عام استعمال میں صرف پھینکنے کے معنے رہ گئے (دیکھئے مفردات) پس اِلْقَآء کے معنے اصل میں یہی ہیں کہ جو کچھ دل میں ہے اسے سامنے لے آؤ تا کہ سب دیکھیں۔
e
7:117; 10:81; 20:67.
d
7:117; 10:81; 20:67.
فَأَلْقَوْا۟ حِبَالَهُمْ وَعِصِيَّهُمْ وَقَالُوا۟ بِعِزَّةِ فِرْعَوْنَ إِنَّا لَنَحْنُ ٱلْغَٰلِبُونَ
Important Words:
عزة (honour) means, honour; high position; might and power; pride; consciousness of one’s high position and rank (Lane & Aqrab).
2734
Important Words:
عزة (honour) means, honour; high position; might and power; pride; consciousness of one’s high position and rank (Lane & Aqrab).
فَأَلْقَىٰ مُوسَىٰ عَصَاهُ فَإِذَا هِىَ تَلْقَفُ مَا يَأْفِكُونَ
7:118; 20:70.
دیکھئے نوٹ سورۂ اعراف آیت۱۱۸۔ نیز سورۂ اعراف میں ہم نے اس آیت کا اور ترجمہ کیا ہے اس جگہ اور۔ اس کی وجہ یہ ہے کہ یہ دونوں معنے حقیقتاً ایک ہی ہیں۔
7:118; 20:70.
The verse makes it quite clear that the rod of Moses did not swallow the rods and ropes of the sorcerers but swallowed up all that which they had fabricated, i.e. it utterly destroyed their imposture, forgery and deception. Moreover, it was the rod itself and not the serpent which exposed the deception the sorcerers had wrought on the spectators by breaking to pieces the things which under the influence of their sorcery the spectators had taken for real serpents.
7:118; 20:70.
Important Words:
یأفکون (fabricated) is derived from أفک which means, he hid; he uttered a falsehood; he said what was not true; i.e. he fabricated or invented a lie. أفاک means, a great or habitual liar (Lane & Aqrab).
For تلقف see 7:118.
Commentary:
The verse makes it quite clear that the rod of Moses did not swallow the rods and ropes of the magicians but it "swallowed up all that which they had fabricated;" i.e. it utterly destroyed the imposture, forgery and deception of the magicians. Moreover, it was not the rod changed into a serpent which undid the magic of the magicians, but it was the rod itself which exposed the deception they had wrought on the spectators by breaking to pieces the things which under the influence of the magic the spectators had taken for real serpents.
a
7:118; 20:70.
1
دیکھئے نوٹ سورۂ اعراف آیت۱۱۸۔ نیز سورۂ اعراف میں ہم نے اس آیت کا اور ترجمہ کیا ہے اس جگہ اور۔ اس کی وجہ یہ ہے کہ یہ دونوں معنے حقیقتاً ایک ہی ہیں۔
a
7:118; 20:70.
2735
Important Words:
یأفکون (fabricated) is derived from أفک which means, he hid; he uttered a falsehood; he said what was not true; i.e. he fabricated or invented a lie. أفاک means, a great or habitual liar (Lane & Aqrab).
For تلقف see 7:118.
Commentary:
The verse makes it quite clear that the rod of Moses did not swallow the rods and ropes of the magicians but it "swallowed up all that which they had fabricated;" i.e. it utterly destroyed the imposture, forgery and deception of the magicians. Moreover, it was not the rod changed into a serpent which undid the magic of the magicians, but it was the rod itself which exposed the deception they had wrought on the spectators by breaking to pieces the things which under the influence of the magic the spectators had taken for real serpents.
e
7:118; 20:70.
2113
The verse makes it quite clear that the rod of Moses did not swallow the rods and ropes of the sorcerers but swallowed up all that which they had fabricated, i.e. it utterly destroyed their imposture, forgery and deception. Moreover, it was the rod itself and not the serpent which exposed the deception the sorcerers had wrought on the spectators by breaking to pieces the things which under the influence of their sorcery the spectators had taken for real serpents.
فَأُلْقِىَ ٱلسَّحَرَةُ سَٰجِدِينَ
7:121; 20:71.
7:121; 20:71.
7:121; 20:71.
Commentary:
The verse contains a beautiful illustration of the invincible power of truth and that of falsehood having feet of clay. The magicians were won over to truth at the spot. Those who had come to scoff remained to pray.
b
7:121; 20:71.
b
7:121; 20:71.
2736
Commentary:
The verse contains a beautiful illustration of the invincible power of truth and that of falsehood having feet of clay. The magicians were won over to truth at the spot. Those who had come to scoff remained to pray.
a
7:121; 20:71.
قَالُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا بِرَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
رَبِّ مُوسَىٰ وَهَٰرُونَ
7:123; 20:71.
7:123; 20:71.
7:123; 20:71.
Commentary:
The words "the Lord of Moses and of Aaron" being case in apposition to the words, "the Lord of all the worlds" in the preceding verse, signify that the magicians had realized that the Lord of Moses and Aaron was the Lord of the worlds i.e. He was on their side. So they at once believed in Him.
c
7:123; 20:71.
c
7:123; 20:71.
2737
Commentary:
The words "the Lord of Moses and of Aaron" being case in apposition to the words, "the Lord of all the worlds" in the preceding verse, signify that the magicians had realized that the Lord of Moses and Aaron was the Lord of the worlds i.e. He was on their side. So they at once believed in Him.
b
7:123; 20:71.
قَالَ ءَامَنتُمْ لَهُۥ قَبْلَ أَنْ ءَاذَنَ لَكُمْ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ لَكَبِيرُكُمُ ٱلَّذِى عَلَّمَكُمُ ٱلسِّحْرَ فَلَسَوْفَ تَعْلَمُونَ ۚ لَأُقَطِّعَنَّ أَيْدِيَكُمْ وَأَرْجُلَكُم مِّنْ خِلَٰفٍ وَلَأُصَلِّبَنَّكُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ
7:124, 125; 20:72.
7:124, 125; 20:72.
‘An means, on account of (Lane).
7:124-125; 20:72.
Commentary:
Death by crucifixion by itself is a very painful death, but the punishment of the cutting of hands and feet has been added to make it more painful.
d
7:124, 125; 20:72.
a
7:124-125; 20:72.
2738
Commentary:
Death by crucifixion by itself is a very painful death, but the punishment of the cutting of hands and feet has been added to make it more painful.
c
7:124, 125; 20:72.
2113A
‘An means, on account of (Lane).
قَالُوا۟ لَا ضَيْرَ ۖ إِنَّآ إِلَىٰ رَبِّنَا مُنقَلِبُونَ
7:126; 20:73.
7:126; 20:73.
Important Words:
ضیر is infinitive noun from ضار (aor یضیر). They say ضارہ i.e. it (a thing) harmed, injured, hurt or damaged him. ھذا مما لا یضیرکmeans, this is of the things that will not harm thee. لاضیر علیک means, no harm shall befall thee (Lane).
Commentary:
Pharaoh’s threat of inflicting violent death upon the magicians leaves them unrepentant and unafraid. On the contrary, the words of the verse seem to imply on their part a challenge to Pharaoh to do his worst. They do not care a hang for his threats. The sooner they die, they appear to be saying, the quicker will they meet their Lord; and the more painful their death, the greater will be their reward in the Hereafter. Faith indeed works wonders. The erstwhile professional magicians, who, a few minutes ago, were prepared to resort to any trick and subterfuge for the sake of filthy lucre had come to acquire a faith that could move mountains and defy death.
e
7:126; 20:73.
b
7:126; 20:73.
2739
Important Words:
ضیر is infinitive noun from ضار (aor یضیر). They say ضارہ i.e. it (a thing) harmed, injured, hurt or damaged him. ھذا مما لا یضیرکmeans, this is of the things that will not harm thee. لاضیر علیک means, no harm shall befall thee (Lane).
Commentary:
Pharaoh’s threat of inflicting violent death upon the magicians leaves them unrepentant and unafraid. On the contrary, the words of the verse seem to imply on their part a challenge to Pharaoh to do his worst. They do not care a hang for his threats. The sooner they die, they appear to be saying, the quicker will they meet their Lord; and the more painful their death, the greater will be their reward in the Hereafter. Faith indeed works wonders. The erstwhile professional magicians, who, a few minutes ago, were prepared to resort to any trick and subterfuge for the sake of filthy lucre had come to acquire a faith that could move mountains and defy death.
d
7:126; 20:73.
2114
The erstwhile professional sorcerers, who, only a few minutes ago, were prepared to resort to any trick and subterfuge for the sake of filthy lucre, had come to acquire a faith that would defy death.
إِنَّا نَطْمَعُ أَن يَغْفِرَ لَنَا رَبُّنَا خَطَٰيَٰنَآ أَن كُنَّآ أَوَّلَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
5:85.
5:85.
f
5:85.
c
5:85.
d
7:127; 20:74.
e
5:85.
۞ وَأَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَىٰ مُوسَىٰٓ أَنْ أَسْرِ بِعِبَادِىٓ إِنَّكُم مُّتَّبَعُونَ
20:74.
20:74.
10:91; 20:78; 44:24.
g
20:74.
a
10:91; 20:78; 44:24.
f
20:74.
فَأَرْسَلَ فِرْعَوْنُ فِى ٱلْمَدَآئِنِ حَٰشِرِينَ
إِنَّ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ لَشِرْذِمَةٌ قَلِيلُونَ
Important Words:
شرذمة means, a party or company of men or people; or a small company or small number of men; a piece or portion. ثیاب شراذم means, old and worn out garments (Lane).
Commentary:
Pharaoh here refers with extreme contempt to the smallness of number of the Israelites and to the poverty of their circumstances.
2740
Important Words:
شرذمة means, a party or company of men or people; or a small company or small number of men; a piece or portion. ثیاب شراذم means, old and worn out garments (Lane).
Commentary:
Pharaoh here refers with extreme contempt to the smallness of number of the Israelites and to the poverty of their circumstances.
وَإِنَّهُمْ لَنَا لَغَآئِظُونَ
The appearance of a Divine Prophet among a people is a sure guarantee of their great and bright future if only they accept his Message and follow his lead. The Prophet gives them a new life and creates in them a new hope and confidence which change their whole outlook on life. After the advent of Moses, Pharaoh must have felt a great change in the Israelites and this must have cut him to the quick.
Important Words:
غائظون (have offended) is the plural of غائظ which is derived from غاظ i.e. he or it affected him with anger, wrath or rage or it angered or enraged him. غیظ means, anger, wrath (Lane).
Commentary:
The appearance of a Divine Prophet among a people is a sure guarantee of their great and bright future if they accept his message and follow his lead. The Prophet gives them a new life and creates in them a new hope and confidence which change their whole outlook on life and their attitude towards their exploiters. After the advent of Moses, Pharaoh must have felt a great change in the Israelites and this must have cut him to the quick.
2741
Important Words:
غائظون (have offended) is the plural of غائظ which is derived from غاظ i.e. he or it affected him with anger, wrath or rage or it angered or enraged him. غیظ means, anger, wrath (Lane).
Commentary:
The appearance of a Divine Prophet among a people is a sure guarantee of their great and bright future if they accept his message and follow his lead. The Prophet gives them a new life and creates in them a new hope and confidence which change their whole outlook on life and their attitude towards their exploiters. After the advent of Moses, Pharaoh must have felt a great change in the Israelites and this must have cut him to the quick.
2115
The appearance of a Divine Prophet among a people is a sure guarantee of their great and bright future if only they accept his Message and follow his lead. The Prophet gives them a new life and creates in them a new hope and confidence which change their whole outlook on life. After the advent of Moses, Pharaoh must have felt a great change in the Israelites and this must have cut him to the quick.
وَإِنَّا لَجَمِيعٌ حَٰذِرُونَ
Important Words:
حاذرون (prepared and vigilant) is the plural of حاذر which is active participle from حذر which means, he was cautious, wary or vigilant; he was on his guard. حاذرون means, in a state of preparation; or fully equipped with arms; or cautious or vigilant: fearful (Lane & Aqrab).
2742
Important Words:
حاذرون (prepared and vigilant) is the plural of حاذر which is active participle from حذر which means, he was cautious, wary or vigilant; he was on his guard. حاذرون means, in a state of preparation; or fully equipped with arms; or cautious or vigilant: fearful (Lane & Aqrab).
فَأَخْرَجْنَٰهُم مِّن جَنَّٰتٍ وَعُيُونٍ
44:26, 27.
44:26, 27.
44:26-28.
a
44:26, 27.
b
44:26-28.
a
44:26, 27.
وَكُنُوزٍ وَمَقَامٍ كَرِيمٍ
كَذَٰلِكَ وَأَوْرَثْنَٰهَا بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ
44:29.
مطلب یہ ہے کہ بنی اسرائیل کو اس جگہ لے گئے جہاں یہ سب چیزیں میسر تھیں۔ باغ‘ چشمے‘ خزانے اور اعلیٰ درجہ کا ملک (یعنی فلسطین) ورنہ بنی اسرائیل واقعۂ فرعون کے بعد مصر کے حاکم نہیں ہوئے۔
44:29.
The verse does not mean that the springs and gardens and treasures of Pharaoh and the Egyptians were given over to the Israelites. The latter had left Egypt for Canaan, the land of promise which "flowed with milk and honey." It is there that they were given these things. In fact, Palestine resembles Egypt in the abundance of its gardens and springs.
44:29.
Commentary:
The word کذالک means, it always so happens i.e. whenever a Prophet is raised among a people, God bestows His favours and gifts upon those who accept his message and punishes those who reject it. The pronoun ھا (them) in the expression أورثناھا (We gave them as heritage) does not mean that the springs and gardens and treasures of Pharaoh and the Egyptians were given over to the Israelites. The latter had left Egypt for Canaan, the land of promise which "flowed with milk and honey." It is there that the Israelites were given these things. The pronoun, therefore, refers to the springs, gardens and treasures which resembled those that they had left behind in Egypt. In fact, Palestine quite resembles Egypt in the abundance of its gardens and springs.
b
44:29.
1
مطلب یہ ہے کہ بنی اسرائیل کو اس جگہ لے گئے جہاں یہ سب چیزیں میسر تھیں۔ باغ‘ چشمے‘ خزانے اور اعلیٰ درجہ کا ملک (یعنی فلسطین) ورنہ بنی اسرائیل واقعۂ فرعون کے بعد مصر کے حاکم نہیں ہوئے۔
a
44:29.
2743
Commentary:
The word کذالک means, it always so happens i.e. whenever a Prophet is raised among a people, God bestows His favours and gifts upon those who accept his message and punishes those who reject it. The pronoun ھا (them) in the expression أورثناھا (We gave them as heritage) does not mean that the springs and gardens and treasures of Pharaoh and the Egyptians were given over to the Israelites. The latter had left Egypt for Canaan, the land of promise which "flowed with milk and honey." It is there that the Israelites were given these things. The pronoun, therefore, refers to the springs, gardens and treasures which resembled those that they had left behind in Egypt. In fact, Palestine quite resembles Egypt in the abundance of its gardens and springs.
b
44:29.
2116
The verse does not mean that the springs and gardens and treasures of Pharaoh and the Egyptians were given over to the Israelites. The latter had left Egypt for Canaan, the land of promise which "flowed with milk and honey." It is there that they were given these things. In fact, Palestine resembles Egypt in the abundance of its gardens and springs.
فَأَتْبَعُوهُم مُّشْرِقِينَ
10:91; 20:79; 44:24.
10:91; 20:79; 44:24.
10:91; 20:79; 44:24.
c
10:91; 20:79; 44:24.
b
10:91; 20:79; 44:24.
c
10:91; 20:79; 44:24.
فَلَمَّا تَرَٰٓءَا ٱلْجَمْعَانِ قَالَ أَصْحَٰبُ مُوسَىٰٓ إِنَّا لَمُدْرَكُونَ
The companions of Moses seemed to possess very weak faith. This is also clear from 5:22, 23; 7:149; 20:87-92.
Commentary:
This verse shows that the companions of Moses were generally men of very weak faith. This is also clear from several other verses of the Quran. See 5:22-23; 7:149; 20:87-92, etc.
2744
Commentary:
This verse shows that the companions of Moses were generally men of very weak faith. This is also clear from several other verses of the Quran. See 5:22-23; 7:149; 20:87-92, etc.
2117
The companions of Moses seemed to possess very weak faith. This is also clear from 5:22, 23; 7:149; 20:87-92.
قَالَ كَلَّآ ۖ إِنَّ مَعِىَ رَبِّى سَيَهْدِينِ
Commentary:
The verse throws a flood of light on the invincible faith that the Prophets have in God. The Israelites were between the devil and the deep sea. The sea was before them and the mighty hosts of Pharaoh were coming from behind in hot pursuit. Complete destruction stared them in the face, and in utter despair they cried "We are surely overtaken." But Moses’ faith in his Lord was as strong as ever, nay it shone forth with greater effulgence in the face of the extreme peril. To the cry of despair of his companions Moses replied, most emphatically, and in words expressive of complete confidence and trust in God. "We shall never be overtaken," he said, "My Lord is with me." This is how God’s Elect stand firm and unshaken like a rock in the midst of severest trials. God purposely makes them pass through hard ordeals to show to the world the invincibility of their trust in God and His own regard for them. They emerge from these ordeals triumphant. This has happened in the time of every Prophet of God. Its brightest example is to be seen in the life of the Holy Prophet of Islam.
2745
Commentary:
The verse throws a flood of light on the invincible faith that the Prophets have in God. The Israelites were between the devil and the deep sea. The sea was before them and the mighty hosts of Pharaoh were coming from behind in hot pursuit. Complete destruction stared them in the face, and in utter despair they cried "We are surely overtaken." But Moses’ faith in his Lord was as strong as ever, nay it shone forth with greater effulgence in the face of the extreme peril. To the cry of despair of his companions Moses replied, most emphatically, and in words expressive of complete confidence and trust in God. "We shall never be overtaken," he said, "My Lord is with me." This is how God’s Elect stand firm and unshaken like a rock in the midst of severest trials. God purposely makes them pass through hard ordeals to show to the world the invincibility of their trust in God and His own regard for them. They emerge from these ordeals triumphant. This has happened in the time of every Prophet of God. Its brightest example is to be seen in the life of the Holy Prophet of Islam.
فَأَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَىٰ مُوسَىٰٓ أَنِ ٱضْرِب بِّعَصَاكَ ٱلْبَحْرَ ۖ فَٱنفَلَقَ فَكَانَ كُلُّ فِرْقٍ كَٱلطَّوْدِ ٱلْعَظِيمِ
20:78.
Important Words:
طود (mountain) is derived from طاد which means, it was or became firm or steadfast. طود means, a mountain or a great mountain rising high into the sky, an elevated or overlooking tract of land (Lane & Aqrab).
فرق (part) is derived from فرق (faraqa) and means, a piece or portion that is split or separated from a thing; a great flock or herd of sheep or goats only; a group of boys; a mountain; a wave, billow or surge (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
For a more detailed discussion as to how the Israelites passed safely through the sea and how Pharaoh with his hosts was drowned, see 20:78
The idea embodied in the words اضرب بعصاک الحجر has been expressed elsewhere (20:78) in the words فاضرب لھم طریقا فی البحر یبساi.e. "make for them a dry path in the sea." God miraculously so arranged that when the Israelites were crossing the sea it was the time of the low tide and the water of the sea had receded, leaving a dry path for them to pass. But when the Egyptians following them reached the middle of the sea, the high tide returned and the rising water quickly engulfed them.
The words کل فرق may either refer to the two parties of the Egyptians and the Israelites or to the several parties in which the Egyptians might have become divided while they were crossing the sea; or they may refer to each wave of the sea because when the water was receding it looked like a huge mound.
d
20:78.
925
这句话也意味着, “把你的民族带到海那儿去”。 عَصَا (‘Asa) 的意思是民族或社团 (Lane)。
a
20:78.
2746
Important Words:
طود (mountain) is derived from طاد which means, it was or became firm or steadfast. طود means, a mountain or a great mountain rising high into the sky, an elevated or overlooking tract of land (Lane & Aqrab).
فرق (part) is derived from فرق (faraqa) and means, a piece or portion that is split or separated from a thing; a great flock or herd of sheep or goats only; a group of boys; a mountain; a wave, billow or surge (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
For a more detailed discussion as to how the Israelites passed safely through the sea and how Pharaoh with his hosts was drowned, see 20:78
The idea embodied in the words اضرب بعصاک الحجر has been expressed elsewhere (20:78) in the words فاضرب لھم طریقا فی البحر یبساi.e. "make for them a dry path in the sea." God miraculously so arranged that when the Israelites were crossing the sea it was the time of the low tide and the water of the sea had receded, leaving a dry path for them to pass. But when the Egyptians following them reached the middle of the sea, the high tide returned and the rising water quickly engulfed them.
The words کل فرق may either refer to the two parties of the Egyptians and the Israelites or to the several parties in which the Egyptians might have become divided while they were crossing the sea; or they may refer to each wave of the sea because when the water was receding it looked like a huge mound.
a
20:78.
2117A
The words also mean, 'take thy people to the sea,' ‘Asa meaning people or community (Lane).
وَأَزْلَفْنَا ثَمَّ ٱلْءَاخَرِينَ
Important Words:
ثم (that place). They say ثـمه i.e. he repaired to it. ثم means, there; that place; thither; yonder. This word is generally used to denote a place which is remote whileھنا denotes a place which is near (Lane & Aqrab). See also 2:116.
2746A
Important Words:
ثم (that place). They say ثـمه i.e. he repaired to it. ثم means, there; that place; thither; yonder. This word is generally used to denote a place which is remote whileھنا denotes a place which is near (Lane & Aqrab). See also 2:116.
وَأَنجَيْنَا مُوسَىٰ وَمَن مَّعَهُۥٓ أَجْمَعِينَ
20:81; 44:31, 32.
20:81; 44:31, 32.
20:81; 44:31-32.
e
20:81; 44:31, 32.
a
20:81; 44:31-32.
b
20:81; 44:31, 32.
ثُمَّ أَغْرَقْنَا ٱلْءَاخَرِينَ
2:51; 7:137; 17:104; 20:79.
2:51; 7:137; 17:104; 20:79.
2:51; 7:137; 17:104; 20:79.
f
2:51; 7:137; 17:104; 20:79.
b
2:51; 7:137; 17:104; 20:79.
c
2:51; 7:137; 17:104; 20:79.
إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَءَايَةً ۖ وَمَا كَانَ أَكْثَرُهُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ
وَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ
وَٱتْلُ عَلَيْهِمْ نَبَأَ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ
Commentary:
The account of Moses is followed by that of the great Patriarch Abraham in this verse. Moses being the Holy Prophet’s counterpart, his account formed the principal subject of the present Surah. Abraham’s account stood second in importance to that of Moses because he was the Holy Prophet’s great ancestor and the progenitor of the two Houses, the House of Ishmael and the House of Israel.
2747
Commentary:
The account of Moses is followed by that of the great Patriarch Abraham in this verse. Moses being the Holy Prophet’s counterpart, his account formed the principal subject of the present Surah. Abraham’s account stood second in importance to that of Moses because he was the Holy Prophet’s great ancestor and the progenitor of the two Houses, the House of Ishmael and the House of Israel.
إِذْ قَالَ لِأَبِيهِ وَقَوْمِهِۦ مَا تَعْبُدُونَ
6:75; 19:43; 21:53; 37:86, 87.
6:75; 19:43; 21:53; 37:86-87.
Commentary:
Throughout the Quran the name of Abraham has been associated with a vigorous campaign against idolatry. He seems to be the first uncompromising iconoclast of whose activities history has kept a record.
He preached against idolatry, even at the peril of his life and preached the Unity of God to his father, to his people and to the king of his country.
a
6:75; 19:43; 21:53; 37:86, 87.
c
6:75; 19:43; 21:53; 37:86-87.
2748
Commentary:
Throughout the Quran the name of Abraham has been associated with a vigorous campaign against idolatry. He seems to be the first uncompromising iconoclast of whose activities history has kept a record.
He preached against idolatry, even at the peril of his life and preached the Unity of God to his father, to his people and to the king of his country.
d
6:75; 19:43; 21:53; 37:86, 87.
2118
Throughout the Qur’an, Abraham has been associated with a vigorous campaign against idolatory. He seems to be the first uncompromising iconoclast of whose activities history has kept a record.
قَالُوا۟ نَعْبُدُ أَصْنَامًا فَنَظَلُّ لَهَا عَٰكِفِينَ
21:54.
21:54.
21:54.
b
21:54.
d
21:54.
e
21:54.
قَالَ هَلْ يَسْمَعُونَكُمْ إِذْ تَدْعُونَ
S 26:73
Commentary:
In this and the following verse Abraham gives two sound arguments against idolatry; (1) that the idols do not hear and answer the prayers of their votaries; and (2) that they possess no power to benefit or harm anyone. Of what use is that deity who does not possess these two basic attributes? Islam claims and enjoys this superiority over all other religions that the God Whom it presents to the world is a Living God Who answers the prayers of His servants and speaks to them. It is only in Islam that its righteous followers hear the sweet voice of God. This greatest Divine boon is now denied to the followers of all other faiths. This fact alone constitutes an unanswerable evidence of Islam being a living faith and other religions being devoid of life.
e
S 26:73
2749
Commentary:
In this and the following verse Abraham gives two sound arguments against idolatry; (1) that the idols do not hear and answer the prayers of their votaries; and (2) that they possess no power to benefit or harm anyone. Of what use is that deity who does not possess these two basic attributes? Islam claims and enjoys this superiority over all other religions that the God Whom it presents to the world is a Living God Who answers the prayers of His servants and speaks to them. It is only in Islam that its righteous followers hear the sweet voice of God. This greatest Divine boon is now denied to the followers of all other faiths. This fact alone constitutes an unanswerable evidence of Islam being a living faith and other religions being devoid of life.
أَوْ يَنفَعُونَكُمْ أَوْ يَضُرُّونَ
قَالُوا۟ بَلْ وَجَدْنَآ ءَابَآءَنَا كَذَٰلِكَ يَفْعَلُونَ
21:54; 43:24.
21:54; 43:24.
21:54; 43:24.
Commentary:
The verse refers to a stock argument of the deniers of all enlightened and progressive ideas. They find it convenient to take refuge behind the foolish plea that their forefathers were not less wise and therefore they would not depart from the precedent set by them. The habit of unthinkingly and thoughtlessly sticking to old ideas and practices has proved the spiritual undoing of many a people.
c
21:54; 43:24.
a
21:54; 43:24.
2750
Commentary:
The verse refers to a stock argument of the deniers of all enlightened and progressive ideas. They find it convenient to take refuge behind the foolish plea that their forefathers were not less wise and therefore they would not depart from the precedent set by them. The habit of unthinkingly and thoughtlessly sticking to old ideas and practices has proved the spiritual undoing of many a people.
a
21:54; 43:24.
قَالَ أَفَرَءَيْتُم مَّا كُنتُمْ تَعْبُدُونَ
21:67; 37:86, 87.
21:67; 37:86, 87.
21:67; 37:86-87.
d
21:67; 37:86, 87.
b
21:67; 37:86-87.
b
21:67; 37:86, 87.
أَنتُمْ وَءَابَآؤُكُمُ ٱلْأَقْدَمُونَ
21:67; 37:86, 87.
d
21:67; 37:86, 87.
فَإِنَّهُمْ عَدُوٌّ لِّىٓ إِلَّا رَبَّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
Commentary:
In this verse Abraham, quite convincingly, exposes the futility of the idolatrous ideas and practices of his people. He tells them that he is carrying on a vigorous campaign against idols and because of it they must be his enemies. So he challenges them to do their worst against him. In this way Abraham sought to bring home to his people the utter helplessness of their idols and the futility of worshipping them.
2751
Commentary:
In this verse Abraham, quite convincingly, exposes the futility of the idolatrous ideas and practices of his people. He tells them that he is carrying on a vigorous campaign against idols and because of it they must be his enemies. So he challenges them to do their worst against him. In this way Abraham sought to bring home to his people the utter helplessness of their idols and the futility of worshipping them.
ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَنِى فَهُوَ يَهْدِينِ
Commentary:
As against the powerlessness of the idols, Abraham, from this verse, begins to recount the great powers and attributes of God.
2752
Commentary:
As against the powerlessness of the idols, Abraham, from this verse, begins to recount the great powers and attributes of God.
وَٱلَّذِى هُوَ يُطْعِمُنِى وَيَسْقِينِ
وَإِذَا مَرِضْتُ فَهُوَ يَشْفِينِ
在这节经文中, 伊布拉欣把一切疾病与身体失调都归咎于自己, 把一切医治与补救都归属于安拉。事实上, 一个人受到的不幸都是他违背了一个特定的自然法则的结果, 因此应由他自己负责。也可看4:80。
In this verse Abraham attributes all malady and ailment to himself and all remedy and cure to God. In fact, every misfortune that befalls a man is the result of the contravention by him of a particular law of nature, so he himself is responsible for it. See also 4:80.
Commentary:
In this verse Abraham attributes all malady and ailment to himself and all remedy and cure to God. The verse is quite in keeping with another verse of the Quran (4:80) wherein it is stated that whatever good comes to a man is from God and whatever misfortune befalls him is from his own self. In fact, every misfortune that befalls a man is the result of the contravention by him of a particular law of nature, so he himself is responsible for it. On the other hand, God being the Fountainhead of all grace, all good should be regarded as emanating from Him.
926
在这节经文中, 伊布拉欣把一切疾病与身体失调都归咎于自己, 把一切医治与补救都归属于安拉。事实上, 一个人受到的不幸都是他违背了一个特定的自然法则的结果, 因此应由他自己负责。也可看4:80。
2753
Commentary:
In this verse Abraham attributes all malady and ailment to himself and all remedy and cure to God. The verse is quite in keeping with another verse of the Quran (4:80) wherein it is stated that whatever good comes to a man is from God and whatever misfortune befalls him is from his own self. In fact, every misfortune that befalls a man is the result of the contravention by him of a particular law of nature, so he himself is responsible for it. On the other hand, God being the Fountainhead of all grace, all good should be regarded as emanating from Him.
2119
In this verse Abraham attributes all malady and ailment to himself and all remedy and cure to God. In fact, every misfortune that befalls a man is the result of the contravention by him of a particular law of nature, so he himself is responsible for it. See also 4:80.
وَٱلَّذِى يُمِيتُنِى ثُمَّ يُحْيِينِ
伊布拉欣把一切疾病和身体失调归咎于自己, 而把死亡归功于安拉。这表明, 按照他的看法, 死亡不是, 而且真的不是一件可以惧怕而回避的坏事。事实上, 死亡是一切生命自然而必然的结局, 而且像生命一样, 它是安拉的一种伟大的恩惠。
While Abraham ascribes disease and ailment to himself, he attributes death to God which shows that according to him death was not, and really is not, an evil thing to be dreaded or shunned. In fact, death is the natural and necessary end of all life and like life it is a great Divine boon.
Commentary:
While Abraham ascribes disease and ailment to himself, he attributes death to God which shows that, according to him death was not, and really is not, an evil thing to be dreaded or shunned. In fact, death is the natural and necessary end of all life and like life it is a great Divine boon. Without death there would have been all chaos in the world and life would have become an unbearable burden. For the righteous, death is the entrance through which they pass into the presence of their beloved Creator and Master. The sinners also, after having been purged of all spiritual dross in the purgatory called Hell, will march on the road to eternal life.
927
伊布拉欣把一切疾病和身体失调归咎于自己, 而把死亡归功于安拉。这表明, 按照他的看法, 死亡不是, 而且真的不是一件可以惧怕而回避的坏事。事实上, 死亡是一切生命自然而必然的结局, 而且像生命一样, 它是安拉的一种伟大的恩惠。
2754
Commentary:
While Abraham ascribes disease and ailment to himself, he attributes death to God which shows that, according to him death was not, and really is not, an evil thing to be dreaded or shunned. In fact, death is the natural and necessary end of all life and like life it is a great Divine boon. Without death there would have been all chaos in the world and life would have become an unbearable burden. For the righteous, death is the entrance through which they pass into the presence of their beloved Creator and Master. The sinners also, after having been purged of all spiritual dross in the purgatory called Hell, will march on the road to eternal life.
2120
While Abraham ascribes disease and ailment to himself, he attributes death to God which shows that according to him death was not, and really is not, an evil thing to be dreaded or shunned. In fact, death is the natural and necessary end of all life and like life it is a great Divine boon.
وَٱلَّذِىٓ أَطْمَعُ أَن يَغْفِرَ لِى خَطِيٓـَٔتِى يَوْمَ ٱلدِّينِ
Important Words:
For difference between إثم (sin) and خطیئة (fault) see 4:113. Whereas خطیئة can be both intentional or unintentional, إثم is intentional and has a wider scope than خطیئة which applies to human weaknesses, frailties, faults and failings.
دین is derived from دان i.e. he obeyed; he was or became submissive and abased. دین means, obedience and submissiveness, religion; a statute or ordinance; reckoning or judgement; system or usages inherited from ancestors; custom or habit; conduct; a property or attribute; recompense or requital; compulsion; mastery, ascendancy or ruling power; retaliation (Lane and Aqrab).
2754A
Important Words:
For difference between إثم (sin) and خطیئة (fault) see 4:113. Whereas خطیئة can be both intentional or unintentional, إثم is intentional and has a wider scope than خطیئة which applies to human weaknesses, frailties, faults and failings.
دین is derived from دان i.e. he obeyed; he was or became submissive and abased. دین means, obedience and submissiveness, religion; a statute or ordinance; reckoning or judgement; system or usages inherited from ancestors; custom or habit; conduct; a property or attribute; recompense or requital; compulsion; mastery, ascendancy or ruling power; retaliation (Lane and Aqrab).
رَبِّ هَبْ لِى حُكْمًا وَأَلْحِقْنِى بِٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ
Important Words:
حکم means; (a) government, dominion, rule (3:80); (b) sanity in judgment (12:23); (c) judgment, decision (5:51); (d) ordinance, decree; law (5:44); prophethood (26:22).
2755
Important Words:
حکم means; (a) government, dominion, rule (3:80); (b) sanity in judgment (12:23); (c) judgment, decision (5:51); (d) ordinance, decree; law (5:44); prophethood (26:22).
وَٱجْعَل لِّى لِسَانَ صِدْقٍ فِى ٱلْءَاخِرِينَ
19:51.
19:51.
Important Words:
For لسان صدق see 19:51.
Commentary:
Abraham left behind him such a good name that the followers of the three great faiths of the world Judaism, Christianity and Islam, look upon him as their great progenitor and spiritual ancestor whose memory they respect and revere.
a
19:51.
a
19:51.
2755A
Important Words:
For لسان صدق see 19:51.
Commentary:
Abraham left behind him such a good name that the followers of the three great faiths of the world Judaism, Christianity and Islam, look upon him as their great progenitor and spiritual ancestor whose memory they respect and revere.
a
19:51.
2121
Abraham left behind him such a good name that the followers of the three great Faiths of the world—Judaism, Christianity and Islam, look upon him as their great progenitor and spiritual ancestor whose memory they revere.
وَٱجْعَلْنِى مِن وَرَثَةِ جَنَّةِ ٱلنَّعِيمِ
وَٱغْفِرْ لِأَبِىٓ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ مِنَ ٱلضَّآلِّينَ
9:114; 19:48; 60:5.
9:114; 19:48; 60:5.
b
9:114; 19:48; 60:5.
b
9:114; 19:48; 60:5.
2756
Commentary:
As to why Abraham asked forgiveness for his father in spite of the fact that he was an idolater and Abraham had a Divine commandment not to ask forgiveness for idolaters, see 6:75.
b
9:114; 19:48; 60:5.
وَلَا تُخْزِنِى يَوْمَ يُبْعَثُونَ
复生称为 بَعْث (Ba‘th), 因为人类死后将给以新的、较好的才能以及为他们开辟精神进步 (的) 新的大道。
Resurrection is called Ba‘th because after death man will be endowed with new and better faculties and new avenues for spiritual advancement will be opened to him.
Commentary:
Resurrection is called بعث (ba‘th) because after death man will be endowed with new and better faculties and new avenues for spiritual advancement will be laid open to him.
928
复生称为 بَعْث (Ba‘th), 因为人类死后将给以新的、较好的才能以及为他们开辟精神进步 (的) 新的大道。
2757
Commentary:
Resurrection is called بعث (ba‘th) because after death man will be endowed with new and better faculties and new avenues for spiritual advancement will be laid open to him.
2122
Resurrection is called Ba‘th because after death man will be endowed with new and better faculties and new avenues for spiritual advancement will be opened to him.
يَوْمَ لَا يَنفَعُ مَالٌ وَلَا بَنُونَ
إِلَّا مَنْ أَتَى ٱللَّهَ بِقَلْبٍ سَلِيمٍ
37:85.
37:85.
37:85.
Important Words:
سلیم (sound) is derived from سلم i.e. he was safe or secure; he escaped; سلم من العیب means, he was or became free from fault, defect, vice, etc. سلیم means, secure or free from evil of any kind; sound; whole. It also means a person bitten by a snake; wounded, or wounded at the point of death. قلب سلیم means, a heart completely free from all taint of evil, from disbelief, faithlessness, perfidy, spite, corruptness, etc. According to some قلب سلیم also means, a grieving or sorrowful heart (Lane, Aqrab & Mufradat).
Commentary:
Abraham is here stated to have possessed a sound heart. At another place he is described as "clement, tender-hearted and ever-inclined to God" (11:76). Abraham indeed had a sound and sympathetic heart. He grieved and pined for others (11:75).
c
37:85.
a
37:85.
2758
Important Words:
سلیم (sound) is derived from سلم i.e. he was safe or secure; he escaped; سلم من العیب means, he was or became free from fault, defect, vice, etc. سلیم means, secure or free from evil of any kind; sound; whole. It also means a person bitten by a snake; wounded, or wounded at the point of death. قلب سلیم means, a heart completely free from all taint of evil, from disbelief, faithlessness, perfidy, spite, corruptness, etc. According to some قلب سلیم also means, a grieving or sorrowful heart (Lane, Aqrab & Mufradat).
Commentary:
Abraham is here stated to have possessed a sound heart. At another place he is described as "clement, tender-hearted and ever-inclined to God" (11:76). Abraham indeed had a sound and sympathetic heart. He grieved and pined for others (11:75).
c
37:85.
وَأُزْلِفَتِ ٱلْجَنَّةُ لِلْمُتَّقِينَ
这些字意味着敬畏者将给以新的、较好的才能, 使他们享受天园的快乐和幸福。
The words mean that the righteous will be given new and better faculties to enjoy the bliss of Paradise.
Commentary:
The words, "Heaven will be brought near to the righteous," mean that the righteous will be given new and better faculties to enjoy the bliss of Paradise.
929
这些字意味着敬畏者将给以新的、较好的才能, 使他们享受天园的快乐和幸福。
2759
Commentary:
The words, "Heaven will be brought near to the righteous," mean that the righteous will be given new and better faculties to enjoy the bliss of Paradise.
2123
The words mean that the righteous will be given new and better faculties to enjoy the bliss of Paradise.
وَبُرِّزَتِ ٱلْجَحِيمُ لِلْغَاوِينَ
Important Words:
برزت (shall be opened) is derived from برز (baraza) which means, he issued forth; he or it appeared or became apparent after concealment or obscurity; it was or became prominent or projecting. برزہ (barraza-hu) means, he made it apparent, manifest or evident (Lane & Aqrab).
غاوین (those who have gone astray) is the plural of غاوی which is active participle from غوی which means, he erred, he deviated from the right way or course; he failed in attaining his desire, he perished; he was disappointed (Lane & Aqrab). See also 7:17.
2760
Important Words:
برزت (shall be opened) is derived from برز (baraza) which means, he issued forth; he or it appeared or became apparent after concealment or obscurity; it was or became prominent or projecting. برزہ (barraza-hu) means, he made it apparent, manifest or evident (Lane & Aqrab).
غاوین (those who have gone astray) is the plural of غاوی which is active participle from غوی which means, he erred, he deviated from the right way or course; he failed in attaining his desire, he perished; he was disappointed (Lane & Aqrab). See also 7:17.
وَقِيلَ لَهُمْ أَيْنَ مَا كُنتُمْ تَعْبُدُونَ
مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ هَلْ يَنصُرُونَكُمْ أَوْ يَنتَصِرُونَ
Important Words:
ینتصرون (get help) is derived from نصر. نصرہ means, he aided or assisted him and انتصر means, he defended himself against his injurer; he got help. انتصر منه means, he revenged himself upon him. انتصر علی عدوہ means, he prevailed upon his enemy (Aqrab & Lane).
2761
Important Words:
ینتصرون (get help) is derived from نصر. نصرہ means, he aided or assisted him and انتصر means, he defended himself against his injurer; he got help. انتصر منه means, he revenged himself upon him. انتصر علی عدوہ means, he prevailed upon his enemy (Aqrab & Lane).
فَكُبْكِبُوا۟ فِيهَا هُمْ وَٱلْغَاوُۥنَ
27:91.
27:91.
Important Words:
کبکبوا (thrown headlong down) is derived from کب. They say کبه (kabbahu) i.e. he inverted it or turned it upside down. کبکب الرجل علی وجھه means, he threw down the man. کبکه means, he turned him over, one part upon another; he threw him from the top of a mountain or well; he threw him into a deep place or hollow. کبکبوا فیھا means, they shall be thrown prostrate therein; they shall be thrown so as to turn over and over until at length they come to a stop therein or they shall be thrown headlong down (Lane).
a
27:91.
b
7:19; 38:86.
a
27:91.
2762
Important Words:
کبکبوا (thrown headlong down) is derived from کب. They say کبه (kabbahu) i.e. he inverted it or turned it upside down. کبکب الرجل علی وجھه means, he threw down the man. کبکه means, he turned him over, one part upon another; he threw him from the top of a mountain or well; he threw him into a deep place or hollow. کبکبوا فیھا means, they shall be thrown prostrate therein; they shall be thrown so as to turn over and over until at length they come to a stop therein or they shall be thrown headlong down (Lane).
a
27:91.
وَجُنُودُ إِبْلِيسَ أَجْمَعُونَ
7:19; 38:86.
7:19; 38:86.
Commentary:
In this and the preceding verse three classes of people have been mentioned who will be thrown into Hell; (1) the disbelievers, i.e. those who are led astray; (2) the leaders of disbelief, i.e. those who lead others astray; and (3) the hosts of Iblis, i.e. those who instigate and incite others to reject truth. All the wicked people and evildoers are confined to these three classes and they shall form the fuel of Hell.
a
27:91.
b
7:19; 38:86.
b
7:19; 38:86.
2763
Commentary:
In this and the preceding verse three classes of people have been mentioned who will be thrown into Hell; (1) the disbelievers, i.e. those who are led astray; (2) the leaders of disbelief, i.e. those who lead others astray; and (3) the hosts of Iblis, i.e. those who instigate and incite others to reject truth. All the wicked people and evildoers are confined to these three classes and they shall form the fuel of Hell.
b
7:19; 38:86.
قَالُوا۟ وَهُمْ فِيهَا يَخْتَصِمُونَ
تَٱللَّهِ إِن كُنَّا لَفِى ضَلَٰلٍ مُّبِينٍ
إِذْ نُسَوِّيكُم بِرَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
وَمَآ أَضَلَّنَآ إِلَّا ٱلْمُجْرِمُونَ
فَمَا لَنَا مِن شَٰفِعِينَ
وَلَا صَدِيقٍ حَمِيمٍ
Important Words:
حمیم (loving is derived from حم (hamma). They say حم التنور i.e. the oven became hot; حمت الجمرة means, the live coal became a piece of charcoal and ashes. حمیم means, a relation for whom one is anxious or solicitous or whom one loves and by whom one is loved; an affectionate relation who is quick to protect his kinsfolk; a beloved person; a friend; a true and loving friend; a man’s brother; sweat; vehemence of heat; hot water; cold water, etc. (Lane & Aqrab).
2764
Important Words:
حمیم (loving is derived from حم (hamma). They say حم التنور i.e. the oven became hot; حمت الجمرة means, the live coal became a piece of charcoal and ashes. حمیم means, a relation for whom one is anxious or solicitous or whom one loves and by whom one is loved; an affectionate relation who is quick to protect his kinsfolk; a beloved person; a friend; a true and loving friend; a man’s brother; sweat; vehemence of heat; hot water; cold water, etc. (Lane & Aqrab).
فَلَوْ أَنَّ لَنَا كَرَّةً فَنَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
2:168; 6:28; 23:100; 39:59.
2:168; 6:28; 23:100; 39:59.
2:168; 6:28; 23:100; 39:59.
c
2:168; 6:28; 23:100; 39:59.
a
2:168; 6:28; 23:100; 39:59.
c
2:168; 6:28; 23:100; 39:59.
إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَءَايَةً ۖ وَمَا كَانَ أَكْثَرُهُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ
وَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ
كَذَّبَتْ قَوْمُ نُوحٍ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ
Commentary:
The people of Noah had rejected only one Messenger—Noah. But they have been represented in this verse as having rejected all the Messengers of God. This shows that the rejection of one Divine Messenger is in reality equivalent to the rejection of all of them. This is so because they are all commissioned as Messengers by the same Divine Authority and their Messages proceed from the same Source and are identical in fundamentals and basic principles.
2765
Commentary:
The people of Noah had rejected only one Messenger—Noah. But they have been represented in this verse as having rejected all the Messengers of God. This shows that the rejection of one Divine Messenger is in reality equivalent to the rejection of all of them. This is so because they are all commissioned as Messengers by the same Divine Authority and their Messages proceed from the same Source and are identical in fundamentals and basic principles.
إِذْ قَالَ لَهُمْ أَخُوهُمْ نُوحٌ أَلَا تَتَّقُونَ
اس جگہ صرف نوحؑ کا ذکر ہے مگر انکار رسولوں کا بتایا ہے پس یا تو نوح علیہ السلام کو رسولوں کا مجموعہ اس لئے قرار دیا ہے کہ تمام رسولوں میں مشابہت پائی جاتی ہے اور ایک رسول کا انکار حقیقت میں سب رسولوں کا انکار ہوتا ہے یا پھر اس لئے کہ نوح علیہ السلام کی امت میں اس کے تابع بہت سے رسول گزرے۔
1
اس جگہ صرف نوحؑ کا ذکر ہے مگر انکار رسولوں کا بتایا ہے پس یا تو نوح علیہ السلام کو رسولوں کا مجموعہ اس لئے قرار دیا ہے کہ تمام رسولوں میں مشابہت پائی جاتی ہے اور ایک رسول کا انکار حقیقت میں سب رسولوں کا انکار ہوتا ہے یا پھر اس لئے کہ نوح علیہ السلام کی امت میں اس کے تابع بہت سے رسول گزرے۔
إِنِّى لَكُمْ رَسُولٌ أَمِينٌ
فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُونِ
The words, So fear Allah and obey me, which have been addressed to his people from the mouth of every Prophet in this Surah, show that apart from the general commandments embodied in Divine revelation, the believers are enjoined to obey the commands and instructions issued from time to time by their own Prophets.
Commentary:
The words, So fear Allah and obey me, which have been addressed to his people from the mouth of every Prophet show that apart from the commandments embodied in Divine revelation, the believers are enjoined to obey the orders and instructions issued from time to time by the Prophet and to follow his precept and example.
2765A
Commentary:
The words, So fear Allah and obey me, which have been addressed to his people from the mouth of every Prophet show that apart from the commandments embodied in Divine revelation, the believers are enjoined to obey the orders and instructions issued from time to time by the Prophet and to follow his precept and example.
2124
The words, So fear Allah and obey me, which have been addressed to his people from the mouth of every Prophet in this Surah, show that apart from the general commandments embodied in Divine revelation, the believers are enjoined to obey the commands and instructions issued from time to time by their own Prophets.
وَمَآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ مِنْ أَجْرٍ ۖ إِنْ أَجْرِىَ إِلَّا عَلَىٰ رَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
10:73; 11:30.
10:73; 11:30.
10:73; 11:30.
a
10:73; 11:30.
a
10:73; 11:30.
a
10:73; 11:30.
فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُونِ
۞ قَالُوٓا۟ أَنُؤْمِنُ لَكَ وَٱتَّبَعَكَ ٱلْأَرْذَلُونَ
11:28.
11:28.
11:28.
Commentary:
It is an established fact of history that in the beginning of their missions only poor people follow the Messengers of God. This is quite in keeping with Divine plan. In this way God wants to show that the subsequent triumph of the Prophets predicted long before by them was due solely to God’s help and not to any combination of worldly circumstances. The acceptance of the Divine Message by poor people not only does not add to the material strength of the new Movement but also repels the wealthy and the powerful from it, inasmuch as they refuse to associate with those whom they regard as lowly and humble. But such has always been the Divine practice that these very humble and lowly people eventually prevail upon the wealthy and the powerful disbelievers.
b
11:28.
b
11:28.
2766
Commentary:
It is an established fact of history that in the beginning of their missions only poor people follow the Messengers of God. This is quite in keeping with Divine plan. In this way God wants to show that the subsequent triumph of the Prophets predicted long before by them was due solely to God’s help and not to any combination of worldly circumstances. The acceptance of the Divine Message by poor people not only does not add to the material strength of the new Movement but also repels the wealthy and the powerful from it, inasmuch as they refuse to associate with those whom they regard as lowly and humble. But such has always been the Divine practice that these very humble and lowly people eventually prevail upon the wealthy and the powerful disbelievers.
b
11:28.
قَالَ وَمَا عِلْمِى بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ
إِنْ حِسَابُهُمْ إِلَّا عَلَىٰ رَبِّى ۖ لَوْ تَشْعُرُونَ
The Qur’an has used five different words at different places and in different contexts to suit the particular occasion and to explain fully the meaning thereof; in a general sense they are all alike but as regards their finer shades of meaning they are different. The words are Shu‘ur, i.e. perceiving a thing by means of any of the senses to know its minute particulars (2:155); ‘Aql, i.e. withholding or restraining a person from adopting an evil course (12:3); Fikr, i.e. reflecting upon and calculating a thing (6:51); Tafaqquh, i.e. applying oneself to the acquisition of knowledge and becoming well-versed in it (9:122); and Tadabbur, i.e. considering, examining or studying a thing repeatedly in order to know it (4:83).
Commentary:
The Quran has used five different words at different places and in different contexts to suit the particular occasion and to explain fully the meaning. In a general sense they are all alike but as regards their finer shades of meaning they are different. The words are شعور i.e. perceiving a thing by means of any of the senses to know its minute particulars (2:155); عقل i.e. withholding or restraining a person from adopting an evil course (12:3); فکر i.e. reflecting upon and calculating a thing (6:51); تفقه i.e. applying oneself to the acquisition of knowledge and becoming well versed in it (9:122), and تدبر i.e. considering, examining or studying a thing repeatedly in order to know it (4:83).
2766A
Commentary:
The Quran has used five different words at different places and in different contexts to suit the particular occasion and to explain fully the meaning. In a general sense they are all alike but as regards their finer shades of meaning they are different. The words are شعور i.e. perceiving a thing by means of any of the senses to know its minute particulars (2:155); عقل i.e. withholding or restraining a person from adopting an evil course (12:3); فکر i.e. reflecting upon and calculating a thing (6:51); تفقه i.e. applying oneself to the acquisition of knowledge and becoming well versed in it (9:122), and تدبر i.e. considering, examining or studying a thing repeatedly in order to know it (4:83).
2125
The Qur’an has used five different words at different places and in different contexts to suit the particular occasion and to explain fully the meaning thereof; in a general sense they are all alike but as regards their finer shades of meaning they are different. The words are Shu‘ur, i.e. perceiving a thing by means of any of the senses to know its minute particulars (2:155); ‘Aql, i.e. withholding or restraining a person from adopting an evil course (12:3); Fikr, i.e. reflecting upon and calculating a thing (6:51); Tafaqquh, i.e. applying oneself to the acquisition of knowledge and becoming well-versed in it (9:122); and Tadabbur, i.e. considering, examining or studying a thing repeatedly in order to know it (4:83).
وَمَآ أَنَا۠ بِطَارِدِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
11:30.
11:30.
Commentary:
God’s Prophets and worldly men have different standards to judge the values of life. The former judge the worth and value of a man by his actions and deeds while the latter judge it by his material means and his social status. Noah’s enemies called his followers low and mean because of their material poverty and lack of social influence, but Noah himself refused to judge them by that standard. According to him the real criterion by which a man’s worth should be judged were his good deeds. So he says that he does not know what his followers have been doing in the past. Their past actions are God’s concern alone and what he (Noah) knows of them is that they have believed in him and that is sufficient to establish their righteousness.
c
11:30.
a
11:30.
2767
Commentary:
God’s Prophets and worldly men have different standards to judge the values of life. The former judge the worth and value of a man by his actions and deeds while the latter judge it by his material means and his social status. Noah’s enemies called his followers low and mean because of their material poverty and lack of social influence, but Noah himself refused to judge them by that standard. According to him the real criterion by which a man’s worth should be judged were his good deeds. So he says that he does not know what his followers have been doing in the past. Their past actions are God’s concern alone and what he (Noah) knows of them is that they have believed in him and that is sufficient to establish their righteousness.
a
11:30.
2125A
God’s Prophets and worldly men have different standards to judge the values of life. Whereas the former judge the worth and value of a man by his actions and deeds, the latter judge it by his material means and his social status.
إِنْ أَنَا۠ إِلَّا نَذِيرٌ مُّبِينٌ
قَالُوا۟ لَئِن لَّمْ تَنتَهِ يَٰنُوحُ لَتَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْمَرْجُومِينَ
Important Words:
مرجومین (stoned) is the plural of مرجوم which is derived from رجم. They say رجمه i.e. he pelted him with stones; he calumniated or slandered him; or abused him; he inveighed against him, he cursed him; he drove him away; he forsook him (Lane & Aqrab). See also 3:37.
2768
Important Words:
مرجومین (stoned) is the plural of مرجوم which is derived from رجم. They say رجمه i.e. he pelted him with stones; he calumniated or slandered him; or abused him; he inveighed against him, he cursed him; he drove him away; he forsook him (Lane & Aqrab). See also 3:37.
قَالَ رَبِّ إِنَّ قَوْمِى كَذَّبُونِ
فَٱفْتَحْ بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَهُمْ فَتْحًا وَنَجِّنِى وَمَن مَّعِىَ مِنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
یہاں اِفْتَحْ کا لفظ ہے جس کے معنے ’’فیصلہ کر‘‘ کے ہیں۔ لیکن چونکہ اس کا مفعول فَتْحًا آیا ہے ہم نے ’’قطعی فیصلہ کر‘‘ کے الفاظ سے ترجمہ کیا ہے۔
Important Words:
فافتح (so judge) is imperative verb from فتح. They say فتح الباب i.e. he opened the door. فتح الحاکم بین الناس means, the judge decided the dispute between the people. فتح اللّٰه علی نبیه means, God helped His Prophet and made him victorious (Aqrab). See also 8:20.
Commentary:
The last and most effective weapon in the armoury of the Prophets of God is prayer, and Noah prayed to God in the full agony of his heart.
1
یہاں اِفْتَحْ کا لفظ ہے جس کے معنے ’’فیصلہ کر‘‘ کے ہیں۔ لیکن چونکہ اس کا مفعول فَتْحًا آیا ہے ہم نے ’’قطعی فیصلہ کر‘‘ کے الفاظ سے ترجمہ کیا ہے۔
2769
Important Words:
فافتح (so judge) is imperative verb from فتح. They say فتح الباب i.e. he opened the door. فتح الحاکم بین الناس means, the judge decided the dispute between the people. فتح اللّٰه علی نبیه means, God helped His Prophet and made him victorious (Aqrab). See also 8:20.
Commentary:
The last and most effective weapon in the armoury of the Prophets of God is prayer, and Noah prayed to God in the full agony of his heart.
فَأَنجَيْنَٰهُ وَمَن مَّعَهُۥ فِى ٱلْفُلْكِ ٱلْمَشْحُونِ
21:77; 37:77.
اَلْمَشْحُوْن کا لفظ بھری ہوئی کشتی پر دلالت کرتا ہے۔ مگر بھری ہوئی کشتی میں تو اور سوار نہیں ہو سکتے درحقیقت عربی زبان کا محاورہ ہے کہ کبھی کسی چیز کو اس حالت کے مطابق نام دے دیتے ہیں جو اس پر وارد ہونے والی ہو۔ پس چونکہ وہ کشتی حضرت نوح علیہ السلام اور ان کے ساتھیوں سے بھر جانے والی تھی۔ اس لئے کہہ دیا کہ بھری ہوئی کشتی کے ذریعہ نجات دی۔
21:77; 37:77.
54:14.
Important Words:
مشحون (fully laden) is passive participle from شحن. They say شحن السفینة i.e. he filled (or loaded) and completely equipped or furnished the boat. شحن الرجل means, he drove away the man. مشحون means, fully laden or filled and fully equipped with all necessary things (Aqrab & Lane).
Commentary:
Noah built an ark of wood in which he and those who believed in him took refuge from the Deluge which overwhelmed his people. The Ark rested on the mountain, Al-Judi. See also 11:45. Metaphorically, Noah’s Ark may mean Noah’s teaching, signifying that those who accepted his message and followed his teaching were saved.
a
21:77; 37:77.
2
اَلْمَشْحُوْن کا لفظ بھری ہوئی کشتی پر دلالت کرتا ہے۔ مگر بھری ہوئی کشتی میں تو اور سوار نہیں ہو سکتے درحقیقت عربی زبان کا محاورہ ہے کہ کبھی کسی چیز کو اس حالت کے مطابق نام دے دیتے ہیں جو اس پر وارد ہونے والی ہو۔ پس چونکہ وہ کشتی حضرت نوح علیہ السلام اور ان کے ساتھیوں سے بھر جانے والی تھی۔ اس لئے کہہ دیا کہ بھری ہوئی کشتی کے ذریعہ نجات دی۔
a
54:14.
2770
Important Words:
مشحون (fully laden) is passive participle from شحن. They say شحن السفینة i.e. he filled (or loaded) and completely equipped or furnished the boat. شحن الرجل means, he drove away the man. مشحون means, fully laden or filled and fully equipped with all necessary things (Aqrab & Lane).
Commentary:
Noah built an ark of wood in which he and those who believed in him took refuge from the Deluge which overwhelmed his people. The Ark rested on the mountain, Al-Judi. See also 11:45. Metaphorically, Noah’s Ark may mean Noah’s teaching, signifying that those who accepted his message and followed his teaching were saved.
b
21:77; 37:77.
ثُمَّ أَغْرَقْنَا بَعْدُ ٱلْبَاقِينَ
37:83; 54:12-13; 71:26.
21:78; 37:83; 54:12-13; 71:26.
b
37:83; 54:12-13; 71:26.
b
21:78; 37:83; 54:12-13; 71:26.
c
37:83; 54:12-13; 71:26.إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَءَايَةً ۖ وَمَا كَانَ أَكْثَرُهُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ
وَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ
كَذَّبَتْ عَادٌ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ
7:66, 67.
قرآن کریم نے باربار ایک رسول کے انکار کو سب رسولوں کا انکار قرار دیا ہے جس سے اس طرف اشارہ کیا گیا ہے کہ سب رسول ایک منہاج نبوت کے مطابق آتے ہیں پس جب منہاج نبوت کی موجودگی میں ایک رسول کا انکار کیا جائے تو اس سے نتیجہ نکلتا ہے کہ اگر منکر پہلے کسی رسول کے وقت میں ہوتا تو وہ اس کا بھی انکار کرتا۔ کیونکہ جو دلائل اس کی صداقت کے تھے وہی دلائل اس موجودہ رسول کی صداقت کے ہیں۔
7:66, 67.
7:66-67.
Commentary:
For a more detailed note on ‘Ad see 11:51. Briefly, ‘Ad was not the name of a single but of a group of tribes whose different sections rose to power at different times. The name ‘Ad is found in ancient books of geography which shows that a people bearing this name did indeed live in the past. The tribe has also been called ‘Adi Iram in the Quran, (89:8). The Quran has also mentioned the following facts about this tribe: (1) They built lofty buildings and no other people in Arabia attained to that height of power to which they had attained (89:9). (2) They lived immediately after Noah. (3) They built monuments on elevated places (26:129) of which the ruins still exist in Arabia. (4) The territory in which these people lived was called Ahqaf (46:22) which literally means meandering and zigzag sandhills. (5) They were destroyed by a violent wind which continued to blow over their territory consecutively for seven days, burying their chief cities under heaps of sand and dust (69:7-8). (6) The history of these people has now become wrapped in obscurity (46:26).
c
7:66, 67.
1
قرآن کریم نے باربار ایک رسول کے انکار کو سب رسولوں کا انکار قرار دیا ہے جس سے اس طرف اشارہ کیا گیا ہے کہ سب رسول ایک منہاج نبوت کے مطابق آتے ہیں پس جب منہاج نبوت کی موجودگی میں ایک رسول کا انکار کیا جائے تو اس سے نتیجہ نکلتا ہے کہ اگر منکر پہلے کسی رسول کے وقت میں ہوتا تو وہ اس کا بھی انکار کرتا۔ کیونکہ جو دلائل اس کی صداقت کے تھے وہی دلائل اس موجودہ رسول کی صداقت کے ہیں۔
c
7:66-67.
2771
Commentary:
For a more detailed note on ‘Ad see 11:51. Briefly, ‘Ad was not the name of a single but of a group of tribes whose different sections rose to power at different times. The name ‘Ad is found in ancient books of geography which shows that a people bearing this name did indeed live in the past. The tribe has also been called ‘Adi Iram in the Quran, (89:8). The Quran has also mentioned the following facts about this tribe: (1) They built lofty buildings and no other people in Arabia attained to that height of power to which they had attained (89:9). (2) They lived immediately after Noah. (3) They built monuments on elevated places (26:129) of which the ruins still exist in Arabia. (4) The territory in which these people lived was called Ahqaf (46:22) which literally means meandering and zigzag sandhills. (5) They were destroyed by a violent wind which continued to blow over their territory consecutively for seven days, burying their chief cities under heaps of sand and dust (69:7-8). (6) The history of these people has now become wrapped in obscurity (46:26).
a
7:66, 67.
إِذْ قَالَ لَهُمْ أَخُوهُمْ هُودٌ أَلَا تَتَّقُونَ
إِنِّى لَكُمْ رَسُولٌ أَمِينٌ
فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُونِ
وَمَآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ مِنْ أَجْرٍ ۖ إِنْ أَجْرِىَ إِلَّا عَلَىٰ رَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
11:52.
11:52.
11:52.
d
11:52.
a
11:52.
b
11:52.
أَتَبْنُونَ بِكُلِّ رِيعٍ ءَايَةً تَعْبَثُونَ
Important Words:
ریع (high place) is derived from راع which means, it increased or augmented; it prospered or throve, it was in flourishing circumstances. ریع means, a high or elevated place; a road of any kind; or a mountain-path; the channel of the torrent of a valley from any high place (Lane, Aqrab & Mufradat).
For تعبثون (seeking vainglory) see 23:116.
2772
Important Words:
ریع (high place) is derived from راع which means, it increased or augmented; it prospered or throve, it was in flourishing circumstances. ریع means, a high or elevated place; a road of any kind; or a mountain-path; the channel of the torrent of a valley from any high place (Lane, Aqrab & Mufradat).
For تعبثون (seeking vainglory) see 23:116.
وَتَتَّخِذُونَ مَصَانِعَ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَخْلُدُونَ
This, the preceding and the following verse show that the Adites were a powerful and cultured people. They had made great progress in science in their time. They built fortresses, palatial buildings and great reservoirs. They had their summer residences, their factories and mechanical works. They were specially advanced in architecture. They invented new weapons and implements of war and erected great monuments. In short, like the present-day nations of the West, they possessed all the complicated paraphernalia of a highly advanced civilisation. They made great strides in knowledge but they consigned to oblivion the one supreme lesson of history, viz. that nations derive their real strength not from material things but from high ideals and good morals. As they became morally corrupt and spiritually depraved and turned a deaf ear to the warnings of their Prophet to mend their ways, they fell a victim to that terrible doom which is the inevitable lot of those who ignore Divine warning. See {1323}.
Important Words:
مصانع (palaces) is the plural of مصنعة which is derived from صنع . They say صنع الشیء i.e. he made, wrought, constructed or manufactured the thing or he made it skilfully or well. مصانع means, a kind of tanks or reservoirs for collecting rainwater. The word also means towns, fortresses or palaces. They say ھو من اھل المصانع i.e. he is of the people of the towns. It also signifies factories and great chemical works (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
This, the preceding, and the following verse show that the Adites were a powerful and cultured people. They had made great progress in science in their time. They built fortresses, palatial buildings and great reservoirs. They had their summer residences, their factories and mechanical works. They were specially advanced in architecture. They invented new weapons and implements of war and erected great monuments. In short, like the present-day nations of the west, they possessed all the complicated paraphernalia of a highly advanced civilization. They made great strides in knowledge but they consigned to oblivion the one supreme lesson of history, viz. that nations derive their real strength not from material things but from high ideals and good morals. As they became morally corrupt and spiritually depraved and turned a deaf ear to the warning of their Prophet to mend their ways, so they fell a victim to that terrible doom which is the inevitable lot of those who ignore Divine warning.
2773
Important Words:
مصانع (palaces) is the plural of مصنعة which is derived from صنع . They say صنع الشیء i.e. he made, wrought, constructed or manufactured the thing or he made it skilfully or well. مصانع means, a kind of tanks or reservoirs for collecting rainwater. The word also means towns, fortresses or palaces. They say ھو من اھل المصانع i.e. he is of the people of the towns. It also signifies factories and great chemical works (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
This, the preceding, and the following verse show that the Adites were a powerful and cultured people. They had made great progress in science in their time. They built fortresses, palatial buildings and great reservoirs. They had their summer residences, their factories and mechanical works. They were specially advanced in architecture. They invented new weapons and implements of war and erected great monuments. In short, like the present-day nations of the west, they possessed all the complicated paraphernalia of a highly advanced civilization. They made great strides in knowledge but they consigned to oblivion the one supreme lesson of history, viz. that nations derive their real strength not from material things but from high ideals and good morals. As they became morally corrupt and spiritually depraved and turned a deaf ear to the warning of their Prophet to mend their ways, so they fell a victim to that terrible doom which is the inevitable lot of those who ignore Divine warning.
2126
This, the preceding and the following verse show that the Adites were a powerful and cultured people. They had made great progress in science in their time. They built fortresses, palatial buildings and great reservoirs. They had their summer residences, their factories and mechanical works. They were specially advanced in architecture. They invented new weapons and implements of war and erected great monuments. In short, like the present-day nations of the West, they possessed all the complicated paraphernalia of a highly advanced civilisation. They made great strides in knowledge but they consigned to oblivion the one supreme lesson of history, viz. that nations derive their real strength not from material things but from high ideals and good morals. As they became morally corrupt and spiritually depraved and turned a deaf ear to the warnings of their Prophet to mend their ways, they fell a victim to that terrible doom which is the inevitable lot of those who ignore Divine warning. See {1323}.
وَإِذَا بَطَشْتُم بَطَشْتُمْ جَبَّارِينَ
جَبَّار کا لفظ جب اللہ تعالیٰ کے لئے استعمال ہو تو اس کے معنے مصلح کے ہوتے ہیں لیکن جب انسانوں کے لئے استعمال ہو تو اس کے معنے دوسرے کو نیچے گرا کر آپ ترقی کرنے کے ہوتے ہیں (مفردات) پس ہم نے ترجمہ ’’ظالم‘‘ کا کیا ہے۔
Commentary:
This verse shows that the Adites were a highly powerful people of the time. They had developed imperialistic tendencies and had sought to subjugate weaker communities and destroy their cultures. This seems to be the significance of the words, "And when you lay hands upon anyone, you lay hands as tyrants."
2
جَبَّار کا لفظ جب اللہ تعالیٰ کے لئے استعمال ہو تو اس کے معنے مصلح کے ہوتے ہیں لیکن جب انسانوں کے لئے استعمال ہو تو اس کے معنے دوسرے کو نیچے گرا کر آپ ترقی کرنے کے ہوتے ہیں (مفردات) پس ہم نے ترجمہ ’’ظالم‘‘ کا کیا ہے۔
2774
Commentary:
This verse shows that the Adites were a highly powerful people of the time. They had developed imperialistic tendencies and had sought to subjugate weaker communities and destroy their cultures. This seems to be the significance of the words, "And when you lay hands upon anyone, you lay hands as tyrants."
فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُونِ
وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَمَدَّكُم بِمَا تَعْلَمُونَ
Commentary:
The Adites are told in the verse that God has bestowed on them material blessings and benefits, that they might know that He is the real Source of all power and that they should be on their guard against defying His commandments.
2775
Commentary:
The Adites are told in the verse that God has bestowed on them material blessings and benefits, that they might know that He is the real Source of all power and that they should be on their guard against defying His commandments.
أَمَدَّكُم بِأَنْعَٰمٍ وَبَنِينَ
Commentary:
In this and the next verse reference has been made to the three main sources and signs of the material power and pomp of a people, viz. their great numbers, their cattle and animals, and their gardens and springs.
2776
Commentary:
In this and the next verse reference has been made to the three main sources and signs of the material power and pomp of a people, viz. their great numbers, their cattle and animals, and their gardens and springs.
وَجَنَّٰتٍ وَعُيُونٍ
إِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ عَلَيْكُمْ عَذَابَ يَوْمٍ عَظِيمٍ
قَالُوا۟ سَوَآءٌ عَلَيْنَآ أَوَعَظْتَ أَمْ لَمْ تَكُن مِّنَ ٱلْوَٰعِظِينَ
إِنْ هَٰذَآ إِلَّا خُلُقُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ
بحرِ محیط نے بھی یہی معنے کیے ہیں اور لکھا ہے کہ اس سے یہ مرادنہیں کہ تیری جیسی نصیحتیں پہلے لوگ بھی کرتے تھے بلکہ یہ مقصود ہے کہ جن باتوں سے ُتو ہم کو روکتا ہے‘ وہی باتیں پہلے لوگ بھی کرتے تھے (دیکھئے بحر محیط مصنّفہ علّامہ ابوحیّان جلد۷ ص۳۴) اگر وہ محفوظ رہے تو ہم کیوں نہ رہیں گے۔
Khuluq means, habit or second nature; custom or manner; religion; a lie (Lane).
Important Words:
خلق (habit) is derived from خلق (khalaqa). خلقه means, he measured it or he determined its measure or proportion; he fashioned or planned it; He (God) created it or brought it into existence; he forged or fabricated a story or a lie, etc. They say صار ذالک له خلقا (khulqan) i.e. that became to him a second nature, a habit. خلق (khulq) means, habit or second nature or custom or manner; religion; a lie (Lane & Aqrab). See also 3:50.
Commentary:
This and the preceding verse show that the people of Hud treated all his admonitions and warnings with extreme contempt. Taking خلق (khulq) in the sense of 'habit' the people of ‘Ad are represented as saying to him: "There have been so-called Prophets before who also preached a so-called Divine Message and gave warning of punishment to disbelievers. It was their habit to do so. But punishment never came. So this time also there is going to be no punishment." Taking the word in the sense of 'religion' the verse would mean, "the religion which is being presented to us is nothing new. It is an old, old story which has been repeated from time immemorial" (6:26). Taking it in the sense of 'a lie' the verse would signify: "All what you say is but a pure fabrication and a lie and we are not going to be punished for rejecting a forgery."
1
بحرِ محیط نے بھی یہی معنے کیے ہیں اور لکھا ہے کہ اس سے یہ مرادنہیں کہ تیری جیسی نصیحتیں پہلے لوگ بھی کرتے تھے بلکہ یہ مقصود ہے کہ جن باتوں سے ُتو ہم کو روکتا ہے‘ وہی باتیں پہلے لوگ بھی کرتے تھے (دیکھئے بحر محیط مصنّفہ علّامہ ابوحیّان جلد۷ ص۳۴) اگر وہ محفوظ رہے تو ہم کیوں نہ رہیں گے۔
2777
Important Words:
خلق (habit) is derived from خلق (khalaqa). خلقه means, he measured it or he determined its measure or proportion; he fashioned or planned it; He (God) created it or brought it into existence; he forged or fabricated a story or a lie, etc. They say صار ذالک له خلقا (khulqan) i.e. that became to him a second nature, a habit. خلق (khulq) means, habit or second nature or custom or manner; religion; a lie (Lane & Aqrab). See also 3:50.
Commentary:
This and the preceding verse show that the people of Hud treated all his admonitions and warnings with extreme contempt. Taking خلق (khulq) in the sense of 'habit' the people of ‘Ad are represented as saying to him: "There have been so-called Prophets before who also preached a so-called Divine Message and gave warning of punishment to disbelievers. It was their habit to do so. But punishment never came. So this time also there is going to be no punishment." Taking the word in the sense of 'religion' the verse would mean, "the religion which is being presented to us is nothing new. It is an old, old story which has been repeated from time immemorial" (6:26). Taking it in the sense of 'a lie' the verse would signify: "All what you say is but a pure fabrication and a lie and we are not going to be punished for rejecting a forgery."
2127
Khuluq means, habit or second nature; custom or manner; religion; a lie (Lane).
وَمَا نَحْنُ بِمُعَذَّبِينَ
فَكَذَّبُوهُ فَأَهْلَكْنَٰهُمْ ۗ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَءَايَةً ۖ وَمَا كَانَ أَكْثَرُهُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ
7:73; 50:15.
7:73; 50:15.
7:73; 50:15.
a
7:73; 50:15.
a
7:73; 50:15.
a
7:73; 50:15.
وَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ
كَذَّبَتْ ثَمُودُ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ
7:74; 11:62, 63; 27:46.
7:74; 11:62, 63; 27:46.
This and the following several verses deal with the tribe of Thamud. According to Futuhush-Sham, they were a very powerful people. Their rule and dominion had extended from Busra, a town in Syria, to Aden. They had made great progress in agriculture and architecture and were a highly civilised and cultured people. The tribe has been mentioned by Greek historians. They place it in a period not long before the Christian era. Hijr or Agra, as they call it, is given as their home. Al-Hijr which has also been known as Mada’ini Salih (the Cities of Salih) and which seems to have been the capital of these people lies between Medina and Tabuk, and the valley in which it is situated is called Wadi Qura. The Qur’an represents them as the immediate successors of ‘Ad (7:75). It is worthy of note that the accounts of the Prophets Noah, Hud and Salih have been given at various places in the Qur’an and everywhere the order observed is the same, viz. the account of Noah precedes that of Hud and the account of Hud
7:74; 11:62-63; 27:46.
Commentary:
This and the following several verses deal with the tribe of Thamud. According to Abu Isma‘il, the author of Futuhush-Sham, they were a very powerful people. Their rule and dominion had extended from Busra, a town in Syria to Aden. They had made great progress in agriculture and architecture. They were a highly civilized and cultured people. The tribe has been mentioned by Greek historians. They place it in a period not long before the Christian era. Hijr or Agra, as they call it, is given as the home of these people. Al-Hijr which has also been known as Mada’ini Salih (the Cities of Salih) and which seems to have been the capital of these people lies between Medina and Tabuk, and the valley in which it is situated is called Wadi Qura. The Quran represents them as the immediate successors of ‘Ad (7:75). From 40:31-32, it appears that they lived before the time of Moses. It is worthy of note that the accounts of the Prophets Noah, Hud and Salih have been given at various places in the Quran and everywhere the order observed is the same, viz. the account of Noah precedes that of Hud and the account of Hud precedes that of Salih, which is the true chronological order. This shows that the Quran gives accurately and in their true historical order the facts of history long consigned to oblivion and quite wrapped in obscurity. For a fuller note on Thamud see 11:62.
b
7:74; 11:62, 63; 27:46.
a
7:74; 11:62-63; 27:46.
2778
Commentary:
This and the following several verses deal with the tribe of Thamud. According to Abu Isma‘il, the author of Futuhush-Sham, they were a very powerful people. Their rule and dominion had extended from Busra, a town in Syria to Aden. They had made great progress in agriculture and architecture. They were a highly civilized and cultured people. The tribe has been mentioned by Greek historians. They place it in a period not long before the Christian era. Hijr or Agra, as they call it, is given as the home of these people. Al-Hijr which has also been known as Mada’ini Salih (the Cities of Salih) and which seems to have been the capital of these people lies between Medina and Tabuk, and the valley in which it is situated is called Wadi Qura. The Quran represents them as the immediate successors of ‘Ad (7:75). From 40:31-32, it appears that they lived before the time of Moses. It is worthy of note that the accounts of the Prophets Noah, Hud and Salih have been given at various places in the Quran and everywhere the order observed is the same, viz. the account of Noah precedes that of Hud and the account of Hud precedes that of Salih, which is the true chronological order. This shows that the Quran gives accurately and in their true historical order the facts of history long consigned to oblivion and quite wrapped in obscurity. For a fuller note on Thamud see 11:62.
a
7:74; 11:62, 63; 27:46.
2128
This and the following several verses deal with the tribe of Thamud. According to Futuhush-Sham, they were a very powerful people. Their rule and dominion had extended from Busra, a town in Syria, to Aden. They had made great progress in agriculture and architecture and were a highly civilised and cultured people. The tribe has been mentioned by Greek historians. They place it in a period not long before the Christian era. Hijr or Agra, as they call it, is given as their home. Al-Hijr which has also been known as Mada’ini Salih (the Cities of Salih) and which seems to have been the capital of these people lies between Medina and Tabuk, and the valley in which it is situated is called Wadi Qura. The Qur’an represents them as the immediate successors of ‘Ad (7:75). It is worthy of note that the accounts of the Prophets Noah, Hud and Salih have been given at various places in the Qur’an and everywhere the order observed is the same, viz. the account of Noah precedes that of Hud and the account of Hud
إِذْ قَالَ لَهُمْ أَخُوهُمْ صَٰلِحٌ أَلَا تَتَّقُونَ
إِنِّى لَكُمْ رَسُولٌ أَمِينٌ
فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُونِ
وَمَآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ مِنْ أَجْرٍ ۖ إِنْ أَجْرِىَ إِلَّا عَلَىٰ رَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
11:52.
11:52.
11:52.
a
11:52.
b
11:52.
b
11:52.
أَتُتْرَكُونَ فِى مَا هَٰهُنَآ ءَامِنِينَ
Commentary:
Prophet Salih, like Prophet Hud, warns his people that their material power and prosperity without good ideals and moral strength which are the real source of the strength of a people would not save them from ruin and destruction and that if they rejected the Divine Message they would not be allowed to enjoy the fruits of their labour in peace.
2779
Commentary:
Prophet Salih, like Prophet Hud, warns his people that their material power and prosperity without good ideals and moral strength which are the real source of the strength of a people would not save them from ruin and destruction and that if they rejected the Divine Message they would not be allowed to enjoy the fruits of their labour in peace.
فِى جَنَّٰتٍ وَعُيُونٍ
وَزُرُوعٍ وَنَخْلٍ طَلْعُهَا هَضِيمٌ
Important Words:
ھضیم (with heavy spathes near breaking) is derived from ھضم. They say ھضم الشیء i.e. he broke the thing. ھضم فلانا means, he treated him unjustly and usurped his rights. انھضمت الثمر means, the fruit became broken or crushed. ھضیم means, so heavy as to be about to break on account of its weight (Lane & Aqrab).
2780
Important Words:
ھضیم (with heavy spathes near breaking) is derived from ھضم. They say ھضم الشیء i.e. he broke the thing. ھضم فلانا means, he treated him unjustly and usurped his rights. انھضمت الثمر means, the fruit became broken or crushed. ھضیم means, so heavy as to be about to break on account of its weight (Lane & Aqrab).
وَتَنْحِتُونَ مِنَ ٱلْجِبَالِ بُيُوتًا فَٰرِهِينَ
7:75; 15:83.
7:75; 15:83.
Important Words:
فارھین (with great skill) is derived from فرہ (faruha) and فرہ (fariha). The former verb means, he was or became skilled or skilful; he was or became brisk, lively or active; he was or became beautiful. The latter i.e. فرہ (fariha) means, he exulted or rejoiced above measure, or he exulted greatly and behaved insolently and ungratefully, the letter ھ in this verb being substituted for the letter ح (Lane & Aqrab).
b
7:75; 15:83.
a
7:75; 15:83.
2781
Important Words:
فارھین (with great skill) is derived from فرہ (faruha) and فرہ (fariha). The former verb means, he was or became skilled or skilful; he was or became brisk, lively or active; he was or became beautiful. The latter i.e. فرہ (fariha) means, he exulted or rejoiced above measure, or he exulted greatly and behaved insolently and ungratefully, the letter ھ in this verb being substituted for the letter ح (Lane & Aqrab).
a
7:75; 15:83.
2128A
Farihin also means, with great skill (Lane).
فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُونِ
وَلَا تُطِيعُوٓا۟ أَمْرَ ٱلْمُسْرِفِينَ
ٱلَّذِينَ يُفْسِدُونَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَا يُصْلِحُونَ
27:49.
27:49.
27:49.
c
27:49.
b
27:49.
b
27:49.
قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّمَآ أَنتَ مِنَ ٱلْمُسَحَّرِينَ
سَحَّرَ کے معنے کھانا دیا جانے کے بھی ہوتے ہیں۔ قریباً ہر نبی جو دنیا میں آیا اسے کہا گیا ہے کہ تو مُسَحَّر یا مَسْحُوْر ہے۔ یعنی کچھ لوگ تجھے رشوت دیکر اپنے کام میں لا رہے ہیں۔ تو نہیں بول رہا بلکہ تیرے پیچھے کوئی اور طاقت بول رہی ہے جو مال اور دولت سے تجھے تقویت پہنچا رہی ہے۔ پس تُو تو ایک ایجنٹ ہے۔ یہی اعتراض محمد رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم پر ہوا کرتا تھا اور یہی اعتراض آج کل کے بعض مولوی نما لوگ حضرت مرزا صاحب پر کرتے ہیں۔
Whereas the peoples of Noah and Hud accused their Prophets of forging lies, Prophet Salih, to whose uprightness and unimpeachable character his people had themselves borne testimony (11:63), has been declared here as Musahhar, i.e. one who is deceived, deluded, beguiled, bewitched, circumvented or outwitted (Lane). Consistently with their admission of Salih’s sincerity, honesty of purpose and uprightness, his people could not accuse him of forgery. The words Musahhar and Mashur also mean, one fed by others.
Commentary:
Whereas the peoples of Noah and Hud accused their Prophets of forgery and lies, Prophet Salih to whose uprightness and unimpeachable character his people had themselves borne testimony (11:63), has been declared here as مسحر i.e. one who is deceived, deluded, beguiled, bewitched, circumvented or outwitted (Lane). Consistently with their admission of Salih’s sincerity, honesty and uprightness, his people could not accuse him of forgery.
1
سَحَّرَ کے معنے کھانا دیا جانے کے بھی ہوتے ہیں۔ قریباً ہر نبی جو دنیا میں آیا اسے کہا گیا ہے کہ تو مُسَحَّر یا مَسْحُوْر ہے۔ یعنی کچھ لوگ تجھے رشوت دیکر اپنے کام میں لا رہے ہیں۔ تو نہیں بول رہا بلکہ تیرے پیچھے کوئی اور طاقت بول رہی ہے جو مال اور دولت سے تجھے تقویت پہنچا رہی ہے۔ پس تُو تو ایک ایجنٹ ہے۔ یہی اعتراض محمد رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم پر ہوا کرتا تھا اور یہی اعتراض آج کل کے بعض مولوی نما لوگ حضرت مرزا صاحب پر کرتے ہیں۔
2782
Commentary:
Whereas the peoples of Noah and Hud accused their Prophets of forgery and lies, Prophet Salih to whose uprightness and unimpeachable character his people had themselves borne testimony (11:63), has been declared here as مسحر i.e. one who is deceived, deluded, beguiled, bewitched, circumvented or outwitted (Lane). Consistently with their admission of Salih’s sincerity, honesty and uprightness, his people could not accuse him of forgery.
2129
Whereas the peoples of Noah and Hud accused their Prophets of forging lies, Prophet Salih, to whose uprightness and unimpeachable character his people had themselves borne testimony (11:63), has been declared here as Musahhar, i.e. one who is deceived, deluded, beguiled, bewitched, circumvented or outwitted (Lane). Consistently with their admission of Salih’s sincerity, honesty of purpose and uprightness, his people could not accuse him of forgery. The words Musahhar and Mashur also mean, one fed by others.
مَآ أَنتَ إِلَّا بَشَرٌ مِّثْلُنَا فَأْتِ بِـَٔايَةٍ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلصَّٰدِقِينَ
قَالَ هَٰذِهِۦ نَاقَةٌ لَّهَا شِرْبٌ وَلَكُمْ شِرْبُ يَوْمٍ مَّعْلُومٍ
7:74; 11:65; 17:60; 54:28; 91:14.
7:74; 11:65; 17:60; 54:28; 91:14.
7:74; 11:65; 17:60; 54:28; 91:14.
Important Words:
شرب is infinitive noun from شرب (shariba). شرب الماء means, he drank the water. شرب (shirbun) means, water that one drinks; a draught; a share or portion of water that falls to one’s lot; the use of water for the purpose of watering sown fields or for beasts; turn of drinking; a watering place a time of drinking (Lane & Aqrab).
d
7:74; 11:65; 17:60; 54:28; 91:14.
a
7:74; 11:65; 17:60; 54:28; 91:14.
2783
Important Words:
شرب is infinitive noun from شرب (shariba). شرب الماء means, he drank the water. شرب (shirbun) means, water that one drinks; a draught; a share or portion of water that falls to one’s lot; the use of water for the purpose of watering sown fields or for beasts; turn of drinking; a watering place a time of drinking (Lane & Aqrab).
c
7:74; 11:65; 17:60; 54:28; 91:14.
وَلَا تَمَسُّوهَا بِسُوٓءٍ فَيَأْخُذَكُمْ عَذَابُ يَوْمٍ عَظِيمٍ
26:156.
26:156.
See 26:156.
Commentary:
The tribe of Thamud were tried by means of the she-camel. The Prophet Salih used to go about preaching on his she-camel, so interference with her movements meant interference with his work. Metaphorically Salih himself may be regarded as God’s she-camel, i.e. bearer of the Heavenly message, interference with whose movements was tantamount to interference with the plan and design of God Whose Messenger he was. For a fuller note see 7:74.
e
26:156.
b
See 26:156.
2784
Commentary:
The tribe of Thamud were tried by means of the she-camel. The Prophet Salih used to go about preaching on his she-camel, so interference with her movements meant interference with his work. Metaphorically Salih himself may be regarded as God’s she-camel, i.e. bearer of the Heavenly message, interference with whose movements was tantamount to interference with the plan and design of God Whose Messenger he was. For a fuller note see 7:74.
d
26:156.
فَعَقَرُوهَا فَأَصْبَحُوا۟ نَٰدِمِينَ
7:78; 11:66; 54:30; 91:15.
7:78; 11:66; 54:30; 91:15.
7:78; 11:66; 54:30; 91:15.
Important Words:
نادمین (regretful) is the plural of نادم which is derived from ندم. They say ندم علی ما فعل i.e. he grieved for what he had done; he regretted it; he repented of it. The difference between ندامة which is infinitive noun from this verb and توبة is that whereas ندامة means grieving for or regretting a thing that has been done, توبة means the giving up of sins completely for their evilness, coupled with regret and grief for what has passed and the determination to see that it does not occur again and with the resolve to make amends for the moral lapse committed. This is why when a sinner regrets his evil deeds he is called نادم but when he repents of his sins and completely eschews them and is fully resolved against their recurrence and makes amends for the past lapses and turns to God, he is called تائب (Lane).
a
7:78; 11:66; 54:30; 91:15.
a
7:78; 11:66; 54:30; 91:15.
2785
Important Words:
نادمین (regretful) is the plural of نادم which is derived from ندم. They say ندم علی ما فعل i.e. he grieved for what he had done; he regretted it; he repented of it. The difference between ندامة which is infinitive noun from this verb and توبة is that whereas ندامة means grieving for or regretting a thing that has been done, توبة means the giving up of sins completely for their evilness, coupled with regret and grief for what has passed and the determination to see that it does not occur again and with the resolve to make amends for the moral lapse committed. This is why when a sinner regrets his evil deeds he is called نادم but when he repents of his sins and completely eschews them and is fully resolved against their recurrence and makes amends for the past lapses and turns to God, he is called تائب (Lane).
a
7:78; 11:66; 54:30; 91:15.
فَأَخَذَهُمُ ٱلْعَذَابُ ۗ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَءَايَةً ۖ وَمَا كَانَ أَكْثَرُهُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ
7:79; 11:68; 54:32.
اَلْ کے معنے موعود کے کیے گئے ہیں۔
7:79; 11:68; 54:32.
7:79; 11:68; 54:32.
b
7:79; 11:68; 54:32.
2
اَلْ کے معنے موعود کے کیے گئے ہیں۔
b
7:79; 11:68; 54:32.
b
7:79; 11:68; 54:32.
وَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ
كَذَّبَتْ قَوْمُ لُوطٍ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ
7:81-83; 54:34.
7:81-83; 54:34.
7:81-83; 54:34.
c
7:81-83; 54:34.
c
7:81-83; 54:34.
c
7:81-83; 54:34.
إِذْ قَالَ لَهُمْ أَخُوهُمْ لُوطٌ أَلَا تَتَّقُونَ
إِنِّى لَكُمْ رَسُولٌ أَمِينٌ
فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُونِ
وَمَآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ مِنْ أَجْرٍ ۖ إِنْ أَجْرِىَ إِلَّا عَلَىٰ رَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
أَتَأْتُونَ ٱلذُّكْرَانَ مِنَ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
7:82; 27:56; 29:29, 30.
7:82; 27:56; 29:29, 30.
7:82; 27:56; 29:29-30.
Commentary:
The people of Lot indulged in immoral practices. In the case of every Prophet, the vice to which his people were principally addicted has been specially singled out for condemnation.
The verse may have two interpretations: (a) of the creatures of God you go into males instead of females: (b) you are the first of all the peoples to indulge in this heinous vice. The former seems to be the preferable meaning as a reference to it is made in the following verse.
d
7:82; 27:56; 29:29, 30.
a
7:82; 27:56; 29:29-30.
2786
Commentary:
The people of Lot indulged in immoral practices. In the case of every Prophet, the vice to which his people were principally addicted has been specially singled out for condemnation.
The verse may have two interpretations: (a) of the creatures of God you go into males instead of females: (b) you are the first of all the peoples to indulge in this heinous vice. The former seems to be the preferable meaning as a reference to it is made in the following verse.
d
7:82; 27:56; 29:29, 30.
وَتَذَرُونَ مَا خَلَقَ لَكُمْ رَبُّكُم مِّنْ أَزْوَٰجِكُم ۚ بَلْ أَنتُمْ قَوْمٌ عَادُونَ
Commentary:
The expression بل انتم قوم عادون besides the meaning given in the text signifies, "You contravene the laws of nature".
2786A
Commentary:
The expression بل انتم قوم عادون besides the meaning given in the text signifies, "You contravene the laws of nature".
قَالُوا۟ لَئِن لَّمْ تَنتَهِ يَٰلُوطُ لَتَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْمُخْرَجِينَ
7:83; 27:57.
7:83; 27:57.
e
7:83; 27:57.
b
7:83; 27:57.
a
7:83; 27:57.
2129A
Rajama-hu means, he stoned him, he banished him; excommunicated him, cut off all connections with him (Lane).
قَالَ إِنِّى لِعَمَلِكُم مِّنَ ٱلْقَالِينَ
Important Words:
قالین is derived from قلی. They say قلی اللحم i.e. he roasted the meat. قلی فلانا means, he struck him on the head. قلی الرجل means, he hated the man intensely, he detested him (Aqrab).
2787
Important Words:
قالین is derived from قلی. They say قلی اللحم i.e. he roasted the meat. قلی فلانا means, he struck him on the head. قلی الرجل means, he hated the man intensely, he detested him (Aqrab).
رَبِّ نَجِّنِى وَأَهْلِى مِمَّا يَعْمَلُونَ
فَنَجَّيْنَٰهُ وَأَهْلَهُۥٓ أَجْمَعِينَ
15:60; 29:33; 37:135; 51:36.
15:60; 29:33; 37:135; 51:36.
15:60; 29:33; 37:135; 51:36.
a
15:60; 29:33; 37:135; 51:36.
c
15:60; 29:33; 37:135; 51:36.
b
15:60; 29:33; 37:135; 51:36.
إِلَّا عَجُوزًا فِى ٱلْغَٰبِرِينَ
7:84; 11:82; 15:61; 27:58; 37:136.
7:84; 11:82; 15:61; 27:58; 37:136.
7:84; 11:82; 15:61;27:58; 37:136.
Important Words:
غابرین (those who stayed behind) is the plural of غابر which is active participle from غبر (ghabara) which means, he or it lasted or continued; he stayed or tarried; he passed away; it became dust-coloured. غبر (ghabira) means, the wound healed externally while it was in a withering state internally; it became putrefied (Lane & Aqrab). See also 7:84.
Commentary:
In view of the different meanings of the word غبر given under 'Important Words' above, the expression فی الغابرین would mean: (1) she remained behind, (2) she concealed animosity in her heart, and (3) though she was the wife of a Prophet of God, she was internally corrupt.
b
7:84; 11:82; 15:61; 27:58; 37:136.
d
7:84; 11:82; 15:61;27:58; 37:136.
2788
Important Words:
غابرین (those who stayed behind) is the plural of غابر which is active participle from غبر (ghabara) which means, he or it lasted or continued; he stayed or tarried; he passed away; it became dust-coloured. غبر (ghabira) means, the wound healed externally while it was in a withering state internally; it became putrefied (Lane & Aqrab). See also 7:84.
Commentary:
In view of the different meanings of the word غبر given under 'Important Words' above, the expression فی الغابرین would mean: (1) she remained behind, (2) she concealed animosity in her heart, and (3) though she was the wife of a Prophet of God, she was internally corrupt.
c
7:84; 11:82; 15:61; 27:58; 37:136.
ثُمَّ دَمَّرْنَا ٱلْءَاخَرِينَ
37:137.
37:137.
37:137.
c
37:137.
a
37:137.
d
37:137.
وَأَمْطَرْنَا عَلَيْهِم مَّطَرًا ۖ فَسَآءَ مَطَرُ ٱلْمُنذَرِينَ
7:85; 25:41; 27:59.
7:85; 25:41; 27:59.
7:85; 25:41; 27:59.
d
7:85; 25:41; 27:59.
b
7:85; 25:41; 27:59.
e
7:85; 25:41; 27:59.
إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَءَايَةً ۖ وَمَا كَانَ أَكْثَرُهُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ
وَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ
كَذَّبَ أَصْحَٰبُ لْـَٔيْكَةِ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ
15:79; 38:14; 50:15.
دیکھئے سورۂ حجر آیت ۷۹۔
15:79; 38:14; 50:15.
15:79; 38:14; 50:15.
Important Words:
الایکة (the wood) is derived from the verb أیک (ayika). أیک الشجر means, the trees grew thick and formed a wood. الایکةmeans, a collection of numerous tangled or dense trees of the kind of lotus and wild berries; a thicket (Lane & Aqrab). See also 15:79.
Commentary:
The word الایکة seems to refer to Midian in the neighbourhood of which there existed tangled and luxuriant trees after which these people or a section thereof were called اصحاب الایکة. Midian lay in the Sinai Peninsula, a few miles from the sea. It was originally the name of a tribe who were descended from Abraham through Katurah and who had settled in the locality known after their ancestor Midian, son of Katurah.
The fact that according to the Quran the Prophet Shu‘aib was sent both to اصحاب الایکة i.e. People of the Wood and اصحاب مدین i.e. People of Midian (7:86 & 11:85) shows that both these were the names of two sections of the same people, Shu‘aib particularly belonging to the section known as مدین, because where in the Quran he is stated as having been sent to صدین he is described as "their brother" and where he is mentioned as having been sent to اصحاب الایکة the words "their brother" are omitted.
Further evidence of the close relationship of the "People of the Wood" with the "People of Midian" is furnished by the fact that identical faults have been ascribed in the Quran to both. Compare 26:182-184, 7:86 & 11:85-86. It may further be noted that Midian was both the name of the tribe and the town in which they lived. It was situated at the head of the gulf of Aqaba and near it was the wilderness or Aikah abounding in dwarf trees of the species of wild plumbs and affording shelter to camels, sheep and goats. See also 15:79.
e
15:79; 38:14; 50:15.
1
دیکھئے سورۂ حجر آیت ۷۹۔
c
15:79; 38:14; 50:15.
2789
Important Words:
الایکة (the wood) is derived from the verb أیک (ayika). أیک الشجر means, the trees grew thick and formed a wood. الایکةmeans, a collection of numerous tangled or dense trees of the kind of lotus and wild berries; a thicket (Lane & Aqrab). See also 15:79.
Commentary:
The word الایکة seems to refer to Midian in the neighbourhood of which there existed tangled and luxuriant trees after which these people or a section thereof were called اصحاب الایکة. Midian lay in the Sinai Peninsula, a few miles from the sea. It was originally the name of a tribe who were descended from Abraham through Katurah and who had settled in the locality known after their ancestor Midian, son of Katurah.
The fact that according to the Quran the Prophet Shu‘aib was sent both to اصحاب الایکة i.e. People of the Wood and اصحاب مدین i.e. People of Midian (7:86 & 11:85) shows that both these were the names of two sections of the same people, Shu‘aib particularly belonging to the section known as مدین, because where in the Quran he is stated as having been sent to صدین he is described as "their brother" and where he is mentioned as having been sent to اصحاب الایکة the words "their brother" are omitted.
Further evidence of the close relationship of the "People of the Wood" with the "People of Midian" is furnished by the fact that identical faults have been ascribed in the Quran to both. Compare 26:182-184, 7:86 & 11:85-86. It may further be noted that Midian was both the name of the tribe and the town in which they lived. It was situated at the head of the gulf of Aqaba and near it was the wilderness or Aikah abounding in dwarf trees of the species of wild plumbs and affording shelter to camels, sheep and goats. See also 15:79.
f
15:79; 38:14; 50:15.
إِذْ قَالَ لَهُمْ شُعَيْبٌ أَلَا تَتَّقُونَ
7:86; 11:85.
7:86; 11:85.
7:86; 11:85.
f
7:86; 11:85.
a
7:86; 11:85.
g
7:86; 11:85.
إِنِّى لَكُمْ رَسُولٌ أَمِينٌ
فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُونِ
اس آیت سے پہلی کئی آیات میں اللہ تعالیٰ کے تقویٰ کا ذکر کیا جا چکا ہے اب اس آیت میں یہ بتایا گیا ہے کہ اللہ تعالیٰ کا تقویٰ تبھی کامل ہوتا ہے جب وقت کے رسول کی اطاعت کی جائے۔ کیونکہ اس کے ذریعہ سے خداتعالیٰ کی مرضی کا پتہ لگتا ہے۔
2
اس آیت سے پہلی کئی آیات میں اللہ تعالیٰ کے تقویٰ کا ذکر کیا جا چکا ہے اب اس آیت میں یہ بتایا گیا ہے کہ اللہ تعالیٰ کا تقویٰ تبھی کامل ہوتا ہے جب وقت کے رسول کی اطاعت کی جائے۔ کیونکہ اس کے ذریعہ سے خداتعالیٰ کی مرضی کا پتہ لگتا ہے۔
وَمَآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ مِنْ أَجْرٍ ۖ إِنْ أَجْرِىَ إِلَّا عَلَىٰ رَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
۞ أَوْفُوا۟ ٱلْكَيْلَ وَلَا تَكُونُوا۟ مِنَ ٱلْمُخْسِرِينَ
11:85; 17:36; 55:10; 83:2-4.
11:85; 17:36; 55:10; 83:2-4.
As at several places in the Qur’an (Chapters 7th & 11th) and in the present Surah also the five Prophets—Noah, Hud, Salih, Lot and Shu‘aib have been mentioned together and in the same order, and identical words have been put in their mouths. In addition to the two fundamental teachings of all religions, viz. Unity of God and obedience to the Prophet of the time, great emphasis has been laid in the case of each Prophet on the vice from which his people particularly suffered. Noah’s people seemed to have been divided into watertight compartments and the socially well-to-do among them suffered from an exaggerated notion of false superiority. The wealthy among them would not mix with the poorer sections of society. The tribe of Hud took great pride in their military exploits, architectural achievements and in their factories and chemical works. The people of Salih gloried in their power, prestige and wealth. Lot’s people shamelessly indulged in a most unnatural and depraved sexual vice, wh
g
11:85; 17:36; 55:10; 83:2-4.
b
11:85; 17:36; 55:10; 83:2-4.
2790
Important Words:
قسطاس (balance) means, a balance or instrument for weighing; or the most even and most just kind thereof; or such as is just, of whatever kind it be (Lane).
a
11:85; 17:36; 55:10; 83:2-4.
2130
As at several places in the Qur’an (Chapters 7th & 11th) and in the present Surah also the five Prophets—Noah, Hud, Salih, Lot and Shu‘aib have been mentioned together and in the same order, and identical words have been put in their mouths. In addition to the two fundamental teachings of all religions, viz. Unity of God and obedience to the Prophet of the time, great emphasis has been laid in the case of each Prophet on the vice from which his people particularly suffered. Noah’s people seemed to have been divided into watertight compartments and the socially well-to-do among them suffered from an exaggerated notion of false superiority. The wealthy among them would not mix with the poorer sections of society. The tribe of Hud took great pride in their military exploits, architectural achievements and in their factories and chemical works. The people of Salih gloried in their power, prestige and wealth. Lot’s people shamelessly indulged in a most unnatural and depraved sexual vice, wh
وَزِنُوا۟ بِٱلْقِسْطَاسِ ٱلْمُسْتَقِيمِ
11:85.
11:85.
11:85.
a
11:85.
c
11:85.
b
11:85.
وَلَا تَبْخَسُوا۟ ٱلنَّاسَ أَشْيَآءَهُمْ وَلَا تَعْثَوْا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مُفْسِدِينَ
7:86; 11:86.
عربی زبان کا قاعدہ ہے کہ جب کسی فعل کے بعد اس کے مطابق معنی حال کو لایا جائے تو اس کے معنے زور دینے کے ہوتے ہیں اور اردو میں اس کا ترجمہ ’’ہرگز‘‘ یا ’’بالکل‘‘ سے کیا جائے گا۔ کیونکہ لفظی ترجمہ بے معنے ہو جاتا ہے۔ چنانچہ اس آیت کا لفظی ترجمہ یہ ہوگا کہ زمین میں فساد کرتے ہوئے سخت فسادنہ کیا کرو۔ اور ظاہر ہے کہ یہ معنے درست نہیں لیکن جب ’’ہرگز اور بالکل‘‘ سے اس کا ترجمہ کیا جائے تو صحیح ترجمہ ہو جائے گا اور یوں بنے گا کہ ملک میں باکل یا ہرگز فسادنہ کیا کرو۔
7:86; 11:86.
7:86; 11:86.
Commentary:
As at several places in the Quran (chapters 7th & 11th), in the present Surah also the five Prophets, Noah, Hud, Salih, Lot and Shu‘aib have been mentioned together and identical words have been put in their mouths, viz. (1) "I am unto you a Messenger faithful to my trust"; (2) "fear Allah and obey me; " and (3) "I ask you no reward for it." These three strikingly similar statements lead to three very important conclusions, namely, (1) that every Prophet is the first believer in the truth of his mission; (2) that having become himself first convinced of his truth he proceeds to convey his message to his people; and (3) that his services to his people are quite sincere and selfless and are born of no motive of self-interest and self-seeking. Similarly, like chapters 7th and 11th a detailed reference has been made in the present Surah to these five Prophets in the same order. In addition to the two fundamental teachings of all religions, viz. Unity of God and obedience to the Prophet of the time, great emphasis has been laid in the case of each Prophet on the vice from which his people particularly suffered. Noah’s people seemed to have been divided into water-tight compartments and the socially well-to-do among them suffered from an exaggerated notion of false superiority. They would not mix with the poorer sections of the society and the main cause of their rejection of Noah was that persons of poor social status and low intellect had accepted him. The Adites or the tribe of Hud took great pride in their military exploits, architectural achievements and in their factories and chemical works. The people of Salih gloried in their power, prestige and wealth. Lot’s people shamelessly indulged in most unnatural and depraved sexual vice, while those of Shu‘aib were dishonest in their commercial dealings. Each one of these vices has been separately dealt with in the account of the Prophet whose people particularly suffered from it. This is the way of Divine Prophets that, besides stressing the basic principles of religion, they lay special emphasis on the particular vice from which their people are found to suffer. In our own time, in view of mad hankering after material wealth and physical comforts which has held all the nations of the world in its firm grip and in view of callous indifference towards spiritual matters, Ahmad, the Promised Messiah, used to take from every new convert a pledge to the effect that he would prefer religion to material interests.
b
7:86; 11:86.
1
عربی زبان کا قاعدہ ہے کہ جب کسی فعل کے بعد اس کے مطابق معنی حال کو لایا جائے تو اس کے معنے زور دینے کے ہوتے ہیں اور اردو میں اس کا ترجمہ ’’ہرگز‘‘ یا ’’بالکل‘‘ سے کیا جائے گا۔ کیونکہ لفظی ترجمہ بے معنے ہو جاتا ہے۔ چنانچہ اس آیت کا لفظی ترجمہ یہ ہوگا کہ زمین میں فساد کرتے ہوئے سخت فسادنہ کیا کرو۔ اور ظاہر ہے کہ یہ معنے درست نہیں لیکن جب ’’ہرگز اور بالکل‘‘ سے اس کا ترجمہ کیا جائے تو صحیح ترجمہ ہو جائے گا اور یوں بنے گا کہ ملک میں باکل یا ہرگز فسادنہ کیا کرو۔
d
7:86; 11:86.
2791
Commentary:
As at several places in the Quran (chapters 7th & 11th), in the present Surah also the five Prophets, Noah, Hud, Salih, Lot and Shu‘aib have been mentioned together and identical words have been put in their mouths, viz. (1) "I am unto you a Messenger faithful to my trust"; (2) "fear Allah and obey me; " and (3) "I ask you no reward for it." These three strikingly similar statements lead to three very important conclusions, namely, (1) that every Prophet is the first believer in the truth of his mission; (2) that having become himself first convinced of his truth he proceeds to convey his message to his people; and (3) that his services to his people are quite sincere and selfless and are born of no motive of self-interest and self-seeking. Similarly, like chapters 7th and 11th a detailed reference has been made in the present Surah to these five Prophets in the same order. In addition to the two fundamental teachings of all religions, viz. Unity of God and obedience to the Prophet of the time, great emphasis has been laid in the case of each Prophet on the vice from which his people particularly suffered. Noah’s people seemed to have been divided into water-tight compartments and the socially well-to-do among them suffered from an exaggerated notion of false superiority. They would not mix with the poorer sections of the society and the main cause of their rejection of Noah was that persons of poor social status and low intellect had accepted him. The Adites or the tribe of Hud took great pride in their military exploits, architectural achievements and in their factories and chemical works. The people of Salih gloried in their power, prestige and wealth. Lot’s people shamelessly indulged in most unnatural and depraved sexual vice, while those of Shu‘aib were dishonest in their commercial dealings. Each one of these vices has been separately dealt with in the account of the Prophet whose people particularly suffered from it. This is the way of Divine Prophets that, besides stressing the basic principles of religion, they lay special emphasis on the particular vice from which their people are found to suffer. In our own time, in view of mad hankering after material wealth and physical comforts which has held all the nations of the world in its firm grip and in view of callous indifference towards spiritual matters, Ahmad, the Promised Messiah, used to take from every new convert a pledge to the effect that he would prefer religion to material interests.
c
7:86; 11:86.
وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَكُمْ وَٱلْجِبِلَّةَ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ
Important Words:
جبلة (peoples) is derived from جبل. They say جبله i.e. He (God) created him. جبله علی کذا means, He (God) created him with an adaptation or a disposition to such a thing. The Holy Prophet is reported to have said جبلت القلوب علی حب من أحسن الیھا i.e. hearts have been created with a disposition to the love of him who does good to them (Hilya Abu Nu‘aim). جبله علی الامر means, he compelled him against his will to do the thing. جبلة means nature or temper; innate or natural disposition; idiosyncrasy; numerous company of men; a nation or people (Lane).
2792
Important Words:
جبلة (peoples) is derived from جبل. They say جبله i.e. He (God) created him. جبله علی کذا means, He (God) created him with an adaptation or a disposition to such a thing. The Holy Prophet is reported to have said جبلت القلوب علی حب من أحسن الیھا i.e. hearts have been created with a disposition to the love of him who does good to them (Hilya Abu Nu‘aim). جبله علی الامر means, he compelled him against his will to do the thing. جبلة means nature or temper; innate or natural disposition; idiosyncrasy; numerous company of men; a nation or people (Lane).
قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّمَآ أَنتَ مِنَ ٱلْمُسَحَّرِينَ
یعنی حضرت شعیب علیہ السلام پر بھی اور حضرت موسیٰ علیہ السلام پر بھی جیسا کہ دوسری آیتوں سے ثابت ہے اور اسی طرح کئی دوسرے انبیاء پر وہی الزام لگایا گیا جو حضرت مرزا صاحب کے دشمنوں نے آپ پر لگایا تھا کہ آپ کو انگریز روپیہ دے کر کام کرواتے تھے ورنہ دل سے وہ اپنے عقائد کے قائل نہ تھے۔ حضرت شعیب علیہ السلام کو ان کے دشمنوں نے یہی کہا ہے کہ تجھ کو کوئی شخص یا جماعت روپیہ دے دے کر ان باتوں پر اکسا رہی ہے ورنہ تو دل سے ان باتوں کو نہیں مانتا۔
2
یعنی حضرت شعیب علیہ السلام پر بھی اور حضرت موسیٰ علیہ السلام پر بھی جیسا کہ دوسری آیتوں سے ثابت ہے اور اسی طرح کئی دوسرے انبیاء پر وہی الزام لگایا گیا جو حضرت مرزا صاحب کے دشمنوں نے آپ پر لگایا تھا کہ آپ کو انگریز روپیہ دے کر کام کرواتے تھے ورنہ دل سے وہ اپنے عقائد کے قائل نہ تھے۔ حضرت شعیب علیہ السلام کو ان کے دشمنوں نے یہی کہا ہے کہ تجھ کو کوئی شخص یا جماعت روپیہ دے دے کر ان باتوں پر اکسا رہی ہے ورنہ تو دل سے ان باتوں کو نہیں مانتا۔
وَمَآ أَنتَ إِلَّا بَشَرٌ مِّثْلُنَا وَإِن نَّظُنُّكَ لَمِنَ ٱلْكَٰذِبِينَ
فَأَسْقِطْ عَلَيْنَا كِسَفًا مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلصَّٰدِقِينَ
سَمَآءٌ کے معنے عربی زبان میں بادل کے بھی ہیں اور آسمان کے بھی۔ آج کل ہندو پاکستان میں اس قسم کے عذاب کثرت سے آرہے ہیں اور بارشیں ہیں کہ تھمتی ہی نہیں۔
3
سَمَآءٌ کے معنے عربی زبان میں بادل کے بھی ہیں اور آسمان کے بھی۔ آج کل ہندو پاکستان میں اس قسم کے عذاب کثرت سے آرہے ہیں اور بارشیں ہیں کہ تھمتی ہی نہیں۔
قَالَ رَبِّىٓ أَعْلَمُ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ
To the insolent challenge of his people to bring down punishment upon them, (Kisaf meaning, Divine punishment), Shu‘aib replied that his knowledge being imperfect it was not for him to decide if and when the punishment should and would overtake them and that it was God, their Lord and Creator, Who being fully acquainted with the nature of their deeds, knew whether or not they had rendered themselves deserving of the punishment they demanded.
Commentary:
Prophets of God are great lovers of mankind. Their hearts are full of the milk of human kindness. The people of Shu‘aib challenged him to bring down Divine punishment on them if indeed he was a true Messenger of God. To this insolent challenge Shu‘aib replied that his knowledge being imperfect it was not for him to decide if and when the punishment should and would overtake them and that it was God, their Lord and Creator, Who being fully acquainted with the nature of their deeds knew whether or not they had rendered themselves deserving of the punishment they demanded. In fact, God has reserved to Himself the right when and whom to punish and whom to spare. If it had been left to the Prophets to decide who was deserving of punishment, many prospective believers would have died as disbelievers.
2793
Commentary:
Prophets of God are great lovers of mankind. Their hearts are full of the milk of human kindness. The people of Shu‘aib challenged him to bring down Divine punishment on them if indeed he was a true Messenger of God. To this insolent challenge Shu‘aib replied that his knowledge being imperfect it was not for him to decide if and when the punishment should and would overtake them and that it was God, their Lord and Creator, Who being fully acquainted with the nature of their deeds knew whether or not they had rendered themselves deserving of the punishment they demanded. In fact, God has reserved to Himself the right when and whom to punish and whom to spare. If it had been left to the Prophets to decide who was deserving of punishment, many prospective believers would have died as disbelievers.
2131
To the insolent challenge of his people to bring down punishment upon them, (Kisaf meaning, Divine punishment), Shu‘aib replied that his knowledge being imperfect it was not for him to decide if and when the punishment should and would overtake them and that it was God, their Lord and Creator, Who being fully acquainted with the nature of their deeds, knew whether or not they had rendered themselves deserving of the punishment they demanded.
فَكَذَّبُوهُ فَأَخَذَهُمْ عَذَابُ يَوْمِ ٱلظُّلَّةِ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ عَذَابَ يَوْمٍ عَظِيمٍ
7:92; 11:95; 29:38.
7:92; 11:95; 29:38.
7:92; 11:95; 29:38.
c
7:92; 11:95; 29:38.
a
7:92; 11:95; 29:38.
a
7:92; 11:95; 29:38.
إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَءَايَةً ۖ وَمَا كَانَ أَكْثَرُهُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ
وَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ
Commentary:
The verse signifies that God is Mighty, i.e. He has the power to give victory to the poor and resourceless believers, and He is Merciful, i.e. He shows mercy to a sinner when he sincerely turns to Him for forgiveness. In this verse the Meccans have been warned that the cause of the Holy Prophet was sure to triumph and that they will get a severe punishment like that of the rejecters of the Prophets of yore but if they repented, God will forgive them and show mercy to them.
2794
Commentary:
The verse signifies that God is Mighty, i.e. He has the power to give victory to the poor and resourceless believers, and He is Merciful, i.e. He shows mercy to a sinner when he sincerely turns to Him for forgiveness. In this verse the Meccans have been warned that the cause of the Holy Prophet was sure to triumph and that they will get a severe punishment like that of the rejecters of the Prophets of yore but if they repented, God will forgive them and show mercy to them.
وَإِنَّهُۥ لَتَنزِيلُ رَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
20:5; 56:81.
20:5; 56:81.
The verse purports to say that the revelation of the Qur’an is no new phenomenon. Like the Messages of the Prophets mentioned above the Quranic Message has also been revealed by God, but with this difference that whereas the former Prophets were sent to their respective peoples, the Qur’an has been revealed for all the nations of the world, because it is a revelation from the Lord of all the worlds.
20:5; 56:81.
Commentary:
The verse continues the theme of the preceding verses. It purports to say that the revelation of the Quran is no new phenomenon. As the messages of the Prophets mentioned above were revealed by God, so has this last message for all mankind also been revealed by Him, but with this difference that whereas the former Prophets were sent to their respective peoples, the Quran has been sent for all the nations of the world, because "it is a revelation from the Lord of all the worlds."
d
20:5; 56:81.
a
20:5; 56:81.
2795
Commentary:
The verse continues the theme of the preceding verses. It purports to say that the revelation of the Quran is no new phenomenon. As the messages of the Prophets mentioned above were revealed by God, so has this last message for all mankind also been revealed by Him, but with this difference that whereas the former Prophets were sent to their respective peoples, the Quran has been sent for all the nations of the world, because "it is a revelation from the Lord of all the worlds."
a
20:5; 56:81.
2132
The verse purports to say that the revelation of the Qur’an is no new phenomenon. Like the Messages of the Prophets mentioned above the Quranic Message has also been revealed by God, but with this difference that whereas the former Prophets were sent to their respective peoples, the Qur’an has been revealed for all the nations of the world, because it is a revelation from the Lord of all the worlds.
نَزَلَ بِهِ ٱلرُّوحُ ٱلْأَمِينُ
2:98; 16:103.
这节经文中, 传达 «古兰经» 启示的天使称为 رُوْحُ الْاَمِيْن (Ruhul-Amin), 即可靠的传达启示的天使。在其他经文中, 他又名 رُوْحُ الْقُدُسْ (Ruhul-Qudus, 16:103), 即神圣的天使。后一称号在 «古兰经» 中用来指出永恒而完全没有任何错误或缺点; 而使用前一称号 Ruhul-Amin意示它一定会继续享受安拉的保护, 不受一切想窜改它的经文的企图的影响。这一称号专用于启示 «古兰经» 方面, 因为安拉许约的永恒保护, 是不给其他启示的经典的; 这些经典的经文在时间的进程中会受到干扰和窜改。奇怪的是, 穆圣本人在麦加称为 اَلْاَمِيْن (Al-Amin, 可靠的传达启示者)。安拉命令一位 اَمِيْن (Amin) 传达启示给一位 اَمِيْن (Amin) 的 «古兰经» 所给予它的可靠性及其明证是多么伟大啊!
عَلٰی قَلْبِكَ (‘ala qalbika) “在你的心中” 这几个字, 加在这里是指出 «古兰经» 中启示的经文并不是穆圣用自己的话表达出受到灵感的思想, 而是安拉自己真正的话, 它通过天使吉布里尔的媒介, 降在穆圣的心中。
2:98; 16:103.
In this verse the angel who brought the Quranic revelation has been called Ruhul-Amin, i.e. the Spirit faithful to the trust. Elsewhere, he is called Ruhul-Qudus (16:103), i.e. the Spirit of holiness. The latter epithet has been used to point to the eternal and complete freedom from every error or blemish in the Qur’an and the use of the former epithet (Ruhul-Amin) implies that it shall continue to enjoy Divine protection against all attempts to tamper with its text. This epithet has been used exclusively with regard to the revelation of the Qur’an because the promise of everlasting Divine protection was held out to no other Divine Scripture; and their texts, in course of time, came to be interfered and tampered with. Strangely enough, the Holy Prophet himself was known as Al-Amin (the Trusty) at Mecca. What a great Divine tribute to, and evidence of the trustworthiness of the Qur’an that its revelation was brought by an Amin to an Amin!
2:98; 16:103.
Commentary:
In this verse the angel who brought the revelation from God to the Holy Prophet has been called الروح الامین i.e. the Spirit faithful to the trust. Elsewhere he is called روح القدس (16:103), i.e. the Spirit of Holiness. Both are the attributive names of the Archangel Gabriel who was the medium through whom Divine revelation came to the Holy Prophet. The epithet روح القدس has been used to point to the eternal and complete freedom from every error or blemish in the Quran and the use of the epithet الروح الامین implies that it shall continue to enjoy Divine protection against all attempts to tamper with its text. This latter epithet has been used exclusively with regard to the revelation of the Quran because the promise of everlasting Divine protection was held out to no other Divine Scripture and their texts, in course of time came to be interfered and tampered with. Strangely enough, the Holy Prophet himself was known as الامین (the trustworthy) at Mecca. What a great Divine tribute to, and evidence of, the trustworthiness of the Quran that its revelation was brought by an Amin to an Amin!
a
2:98; 16:103.
930
这节经文中, 传达 «古兰经» 启示的天使称为 رُوْحُ الْاَمِيْن (Ruhul-Amin), 即可靠的传达启示的天使。在其他经文中, 他又名 رُوْحُ الْقُدُسْ (Ruhul-Qudus, 16:103), 即神圣的天使。后一称号在 «古兰经» 中用来指出永恒而完全没有任何错误或缺点; 而使用前一称号 Ruhul-Amin意示它一定会继续享受安拉的保护, 不受一切想窜改它的经文的企图的影响。这一称号专用于启示 «古兰经» 方面, 因为安拉许约的永恒保护, 是不给其他启示的经典的; 这些经典的经文在时间的进程中会受到干扰和窜改。奇怪的是, 穆圣本人在麦加称为 اَلْاَمِيْن (Al-Amin, 可靠的传达启示者)。安拉命令一位 اَمِيْن (Amin) 传达启示给一位 اَمِيْن (Amin) 的 «古兰经» 所给予它的可靠性及其明证是多么伟大啊!
931
عَلٰی قَلْبِكَ (‘ala qalbika) “在你的心中” 这几个字, 加在这里是指出 «古兰经» 中启示的经文并不是穆圣用自己的话表达出受到灵感的思想, 而是安拉自己真正的话, 它通过天使吉布里尔的媒介, 降在穆圣的心中。
b
2:98; 16:103.
2796
Commentary:
In this verse the angel who brought the revelation from God to the Holy Prophet has been called الروح الامین i.e. the Spirit faithful to the trust. Elsewhere he is called روح القدس (16:103), i.e. the Spirit of Holiness. Both are the attributive names of the Archangel Gabriel who was the medium through whom Divine revelation came to the Holy Prophet. The epithet روح القدس has been used to point to the eternal and complete freedom from every error or blemish in the Quran and the use of the epithet الروح الامین implies that it shall continue to enjoy Divine protection against all attempts to tamper with its text. This latter epithet has been used exclusively with regard to the revelation of the Quran because the promise of everlasting Divine protection was held out to no other Divine Scripture and their texts, in course of time came to be interfered and tampered with. Strangely enough, the Holy Prophet himself was known as الامین (the trustworthy) at Mecca. What a great Divine tribute to, and evidence of, the trustworthiness of the Quran that its revelation was brought by an Amin to an Amin!
b
2:98; 16:103.
2133
In this verse the angel who brought the Quranic revelation has been called Ruhul-Amin, i.e. the Spirit faithful to the trust. Elsewhere, he is called Ruhul-Qudus (16:103), i.e. the Spirit of holiness. The latter epithet has been used to point to the eternal and complete freedom from every error or blemish in the Qur’an and the use of the former epithet (Ruhul-Amin) implies that it shall continue to enjoy Divine protection against all attempts to tamper with its text. This epithet has been used exclusively with regard to the revelation of the Qur’an because the promise of everlasting Divine protection was held out to no other Divine Scripture; and their texts, in course of time, came to be interfered and tampered with. Strangely enough, the Holy Prophet himself was known as Al-Amin (the Trusty) at Mecca. What a great Divine tribute to, and evidence of the trustworthiness of the Qur’an that its revelation was brought by an Amin to an Amin!
عَلَىٰ قَلْبِكَ لِتَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُنذِرِينَ
2:98; 16:103.
这节经文中, 传达 «古兰经» 启示的天使称为 رُوْحُ الْاَمِيْن (Ruhul-Amin), 即可靠的传达启示的天使。在其他经文中, 他又名 رُوْحُ الْقُدُسْ (Ruhul-Qudus, 16:103), 即神圣的天使。后一称号在 «古兰经» 中用来指出永恒而完全没有任何错误或缺点; 而使用前一称号 Ruhul-Amin意示它一定会继续享受安拉的保护, 不受一切想窜改它的经文的企图的影响。这一称号专用于启示 «古兰经» 方面, 因为安拉许约的永恒保护, 是不给其他启示的经典的; 这些经典的经文在时间的进程中会受到干扰和窜改。奇怪的是, 穆圣本人在麦加称为 اَلْاَمِيْن (Al-Amin, 可靠的传达启示者)。安拉命令一位 اَمِيْن (Amin) 传达启示给一位 اَمِيْن (Amin) 的 «古兰经» 所给予它的可靠性及其明证是多么伟大啊!
عَلٰی قَلْبِكَ (‘ala qalbika) “在你的心中” 这几个字, 加在这里是指出 «古兰经» 中启示的经文并不是穆圣用自己的话表达出受到灵感的思想, 而是安拉自己真正的话, 它通过天使吉布里尔的媒介, 降在穆圣的心中。
The words 'on thy heart' have been added to indicate that the Quranic revelations were not merely inspired ideas which the Holy Prophet expressed in his own words but were the actual words of God Himself which descended upon the Prophet’s heart through the medium of Gabriel.
Commentary:
The words 'on thy heart' have been added to indicate that the Quranic revelations were not merely inspired ideas which the Holy Prophet expressed in his own words but were the actual words of God Himself which descended upon the Prophet’s heart through the medium of Gabriel. The verse also implies reference to a famous prophecy of Moses (Deut. 18:18) in which it is stated that God would put His words in the mouth of the Prophet whom He would raise from among the brethren of the Israelites. Of all revealed scriptures, the Quran stands unique in this respect that from beginning to end it is the spoken Word of God (کلام اللّٰه).
The allusion in the words "on thy heart" may also be to the purity of the Holy Prophet’s heart and his perfect aptitude for receiving Divine revelation to which a beautiful reference has also been made in 24:36.
It may be noted in passing that Divine revelation descends, besides the heart, on the tongue and the ears. In 75:17 we have the words, "move not thy tongue with this revelation that thou mayest hasten to preserve it," which shows that revelation descends on the tongue also. The Holy Prophet is reported to have said: "Sometimes the angel takes the form of a man and talks to me and I remember what he says" (Bukhari). This hadith shows that revelation descends on the ears also. But the revelation which descends upon the tongue or the ear descends at the same time on the heart as well.
a
2:98; 16:103.
930
这节经文中, 传达 «古兰经» 启示的天使称为 رُوْحُ الْاَمِيْن (Ruhul-Amin), 即可靠的传达启示的天使。在其他经文中, 他又名 رُوْحُ الْقُدُسْ (Ruhul-Qudus, 16:103), 即神圣的天使。后一称号在 «古兰经» 中用来指出永恒而完全没有任何错误或缺点; 而使用前一称号 Ruhul-Amin意示它一定会继续享受安拉的保护, 不受一切想窜改它的经文的企图的影响。这一称号专用于启示 «古兰经» 方面, 因为安拉许约的永恒保护, 是不给其他启示的经典的; 这些经典的经文在时间的进程中会受到干扰和窜改。奇怪的是, 穆圣本人在麦加称为 اَلْاَمِيْن (Al-Amin, 可靠的传达启示者)。安拉命令一位 اَمِيْن (Amin) 传达启示给一位 اَمِيْن (Amin) 的 «古兰经» 所给予它的可靠性及其明证是多么伟大啊!
931
عَلٰی قَلْبِكَ (‘ala qalbika) “在你的心中” 这几个字, 加在这里是指出 «古兰经» 中启示的经文并不是穆圣用自己的话表达出受到灵感的思想, 而是安拉自己真正的话, 它通过天使吉布里尔的媒介, 降在穆圣的心中。
2797
Commentary:
The words 'on thy heart' have been added to indicate that the Quranic revelations were not merely inspired ideas which the Holy Prophet expressed in his own words but were the actual words of God Himself which descended upon the Prophet’s heart through the medium of Gabriel. The verse also implies reference to a famous prophecy of Moses (Deut. 18:18) in which it is stated that God would put His words in the mouth of the Prophet whom He would raise from among the brethren of the Israelites. Of all revealed scriptures, the Quran stands unique in this respect that from beginning to end it is the spoken Word of God (کلام اللّٰه).
The allusion in the words "on thy heart" may also be to the purity of the Holy Prophet’s heart and his perfect aptitude for receiving Divine revelation to which a beautiful reference has also been made in 24:36.
It may be noted in passing that Divine revelation descends, besides the heart, on the tongue and the ears. In 75:17 we have the words, "move not thy tongue with this revelation that thou mayest hasten to preserve it," which shows that revelation descends on the tongue also. The Holy Prophet is reported to have said: "Sometimes the angel takes the form of a man and talks to me and I remember what he says" (Bukhari). This hadith shows that revelation descends on the ears also. But the revelation which descends upon the tongue or the ear descends at the same time on the heart as well.
2134
The words 'on thy heart' have been added to indicate that the Quranic revelations were not merely inspired ideas which the Holy Prophet expressed in his own words but were the actual words of God Himself which descended upon the Prophet’s heart through the medium of Gabriel.
بِلِسَانٍ عَرَبِىٍّ مُّبِينٍ
16:104; 41:45; 46:13.
16:104; 41:45; 46:13.
16:104; 41:45; 46:13.
Commentary:
The word عرب from which عربی is a relative noun conveys the sense of fulness, abundance and clearness and the Arabic language is so called because its roots are innumerable full of meaning and because also it is most expressive, eloquent and comprehensive. It possesses suitable words and phrases for the full expression of all sorts of ideas and shades of meaning and being complete in respect of its roots it can discuss any topic with a precision and thoroughness unmatched in any other language. It was therefore natural and quite in the fitness of things that the Arabic language should have been selected as the vehicle for the revelation of the last and most perfect Divine Message for all mankind.
The word مبین also points to the Quran being complete in itself. It needs the help of no external evidence to demonstrate the truth of its claims but contains adequate internal proofs to establish and substantiate them. The word also contains a beautiful hint to the effect that all that is essential for the attainment of nearness to God and relates to the laws of the Shari‘ah, to ethics and matters of belief, in short to all that is necessary to make a perfect code of laws has been made quite clear and manifest in the Quran.
b
16:104; 41:45; 46:13.
a
16:104; 41:45; 46:13.
2798
Commentary:
The word عرب from which عربی is a relative noun conveys the sense of fulness, abundance and clearness and the Arabic language is so called because its roots are innumerable full of meaning and because also it is most expressive, eloquent and comprehensive. It possesses suitable words and phrases for the full expression of all sorts of ideas and shades of meaning and being complete in respect of its roots it can discuss any topic with a precision and thoroughness unmatched in any other language. It was therefore natural and quite in the fitness of things that the Arabic language should have been selected as the vehicle for the revelation of the last and most perfect Divine Message for all mankind.
The word مبین also points to the Quran being complete in itself. It needs the help of no external evidence to demonstrate the truth of its claims but contains adequate internal proofs to establish and substantiate them. The word also contains a beautiful hint to the effect that all that is essential for the attainment of nearness to God and relates to the laws of the Shari‘ah, to ethics and matters of belief, in short to all that is necessary to make a perfect code of laws has been made quite clear and manifest in the Quran.
c
16:104; 41:45; 46:13.
وَإِنَّهُۥ لَفِى زُبُرِ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ
穆圣的降临以及 «古兰经» 的启示, 在先期经典中都曾预言过。几乎在所有宗教的经典中都可以见到这方面的预言, 而大家知道的 «古兰经» 是在 «古兰经» 以前最受广泛阅读的经典, 也是 «古兰经» 的先驱。它在早期的纯真性可以配得上 «古兰经» 而称为安拉的经典。«圣经» 中有大量的这方面的预言。见 «申命记» 18:18; 和 33:2; «撒母耳记上», 21:13-17; «雅歌», 1:5-6; «哈巴谷书» 3:3-5 «马太» 21:42-45和 «约翰», 16:12-14。
The advent of the Holy Prophet and the revelation of the Qur’an both have been foretold in the previous Divine Scriptures. Prophecies to this effect are to be found in the religious Scriptures of almost every Faith but the Bible, being the best known and most widely read of all revealed Books before the Qur’an and also being its forerunner and in its pristine purity being its counterpart as a Book of Divine laws, contains the largest number of such prophecies. See Deut. 18: 18 & 33: 2; Isaiah 21: 13-17; Song of Solomon 1: 5, 6; Habakkuk 3: 3-5; Matt. 21: 42-45 & John 16: 12-14.
Commentary:
The advent of the Holy Prophet and the revelation of the Quran both have been foretold in the previous Divine Scriptures. Prophecies to this effect are to be found in the religious scriptures of almost every faith but the Bible, being the best known and most widely read of all revealed Books before the Quran and also being its forerunner and in its pristine purity being its counterpart as a Book of Divine laws, contains the largest number of such prophecies. Here are some of those prophecies:
(1) I will raise them up a Prophet from among their brethren; like unto thee, and will put my words in his mouth, and he shall speak unto them all that I shall command him. And it shall come to pass that whosoever will not hearken unto my words which he shall speak in my name, I will require it of him (Deut. 18:18-19).
(2) And he said, the Lord came from Sinai, and rose up from Seir unto them; he shined forth from mount Paran and he came with ten thousands of saints; from his right hand went a fiery law for them (Deut. 33:2).
The reference in the above prophecy is to the conquest of Mecca when the Holy Prophet marched into that town at the head of an army of exactly ten thousand Companions, holding the Quran in his right hand.
(3) And many among them shall stumble, and fall, and be broken, and be snared, and be taken. Bind up the testimony, seal the law among my disciples. And I will wait upon the Lord, that hideth his face from the house of Jacob, and I will look for him (Isaiah 8: 15-17).
(4) The burden upon Arabia. In the forest in Arabia shall ye lodge; O ye travelling companies of Dedanim. The inhabitants of the land of Tema brought water to him that was thirsty, they did meet with their bread him that fled. For they fled from the swords, from the drawn swords, and from the bent bow, and from the grievousness of war. For thus hath the Lord said unto me. Within a year. According to the years of an hireling, and all the glory of Kedar shall fail: And the residue of the number of archers, the mighty men of the children of Kedar, shall be diminished: for the Lord God of Israel hath spoken it (Isaiah 21: 13-17).
The reference in the above prophecy is evidently to Arabia and to the Battle of Badr when the sons of Kedar, the Quraish, suffered an ignominious defeat at the hands of Muslims and many of their great fighters and archers were killed.
(5) And thou shalt be called by a new name which the mouth of the Lord shall name (Isaiah 62: 2).
The prophecy foretells of a new people bearing a new name which will be given to them by God Himself. There is only one people in the world who have a name given to them by God and they are the Muslims. It is to the fulfilment of this prophecy that the Quranic verse clearly refers, viz. "He named you Muslims before and in this Book" (22:79).
(6) I am black, but comely, O ye daughters of Jerusalem, as the tents of Kedar, as the curtains of Solomon. Look not upon me, because I am swarthy, because the sun hath scorched me. (Song of Solomon 1: 5-6.)
How aptly this description applies to the Holy Prophet and the Arabs!
(7) God came from Teman, and the Holy One from mount Paran, Selah. His glory covered the heavens and the earth was full of his praise…He stood, and measured the earth: He beheld and drove asunder the nations; and the everlasting mountains were scattered, the perpetual hills did bow: his ways are everlasting. I saw the tents of Cushan in affliction; and the curtains of the land of Midian did tremble (Habakkuk 3: 3-7).
In this prophecy mention has been made not only of the Holy Prophet but also of the country in which he was to make his appearance and of the great success that was to attend his mission and the military exploits of his Successors. The holy one whose praise filled the earth and who appeared from Paran was none else than Muhammad, the praised one. From his right hand went the fiery Law—the Quran. He measured the earth and drove asunder the nations and before his irresistible armies the mighty and long established empires were scattered like chaff before the wind and his Shari‘ah is to last forever.
(8) Jesus saith unto them, did ye never read in the scriptures? The stone which the builders rejected, the same is become the head of the corner: this is the Lord’s dong, and it is marvellous in our eyes? Therefore say I unto you, The Kingdom of God shall be taken from you, and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits thereof. And whosoever shall fall on this stone shall be broken: but on whomsoever it shall fall, it will grind him to powder (Matt. 21:42-45).
After Jesus, the spiritual kingdom was forever taken away from the House of Israel and given to another nation—the Ishmaelites who have brought forth the right fruits thereof. The Holy Prophet was the stone which the builders rejected and which became the head of the corner. The application to him of this prophecy cannot be disputed or doubted.
(9) I have yet many things to say unto you, but ye cannot hear them now. Howbeit when he, the Spirit of truth, is come, he will guide you into all truth: for he shall not speak of himself; but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak: and he will shew you things to come. He shall glorify me: for he shall receive of mine, and shall shew it unto you (John 16: 12-14).
This prophecy too applies to the Holy Prophet of Islam. He was the Comforter and the Spirit of truth. He guided mankind to all truth because he brought the most complete and perfect Law. He glorified Jesus and all other Prophets of God (4:158-160). He did not speak of himself, but whatsoever he heard that did he speak. About him the Quran says: "Nor does he speak out of desire, it is naught but revelation that is revealed" (53:4-5).
932
穆圣的降临以及 «古兰经» 的启示, 在先期经典中都曾预言过。几乎在所有宗教的经典中都可以见到这方面的预言, 而大家知道的 «古兰经» 是在 «古兰经» 以前最受广泛阅读的经典, 也是 «古兰经» 的先驱。它在早期的纯真性可以配得上 «古兰经» 而称为安拉的经典。«圣经» 中有大量的这方面的预言。见 «申命记» 18:18; 和 33:2; «撒母耳记上», 21:13-17; «雅歌», 1:5-6; «哈巴谷书» 3:3-5 «马太» 21:42-45和 «约翰», 16:12-14。
2799
Commentary:
The advent of the Holy Prophet and the revelation of the Quran both have been foretold in the previous Divine Scriptures. Prophecies to this effect are to be found in the religious scriptures of almost every faith but the Bible, being the best known and most widely read of all revealed Books before the Quran and also being its forerunner and in its pristine purity being its counterpart as a Book of Divine laws, contains the largest number of such prophecies. Here are some of those prophecies:
(1) I will raise them up a Prophet from among their brethren; like unto thee, and will put my words in his mouth, and he shall speak unto them all that I shall command him. And it shall come to pass that whosoever will not hearken unto my words which he shall speak in my name, I will require it of him (Deut. 18:18-19).
(2) And he said, the Lord came from Sinai, and rose up from Seir unto them; he shined forth from mount Paran and he came with ten thousands of saints; from his right hand went a fiery law for them (Deut. 33:2).
The reference in the above prophecy is to the conquest of Mecca when the Holy Prophet marched into that town at the head of an army of exactly ten thousand Companions, holding the Quran in his right hand.
(3) And many among them shall stumble, and fall, and be broken, and be snared, and be taken. Bind up the testimony, seal the law among my disciples. And I will wait upon the Lord, that hideth his face from the house of Jacob, and I will look for him (Isaiah 8: 15-17).
(4) The burden upon Arabia. In the forest in Arabia shall ye lodge; O ye travelling companies of Dedanim. The inhabitants of the land of Tema brought water to him that was thirsty, they did meet with their bread him that fled. For they fled from the swords, from the drawn swords, and from the bent bow, and from the grievousness of war. For thus hath the Lord said unto me. Within a year. According to the years of an hireling, and all the glory of Kedar shall fail: And the residue of the number of archers, the mighty men of the children of Kedar, shall be diminished: for the Lord God of Israel hath spoken it (Isaiah 21: 13-17).
The reference in the above prophecy is evidently to Arabia and to the Battle of Badr when the sons of Kedar, the Quraish, suffered an ignominious defeat at the hands of Muslims and many of their great fighters and archers were killed.
(5) And thou shalt be called by a new name which the mouth of the Lord shall name (Isaiah 62: 2).
The prophecy foretells of a new people bearing a new name which will be given to them by God Himself. There is only one people in the world who have a name given to them by God and they are the Muslims. It is to the fulfilment of this prophecy that the Quranic verse clearly refers, viz. "He named you Muslims before and in this Book" (22:79).
(6) I am black, but comely, O ye daughters of Jerusalem, as the tents of Kedar, as the curtains of Solomon. Look not upon me, because I am swarthy, because the sun hath scorched me. (Song of Solomon 1: 5-6.)
How aptly this description applies to the Holy Prophet and the Arabs!
(7) God came from Teman, and the Holy One from mount Paran, Selah. His glory covered the heavens and the earth was full of his praise…He stood, and measured the earth: He beheld and drove asunder the nations; and the everlasting mountains were scattered, the perpetual hills did bow: his ways are everlasting. I saw the tents of Cushan in affliction; and the curtains of the land of Midian did tremble (Habakkuk 3: 3-7).
In this prophecy mention has been made not only of the Holy Prophet but also of the country in which he was to make his appearance and of the great success that was to attend his mission and the military exploits of his Successors. The holy one whose praise filled the earth and who appeared from Paran was none else than Muhammad, the praised one. From his right hand went the fiery Law—the Quran. He measured the earth and drove asunder the nations and before his irresistible armies the mighty and long established empires were scattered like chaff before the wind and his Shari‘ah is to last forever.
(8) Jesus saith unto them, did ye never read in the scriptures? The stone which the builders rejected, the same is become the head of the corner: this is the Lord’s dong, and it is marvellous in our eyes? Therefore say I unto you, The Kingdom of God shall be taken from you, and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits thereof. And whosoever shall fall on this stone shall be broken: but on whomsoever it shall fall, it will grind him to powder (Matt. 21:42-45).
After Jesus, the spiritual kingdom was forever taken away from the House of Israel and given to another nation—the Ishmaelites who have brought forth the right fruits thereof. The Holy Prophet was the stone which the builders rejected and which became the head of the corner. The application to him of this prophecy cannot be disputed or doubted.
(9) I have yet many things to say unto you, but ye cannot hear them now. Howbeit when he, the Spirit of truth, is come, he will guide you into all truth: for he shall not speak of himself; but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak: and he will shew you things to come. He shall glorify me: for he shall receive of mine, and shall shew it unto you (John 16: 12-14).
This prophecy too applies to the Holy Prophet of Islam. He was the Comforter and the Spirit of truth. He guided mankind to all truth because he brought the most complete and perfect Law. He glorified Jesus and all other Prophets of God (4:158-160). He did not speak of himself, but whatsoever he heard that did he speak. About him the Quran says: "Nor does he speak out of desire, it is naught but revelation that is revealed" (53:4-5).
2135
The advent of the Holy Prophet and the revelation of the Qur’an both have been foretold in the previous Divine Scriptures. Prophecies to this effect are to be found in the religious Scriptures of almost every Faith but the Bible, being the best known and most widely read of all revealed Books before the Qur’an and also being its forerunner and in its pristine purity being its counterpart as a Book of Divine laws, contains the largest number of such prophecies. See Deut. 18: 18 & 33: 2; Isaiah 21: 13-17; Song of Solomon 1: 5, 6; Habakkuk 3: 3-5; Matt. 21: 42-45 & John 16: 12-14.
أَوَلَمْ يَكُن لَّهُمْ ءَايَةً أَن يَعْلَمَهُۥ عُلَمَٰٓؤُا۟ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ
یعنی سمجھتے ہیں کہ یہ قرآن انبیاء بنی اسرائیل کی پیشگوئیوں کے مطابق ہے۔
Commentary:
In the immediately preceding verse a brief reference was made to some of the prophecies that are to be found in the Bible about the Holy Prophet. After this brief reference the present verse brings home to the Israelites the fact that when their learned men know that there are prophecies about the Holy Prophet in their religious scriptures, they have no justification for rejecting him. The words "the learned among the Children of Israel" may also refer to the Israelite Prophets who had made these prophecies.
In the present and the preceding five verses the following facts about the Quran have been stated:
(a) The Quran, being a revelation from the Lord of the worlds, is the last Divine Message for all mankind. (b) Having been brought down by الروح الامین (Spirit faithful to the trust), it will continue to enjoy full and complete protection from all interference and interpolation till the end of time. (c) It is from beginning to end God’s own spoken Word. (d) It has been revealed in a most expressive, eloquent and comprehensive language which is eminently fitted to express all sorts of ideas and shades of meaning. (e) Prophecies about the advent of the Holy Prophet and the revelation of the Quran are to be found in ancient religious scriptures, especially in the Bible. (f) The learned men of Israel are fully conversant with these prophecies.
In view of these facts what better proofs are needed to establish the truth of the Quran and the universality and finality of its message.
1
یعنی سمجھتے ہیں کہ یہ قرآن انبیاء بنی اسرائیل کی پیشگوئیوں کے مطابق ہے۔
2800
Commentary:
In the immediately preceding verse a brief reference was made to some of the prophecies that are to be found in the Bible about the Holy Prophet. After this brief reference the present verse brings home to the Israelites the fact that when their learned men know that there are prophecies about the Holy Prophet in their religious scriptures, they have no justification for rejecting him. The words "the learned among the Children of Israel" may also refer to the Israelite Prophets who had made these prophecies.
In the present and the preceding five verses the following facts about the Quran have been stated:
(a) The Quran, being a revelation from the Lord of the worlds, is the last Divine Message for all mankind. (b) Having been brought down by الروح الامین (Spirit faithful to the trust), it will continue to enjoy full and complete protection from all interference and interpolation till the end of time. (c) It is from beginning to end God’s own spoken Word. (d) It has been revealed in a most expressive, eloquent and comprehensive language which is eminently fitted to express all sorts of ideas and shades of meaning. (e) Prophecies about the advent of the Holy Prophet and the revelation of the Quran are to be found in ancient religious scriptures, especially in the Bible. (f) The learned men of Israel are fully conversant with these prophecies.
In view of these facts what better proofs are needed to establish the truth of the Quran and the universality and finality of its message.
وَلَوْ نَزَّلْنَٰهُ عَلَىٰ بَعْضِ ٱلْأَعْجَمِينَ
اَعْجَمِیٌّ یعنی غیر عرب۔
2
اَعْجَمِیٌّ یعنی غیر عرب۔
فَقَرَأَهُۥ عَلَيْهِم مَّا كَانُوا۟ بِهِۦ مُؤْمِنِينَ
یعنی کہتے کہ ہم عرب ہیں اور یہ رسول غیر زبان بولنے والا ہے۔
3
یعنی کہتے کہ ہم عرب ہیں اور یہ رسول غیر زبان بولنے والا ہے۔
كَذَٰلِكَ سَلَكْنَٰهُ فِى قُلُوبِ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ
不信者的这种坏习惯, 其根源是在他们自己的心中, 是他们纵情于罪恶行为所造成的而不是外来的。这节经文实际上说明一个普遍真理: 如果一个人纵情于罪恶之中, 他对罪恶的警觉性逐渐迟钝, 而且在时间的进程中他甚至发展得同罪恶联系起来。这就是罪恶腐蚀和败坏 “罪恶的人的心灵” 的方法。
This bad habit of disbelievers has its roots in their own hearts and is born of their indulgence in sin and vice and does not come from outside. The verse, in fact, states a general truth that when a man indulges in sin, his consciousness of it becomes blunted and in the course of time he even comes to develop a liking for it. It is in this way that sin corrodes and vitiates 'the hearts of the sinful.'
Commentary:
The pronoun 'it' in the expression "thus have We caused it to enter" referring to the evil practice of the disbelievers of rejecting truth the verse purports to say that this bad habit of disbelievers has its roots in their own hearts and is born of their indulgence in sin and vice and does not come from outside. The verse, in fact, states a general truth that when a man indulges in sin his consciousness of it becomes blunted and in course of time he even comes to develop a liking for it. It is in this way that sin corrodes and vitiates "the hearts of the sinful."
Or the pronoun 'it' may refer to the Quran. In this sense the verse would mean that the truth of the Quran is made to enter into the hearts of disbelievers by means of the convincing proofs and arguments given in support of it. They become conscious of its truth but still they reject it.
933
不信者的这种坏习惯, 其根源是在他们自己的心中, 是他们纵情于罪恶行为所造成的而不是外来的。这节经文实际上说明一个普遍真理: 如果一个人纵情于罪恶之中, 他对罪恶的警觉性逐渐迟钝, 而且在时间的进程中他甚至发展得同罪恶联系起来。这就是罪恶腐蚀和败坏 “罪恶的人的心灵” 的方法。
2801
Commentary:
The pronoun 'it' in the expression "thus have We caused it to enter" referring to the evil practice of the disbelievers of rejecting truth the verse purports to say that this bad habit of disbelievers has its roots in their own hearts and is born of their indulgence in sin and vice and does not come from outside. The verse, in fact, states a general truth that when a man indulges in sin his consciousness of it becomes blunted and in course of time he even comes to develop a liking for it. It is in this way that sin corrodes and vitiates "the hearts of the sinful."
Or the pronoun 'it' may refer to the Quran. In this sense the verse would mean that the truth of the Quran is made to enter into the hearts of disbelievers by means of the convincing proofs and arguments given in support of it. They become conscious of its truth but still they reject it.
2136
This bad habit of disbelievers has its roots in their own hearts and is born of their indulgence in sin and vice and does not come from outside. The verse, in fact, states a general truth that when a man indulges in sin, his consciousness of it becomes blunted and in the course of time he even comes to develop a liking for it. It is in this way that sin corrodes and vitiates 'the hearts of the sinful.'
لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِهِۦ حَتَّىٰ يَرَوُا۟ ٱلْعَذَابَ ٱلْأَلِيمَ
15:14.
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that when the hearts of the sinful become vitiated on account of their indulgence in sin and vice, they develop an antipathy towards truth and it becomes difficult for them to accept it and thus by rejecting the truth they invite Divine punishment to overtake them.
a
15:14.
2802
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that when the hearts of the sinful become vitiated on account of their indulgence in sin and vice, they develop an antipathy towards truth and it becomes difficult for them to accept it and thus by rejecting the truth they invite Divine punishment to overtake them.
فَيَأْتِيَهُم بَغْتَةً وَهُمْ لَا يَشْعُرُونَ
فَيَقُولُوا۟ هَلْ نَحْنُ مُنظَرُونَ
أَفَبِعَذَابِنَا يَسْتَعْجِلُونَ
22:48; 27:72, 73; 51:15.
22:48; 27:72, 73; 51:15.
22:48; 27:72-73; 51:15.
a
22:48; 27:72, 73; 51:15.
b
22:48; 27:72-73; 51:15.
a
22:48; 27:72, 73; 51:15.
أَفَرَءَيْتَ إِن مَّتَّعْنَٰهُمْ سِنِينَ
20:132; 28:62.
20:132; 28:62.
20:132; 28:62.
b
20:132; 28:62.
c
20:132; 28:62.
b
20:132; 28:62.
ثُمَّ جَآءَهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يُوعَدُونَ
مَآ أَغْنَىٰ عَنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يُمَتَّعُونَ
وَمَآ أَهْلَكْنَا مِن قَرْيَةٍ إِلَّا لَهَا مُنذِرُونَ
6:132; 11:118; 20:135; 28:60.
The verse refers to a Divine law that punishment does not overtake a people unless a Prophet is first sent to them and by rejecting and opposing him they render themselves deserving of it. See also 17:16; 28:60; 35:38.
6:132; 11:118; 20:135; 28:60.
Commentary:
The verse refers to a divine law that punishment does not overtake a people unless a Prophet is first sent to them and by rejecting and opposing him they render themselves deserving of it. See also 17:16; 28:60; 35:38.
c
6:132; 11:118; 20:135; 28:60.
934
这节经文指出安拉的一种法则: 一个民族不会遭受惩罚, 除非他先派一位先知去他们那里, 如果他们拒绝和反对他, 他们就是咎由自取。也可见17:16; 28:60; 35:38。
a
6:132; 11:118; 20:135; 28:60.
2803
Commentary:
The verse refers to a divine law that punishment does not overtake a people unless a Prophet is first sent to them and by rejecting and opposing him they render themselves deserving of it. See also 17:16; 28:60; 35:38.
a
6:132; 11:118; 20:135; 28:60.
2137
The verse refers to a Divine law that punishment does not overtake a people unless a Prophet is first sent to them and by rejecting and opposing him they render themselves deserving of it. See also 17:16; 28:60; 35:38.
ذِكْرَىٰ وَمَا كُنَّا ظَٰلِمِينَ
وَمَا تَنَزَّلَتْ بِهِ ٱلشَّيَٰطِينُ
Commentary:
The theme about the truth of the Quran commenced in the preceding verse is continued in the verse under comment, it reiterates the claim that satans or evil persons have no hand in producing the Quran. In the following verses proofs have been given to support and substantiate this claim.
2803A
Commentary:
The theme about the truth of the Quran commenced in the preceding verse is continued in the verse under comment, it reiterates the claim that satans or evil persons have no hand in producing the Quran. In the following verses proofs have been given to support and substantiate this claim.
وَمَا يَنۢبَغِى لَهُمْ وَمَا يَسْتَطِيعُونَ
这节经文含有三个论据来证实恶魔没有力量来做 «古兰经» 这份工作的说法: (a) 它的教导最有效以及毫不妥协地谴责恶魔所主张的一切; (b) 它的性质是如此高贵以及它具有如此崇高的真理以致恶魔没有能力做出这等工作 (17:89); (c) «古兰经» 含有许多有关伊斯兰教最后胜利的强有力的预言。恶魔们不能作出这些预言, 因为他们不知道未来。
The verse contains three arguments in support of the claim that satans could have no hand in the production of the Qur’an: (a) Its teaching constitutes a most effective and uncompromising condemnation of all that satans stand for. (b) It is of such exalted character and contains such sublime truths that it is beyond the power of satans to produce the like of them (17:89). (c) The Qur’an contains mighty prophecies about the ultimate triumph of Islam. The satans could not make them as they have no knowledge of the future.
Commentary:
The verse contains two arguments in support of the claim that satans could have no hand in the production of the Quran. The first argument is embodied in the words "They are not fit for it," which means that the teaching of the Quran constitutes a most effective and uncompromising condemnation of all that satans stand for. Satan and his followers have been repeatedly and in most scathing terms denounced in the Quran and all good men have been exhorted to treat Satan as their enemy and not to follow him and to lead righteous lives. Thus satanic persons could not possibly have helped in the production of the Quran.
The second argument is continued in the words "nor have they the power to do so" which signify that the teaching of the Quran is of such exalted character and contains such sublime truths that it is beyond the power of satans to produce the like of it. Elsewhere the Quran says "if mankind and the jinn gathered together to produce the like of this Quran, they could not produce the like thereof, even though they should help one another" (17:89). Moreover, the Quran contains mighty prophecies about the ultimate triumph of truth which only God, the Knower of the unseen could make. The satans could not make them as they have no knowledge of the future.
935
这节经文含有三个论据来证实恶魔没有力量来做 «古兰经» 这份工作的说法: (a) 它的教导最有效以及毫不妥协地谴责恶魔所主张的一切; (b) 它的性质是如此高贵以及它具有如此崇高的真理以致恶魔没有能力做出这等工作 (17:89); (c) «古兰经» 含有许多有关伊斯兰教最后胜利的强有力的预言。恶魔们不能作出这些预言, 因为他们不知道未来。
2804
Commentary:
The verse contains two arguments in support of the claim that satans could have no hand in the production of the Quran. The first argument is embodied in the words "They are not fit for it," which means that the teaching of the Quran constitutes a most effective and uncompromising condemnation of all that satans stand for. Satan and his followers have been repeatedly and in most scathing terms denounced in the Quran and all good men have been exhorted to treat Satan as their enemy and not to follow him and to lead righteous lives. Thus satanic persons could not possibly have helped in the production of the Quran.
The second argument is continued in the words "nor have they the power to do so" which signify that the teaching of the Quran is of such exalted character and contains such sublime truths that it is beyond the power of satans to produce the like of it. Elsewhere the Quran says "if mankind and the jinn gathered together to produce the like of this Quran, they could not produce the like thereof, even though they should help one another" (17:89). Moreover, the Quran contains mighty prophecies about the ultimate triumph of truth which only God, the Knower of the unseen could make. The satans could not make them as they have no knowledge of the future.
2138
The verse contains three arguments in support of the claim that satans could have no hand in the production of the Qur’an: (a) Its teaching constitutes a most effective and uncompromising condemnation of all that satans stand for. (b) It is of such exalted character and contains such sublime truths that it is beyond the power of satans to produce the like of them (17:89). (c) The Qur’an contains mighty prophecies about the ultimate triumph of Islam. The satans could not make them as they have no knowledge of the future.
إِنَّهُمْ عَنِ ٱلسَّمْعِ لَمَعْزُولُونَ
11:21.
11:21.
11:21.
Commentary:
This verse embodies the third argument to show that sinful and vicious people can have no access to the sources of such sublime and noble teachings as are contained in the Quran. The secrets of the unknown are revealed only to God’s Elect and His chosen Messengers and satans descend only on liar and wicked people.
a
11:21.
a
11:21.
2805
Commentary:
This verse embodies the third argument to show that sinful and vicious people can have no access to the sources of such sublime and noble teachings as are contained in the Quran. The secrets of the unknown are revealed only to God’s Elect and His chosen Messengers and satans descend only on liar and wicked people.
b
11:21.
فَلَا تَدْعُ مَعَ ٱللَّهِ إِلَٰهًا ءَاخَرَ فَتَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُعَذَّبِينَ
17:23, 40; 28:89.
Commentary:
This verse contains the fourth argument in support of the claim that the Quran could not have been the Devil’s work. A satanic production could not have laid so much stress on the Unity of God as has been laid in the Quran.
b
17:23, 40; 28:89.
936
«古兰经» 不可能是恶魔所做出来的工作。恶魔所做的东西不可能像 «古兰经» 那样强调安拉的独一性。
b
17:23, 40; 28:89.
2806
Commentary:
This verse contains the fourth argument in support of the claim that the Quran could not have been the Devil’s work. A satanic production could not have laid so much stress on the Unity of God as has been laid in the Quran.
c
17:23, 40; 28:89.
2139
The Qur’an could not have been the Devil’s work. A satanic production could not have laid so much stress on Divine Unity as has been laid in the Qur’an.
وَأَنذِرْ عَشِيرَتَكَ ٱلْأَقْرَبِينَ
It is on record that when this verse was revealed the Holy Prophet stood on Mount Safa and called every Quraish tribe by name and warned them of the Divine punishment that would overtake them if they did not accept his Message and give up their evil ways (Bukhari).
Commentary:
It is on record that when this verse was revealed the Holy Prophet stood on Mount Safa and called every Quraish tribe by name and warned them of the Divine punishment that would overtake them if they did not accept his message and give up their evil ways. He is also reported to have told his daughter Fatimah, his aunt Safiyya and other members of his household that no relationship with him but only their own righteous deeds would save them from Divine wrath (Bukhari, Kitabut-Tafsir).
2807
Commentary:
It is on record that when this verse was revealed the Holy Prophet stood on Mount Safa and called every Quraish tribe by name and warned them of the Divine punishment that would overtake them if they did not accept his message and give up their evil ways. He is also reported to have told his daughter Fatimah, his aunt Safiyya and other members of his household that no relationship with him but only their own righteous deeds would save them from Divine wrath (Bukhari, Kitabut-Tafsir).
2140
It is on record that when this verse was revealed the Holy Prophet stood on Mount Safa and called every Quraish tribe by name and warned them of the Divine punishment that would overtake them if they did not accept his Message and give up their evil ways (Bukhari).
وَٱخْفِضْ جَنَاحَكَ لِمَنِ ٱتَّبَعَكَ مِنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
15:89.
15:89.
15:89.
c
15:89.
c
15:89.
a
15:89.
فَإِنْ عَصَوْكَ فَقُلْ إِنِّى بَرِىٓءٌ مِّمَّا تَعْمَلُونَ
I am quit of you; I dissociate myself completely from what you do: I disclaim all responsibility for your actions.
2140A
I am quit of you; I dissociate myself completely from what you do: I disclaim all responsibility for your actions.
وَتَوَكَّلْ عَلَى ٱلْعَزِيزِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ
25:59; 33:49.
25:59; 33:49.
25:59; 33:49.
Commentary:
The Surah has given a brief account of the teachings of seven great Prophets of God and of the persecution and opposition they had to meet at the hands of their enemies and of the sad end to which the latter came on account of their rejecting the Divine Message. The account of every Prophet ended with the highly significant words, viz. "And thy Lord—He is the Mighty, the Merciful," meaning that God possessed the power to punish the rejecters and persecutors of the Prophets and was Merciful to those who believed in them. After this account the Holy Prophet has been commanded to preach his message and has been told that like the Prophets mentioned above he would also face fierce opposition and persecution. He has been further enjoined to pray and to put his trust in the Mighty and Merciful God, the injunction implying that those who will persist in opposing and persecuting him will experience God’s might but those who will accept him will be shown mercy.
d
25:59; 33:49.
a
25:59; 33:49.
2808
Commentary:
The Surah has given a brief account of the teachings of seven great Prophets of God and of the persecution and opposition they had to meet at the hands of their enemies and of the sad end to which the latter came on account of their rejecting the Divine Message. The account of every Prophet ended with the highly significant words, viz. "And thy Lord—He is the Mighty, the Merciful," meaning that God possessed the power to punish the rejecters and persecutors of the Prophets and was Merciful to those who believed in them. After this account the Holy Prophet has been commanded to preach his message and has been told that like the Prophets mentioned above he would also face fierce opposition and persecution. He has been further enjoined to pray and to put his trust in the Mighty and Merciful God, the injunction implying that those who will persist in opposing and persecuting him will experience God’s might but those who will accept him will be shown mercy.
b
25:59; 33:49.
ٱلَّذِى يَرَىٰكَ حِينَ تَقُومُ
73:21.
73:21.
73:21.
e
73:21.
b
73:21.
c
73:21.
وَتَقَلُّبَكَ فِى ٱلسَّٰجِدِينَ
قرآن مجید کے کئی بطن ہیں اور ایک بطن کے لحاظ سے تَـقَلُّبَکَ فِی السّٰجِدِیْنَ کے وہ معنے بھی ہیں جو ترجمہ میں کئے گئے ہیں۔
This verse pays a glowing tribute to the righteousness and nobility of the Holy Prophets Companions. The word Sajidin refers to them. Blessed was the Holy Prophet who was surrounded by such godly men. Human history has failed to produce another example of such a noble Master, loved and followed by such devoted and righteous disciples.
Commentary:
This verse pays a glowing tribute to the righteousness and nobility of the Holy Prophet’s Companions. The word ساجدین apparently refers to them. Blessed was the Prophet who was surrounded by such godly men. Human history has failed to produce another example of such a noble Master, loved and followed by such devoted and righteous disciples.
1
قرآن مجید کے کئی بطن ہیں اور ایک بطن کے لحاظ سے تَـقَلُّبَکَ فِی السّٰجِدِیْنَ کے وہ معنے بھی ہیں جو ترجمہ میں کئے گئے ہیں۔
2809
Commentary:
This verse pays a glowing tribute to the righteousness and nobility of the Holy Prophet’s Companions. The word ساجدین apparently refers to them. Blessed was the Prophet who was surrounded by such godly men. Human history has failed to produce another example of such a noble Master, loved and followed by such devoted and righteous disciples.
2141
This verse pays a glowing tribute to the righteousness and nobility of the Holy Prophets Companions. The word Sajidin refers to them. Blessed was the Holy Prophet who was surrounded by such godly men. Human history has failed to produce another example of such a noble Master, loved and followed by such devoted and righteous disciples.
إِنَّهُۥ هُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ
هَلْ أُنَبِّئُكُمْ عَلَىٰ مَن تَنَزَّلُ ٱلشَّيَٰطِينُ
Commentary:
The verse reverts to the subject dealt with in vv. 211-213 above. Generally two charges were made against the Holy Prophet; viz. (a) that satans descended upon him and (b) that he was a poet. The first charge has been effectively rebutted in vv. 211-213 above. The present verse, however, deals with another aspect of the same charge. It purports to say that satans cannot descend upon the Holy Prophet because he is a paragon of piety and righteousness. They only descend upon their own prototypes and counterparts—confirmed liars and habitual sinners. See next verse.
2810
Commentary:
The verse reverts to the subject dealt with in vv. 211-213 above. Generally two charges were made against the Holy Prophet; viz. (a) that satans descended upon him and (b) that he was a poet. The first charge has been effectively rebutted in vv. 211-213 above. The present verse, however, deals with another aspect of the same charge. It purports to say that satans cannot descend upon the Holy Prophet because he is a paragon of piety and righteousness. They only descend upon their own prototypes and counterparts—confirmed liars and habitual sinners. See next verse.
تَنَزَّلُ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ أَفَّاكٍ أَثِيمٍ
يُلْقُونَ ٱلسَّمْعَ وَأَكْثَرُهُمْ كَٰذِبُونَ
سَمْع کے معنے کان کے بھی ہوتے ہیں۔
Important Words:
یلقون السمع (they repeat what they hear). یلقون is derived from لقی and لقیه means, he met or found him or it. ألقی الشیء means, he cast or let fall the thing. ألقیت الیه القول means, I told or communicated to him the saying. ألقیت الیه المودة او بالمودة means, I offered to him love or affection. ألقی الیه السمع means, he listened to him or gave ear to him for listening. یلقون السمع means, they give ear or they communicate to others, tell others or repeat to others what they hear (Lane & Qadir).
2
سَمْع کے معنے کان کے بھی ہوتے ہیں۔
2811
Important Words:
یلقون السمع (they repeat what they hear). یلقون is derived from لقی and لقیه means, he met or found him or it. ألقی الشیء means, he cast or let fall the thing. ألقیت الیه القول means, I told or communicated to him the saying. ألقیت الیه المودة او بالمودة means, I offered to him love or affection. ألقی الیه السمع means, he listened to him or gave ear to him for listening. یلقون السمع means, they give ear or they communicate to others, tell others or repeat to others what they hear (Lane & Qadir).
وَٱلشُّعَرَآءُ يَتَّبِعُهُمُ ٱلْغَاوُۥنَ
جبکہ اس نبی کے پیچھے چلنے والے نہایت نیک اور متقی ہیں۔ پس معلوم ہوا کہ یہ شاعر نہیں۔
Commentary:
In this verse the second imputation that the Holy Prophet is a poet (21:6) is rebutted. Four reasons which have been spread over the present and the next three verses constitute this rebuttal. They are: (1) Those who follow and associate with the poets are men of no high moral character. They are prone to err and stray away from the path of rectitude. But the Holy Prophet brought about a wonderful moral transformation among his followers who became possessed of very noble ideals and very high moral character. (2) The poets have no fixed ideal or programme in life. They, as it were, wander about distractedly in every valley. But the Holy Prophet had a great and sublime mission in life. It was the moral and spiritual regeneration of the depraved Arab society and through them the reformation and resuscitation of the whole degenerate and corrupt humanity. It was given to no woman-born to pursue and achieve a higher and nobler ideal. (3) The poets do not practise what they preach but the Holy Prophet was not only the noblest preceptor but the greatest man of action and a model exemplar also. (4) The poets praise and abuse other people as it suits them and sometimes even make bold to prophesy about the future but never know what their own end would be. But the Holy Prophet, deserted by his own kith and kin and amidst the severest persecution, when all was dark and dismal around him, emphatically declared that he would eventually succeed and he did succeed.
3
جبکہ اس نبی کے پیچھے چلنے والے نہایت نیک اور متقی ہیں۔ پس معلوم ہوا کہ یہ شاعر نہیں۔
2812
Commentary:
In this verse the second imputation that the Holy Prophet is a poet (21:6) is rebutted. Four reasons which have been spread over the present and the next three verses constitute this rebuttal. They are: (1) Those who follow and associate with the poets are men of no high moral character. They are prone to err and stray away from the path of rectitude. But the Holy Prophet brought about a wonderful moral transformation among his followers who became possessed of very noble ideals and very high moral character. (2) The poets have no fixed ideal or programme in life. They, as it were, wander about distractedly in every valley. But the Holy Prophet had a great and sublime mission in life. It was the moral and spiritual regeneration of the depraved Arab society and through them the reformation and resuscitation of the whole degenerate and corrupt humanity. It was given to no woman-born to pursue and achieve a higher and nobler ideal. (3) The poets do not practise what they preach but the Holy Prophet was not only the noblest preceptor but the greatest man of action and a model exemplar also. (4) The poets praise and abuse other people as it suits them and sometimes even make bold to prophesy about the future but never know what their own end would be. But the Holy Prophet, deserted by his own kith and kin and amidst the severest persecution, when all was dark and dismal around him, emphatically declared that he would eventually succeed and he did succeed.
أَلَمْ تَرَ أَنَّهُمْ فِى كُلِّ وَادٍ يَهِيمُونَ
یعنی شاعروں کے کلام کسی ایک مضمون کے متعلق نہیں ہوتے بلکہ جو جو مضمون ان کے ذہن میں آتا جاتا ہے اس کو اپنی نظم میں باندھتے جاتے ہیں۔ اصل مقصود ان کے مضمون کی ترتیب نہیں ہوتی بلکہ ایک قسم کے قافیوں اور ردیف کو اکٹھا کرنا ہوتا ہے۔ پس اشارتاً اس آیت میں یہ بھی پیشگوئی ہے کہ آئندہ شاعری کی رَو‘قافیہ اور ردیف کی طرف منتقل ہو جائے گی جو طریقہ کہ فارسی اور اردو شعرا نے اختیار کیا ہے۔ ورنہ جس وقت یہ آیت نازل ہوئی ہے عرب شعراء میں حقیقی معنوں میں ردیف کا استعمال شروع نہیں ہوا تھا۔
Important Words:
یھیمون (wander aimlessly) is derived from ھام which means, he was or became thirsty. They say ھام الرجل علی وجھه i.e. the man went at random, not knowing where he was going (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The poets pursue every colourful fancy. Their themes have little coherence and consistency, and they lack continuity. Their thought is fragmentary.
4
یعنی شاعروں کے کلام کسی ایک مضمون کے متعلق نہیں ہوتے بلکہ جو جو مضمون ان کے ذہن میں آتا جاتا ہے اس کو اپنی نظم میں باندھتے جاتے ہیں۔ اصل مقصود ان کے مضمون کی ترتیب نہیں ہوتی بلکہ ایک قسم کے قافیوں اور ردیف کو اکٹھا کرنا ہوتا ہے۔ پس اشارتاً اس آیت میں یہ بھی پیشگوئی ہے کہ آئندہ شاعری کی رَو‘قافیہ اور ردیف کی طرف منتقل ہو جائے گی جو طریقہ کہ فارسی اور اردو شعرا نے اختیار کیا ہے۔ ورنہ جس وقت یہ آیت نازل ہوئی ہے عرب شعراء میں حقیقی معنوں میں ردیف کا استعمال شروع نہیں ہوا تھا۔
2813
Important Words:
یھیمون (wander aimlessly) is derived from ھام which means, he was or became thirsty. They say ھام الرجل علی وجھه i.e. the man went at random, not knowing where he was going (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The poets pursue every colourful fancy. Their themes have little coherence and consistency, and they lack continuity. Their thought is fragmentary.
وَأَنَّهُمْ يَقُولُونَ مَا لَا يَفْعَلُونَ
In these verses the imputation that the Holy Prophet is a poet (21:6) is rebutted. Three reasons given for this rebuttal are: (1) Those who follow and associate with the poets are not men of high moral character, but the Holy Prophet’s followers were possessed of very noble ideals and of very high moral character. (2) The poets have no fixed ideal or programme in life. They, as it were, wander about aimlessly in every valley. But the Holy Prophet had a very great and sublime mission in life. (3) The poets do not practise what they preach, but the Holy Prophet was not only the noblest preceptor but the greatest man of action and a model exemplar.
2142
In these verses the imputation that the Holy Prophet is a poet (21:6) is rebutted. Three reasons given for this rebuttal are: (1) Those who follow and associate with the poets are not men of high moral character, but the Holy Prophet’s followers were possessed of very noble ideals and of very high moral character. (2) The poets have no fixed ideal or programme in life. They, as it were, wander about aimlessly in every valley. But the Holy Prophet had a very great and sublime mission in life. (3) The poets do not practise what they preach, but the Holy Prophet was not only the noblest preceptor but the greatest man of action and a model exemplar.
إِلَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ وَذَكَرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ كَثِيرًا وَٱنتَصَرُوا۟ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا ظُلِمُوا۟ ۗ وَسَيَعْلَمُ ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوٓا۟ أَىَّ مُنقَلَبٍ يَنقَلِبُونَ
Commentary:
In this verse an exception has been made in regard to a certain class of poets, viz. that not all poets belong to the category referred to above (vv. 225-227). There are poets who use their God-given poetic gifts to further the cause of truth and lead righteous lives. They are excepted from the poets referred to above.
2813A
Commentary:
In this verse an exception has been made in regard to a certain class of poets, viz. that not all poets belong to the category referred to above (vv. 225-227). There are poets who use their God-given poetic gifts to further the cause of truth and lead righteous lives. They are excepted from the poets referred to above.
النمل
An-Naml
The Ant • makkah • 93 Verses
بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ
1:1.
1:1.
a
1:1.
a
See 1:1.
2814
Commentary:
See 1:1.
a
1:1.
طسٓ ۚ تِلْكَ ءَايَٰتُ ٱلْقُرْءَانِ وَكِتَابٍ مُّبِينٍ
26:2; 27:2; 28:2.
15:2; 26:3; 28:3.
关于缩写字母的总的讨论, 请参见注释 16 和 792, 关于 طٰسٓ (Ta Sin), 参见注释 922。值得注意的是, 第二十六章与二十八章开始的缩写字母是 طٰسٓمّٓ (Ta Sin Mim), 并以节文 “这些是使一些事物清楚的经文” 开始; 而本章开始的字母是 Ta Sin, 并以 “这些是 «古兰经» 和照明的精典的节文” 开始。这表明前两章中 «古兰经» 暗指的是有关穆撒的经典, 而在本章中提及了 «古兰经» 的名字, 像在第7节和第 93 节经文以及现在注释的这节经文中以它本身的名义来提出。
使用 اَلْقُرْاٰن (Al-Qur’an) 和 “这本经典” 作为修饰词, 意示一个强有力的预言: 伊斯兰教的这一神圣经典将继续作为一本经典被永远保存下去, 而且它将被广泛地研究和诵读。«古兰经» 这个单词的意思是诵读的一本书。 “由于在大众祈祷、学校和其他方面, 使用 «古兰经» 比例如在大多数基督教国家阅读 «圣经» 的情况要广泛得多, 它真可以说是现有经典中诵读得最广泛的一本经典 (《大英百科全書》第9版, 卷16, 597页)。
26:2; 27:2; 28:2.
15:2; 26:3; 28:3.
For a general discussion of the abbreviated letters see {16} and {1738} and about Ta Sin, see {2094}. It is significant that whereas the 26th and 28th Chapters which have the abbreviated letters Ta Sin Mim in their beginning, open with the verse, These are verses of the Book that makes things clear, the present Surah which is prefixed with the letters Ta Sin begins with the verse, These are verses of the Qur’an, and of an illuminating Book. This shows that while in the former two Chapters the Qur’an is alluded to only with reference to Moses’s Book, in the present Surah it has been mentioned by name, in its own right as in the verse under comment as well as in vv. 7 and 93.
The use of 'Al-Qur’an' and 'the Book' as qualifying words implies a mighty prophecy that the Holy Book of Islam will continue to be preserved in the form of a book till the end of time and that it will be widely studied and read, the word Qur’an meaning a book that is read. 'Since the use of the Koran in public worship, in schools and otherwise, is much more extensive than, for example, the reading of the Bible in most Christian countries, it has been truly described as the most widely read book in existence' (Enc. Bri. 9th edit. vol. 16, p. 597).
26:2; 28:2.
15:2; 26:3; 28:3.
Commentary:
For a general discussion about abbreviated letters see 2:2 & 19:2 and about طس see 26:2.
It is significant that whereas 26th and 28th chapters which have the abbreviated letters طسم in their beginning open with the verse "These are the verses of the clear Book", the present Surah which is prefixed with طس begins with the verse, "These are verses of the Quran, and of an illuminating Book." This shows that while in the former two Surahs the Quran was alluded to only with reference to Moses’ Book, in the present Surah it has been mentioned expressly and by name, as in the verse under comment as well as in vv. 7, 93.
One more fact deserves special notice. The verse has used two descriptive words for the Quran, viz. کتاب i.e. the Book and القرآن the Quran. The use of these two words implies a mighty prophecy that the Holy Book of Islam will continue to be preserved in the form of a book till the end of time and that it will be widely studied and read, the word قرآن meaning a book that is read. This prophecy was made at a time when the very art of printing had not yet been known and it was made to a people most of whom could not even read or write. The prophecy has met with marvellous fulfilment. Even the most hostile opponent of Islam can hardly deny the fact that no other book is so widely and frequently read as the Quran. The famous German orientalist Nöldeke writes: "Since the use of the Koran in public worship, in schools and otherwise, is much more extensive than, for example, the reading of the Bible in most Christian countries, it has been truly described as the most widely read book in existence" (Enc. Bri. 9th edit. vol. 16, p.597).
b
26:2; 27:2; 28:2.
c
15:2; 26:3; 28:3.
937
关于缩写字母的总的讨论, 请参见注释 16 和 792, 关于 طٰسٓ (Ta Sin), 参见注释 922。值得注意的是, 第二十六章与二十八章开始的缩写字母是 طٰسٓمّٓ (Ta Sin Mim), 并以节文 “这些是使一些事物清楚的经文” 开始; 而本章开始的字母是 Ta Sin, 并以 “这些是 «古兰经» 和照明的精典的节文” 开始。这表明前两章中 «古兰经» 暗指的是有关穆撒的经典, 而在本章中提及了 «古兰经» 的名字, 像在第7节和第 93 节经文以及现在注释的这节经文中以它本身的名义来提出。
938
使用 اَلْقُرْاٰن (Al-Qur’an) 和 “这本经典” 作为修饰词, 意示一个强有力的预言: 伊斯兰教的这一神圣经典将继续作为一本经典被永远保存下去, 而且它将被广泛地研究和诵读。«古兰经» 这个单词的意思是诵读的一本书。 “由于在大众祈祷、学校和其他方面, 使用 «古兰经» 比例如在大多数基督教国家阅读 «圣经» 的情况要广泛得多, 它真可以说是现有经典中诵读得最广泛的一本经典 (《大英百科全書》第9版, 卷16, 597页)。
b
26:2; 28:2.
c
15:2; 26:3; 28:3.
2814A
Commentary:
For a general discussion about abbreviated letters see 2:2 & 19:2 and about طس see 26:2.
It is significant that whereas 26th and 28th chapters which have the abbreviated letters طسم in their beginning open with the verse "These are the verses of the clear Book", the present Surah which is prefixed with طس begins with the verse, "These are verses of the Quran, and of an illuminating Book." This shows that while in the former two Surahs the Quran was alluded to only with reference to Moses’ Book, in the present Surah it has been mentioned expressly and by name, as in the verse under comment as well as in vv. 7, 93.
One more fact deserves special notice. The verse has used two descriptive words for the Quran, viz. کتاب i.e. the Book and القرآن the Quran. The use of these two words implies a mighty prophecy that the Holy Book of Islam will continue to be preserved in the form of a book till the end of time and that it will be widely studied and read, the word قرآن meaning a book that is read. This prophecy was made at a time when the very art of printing had not yet been known and it was made to a people most of whom could not even read or write. The prophecy has met with marvellous fulfilment. Even the most hostile opponent of Islam can hardly deny the fact that no other book is so widely and frequently read as the Quran. The famous German orientalist Nöldeke writes: "Since the use of the Koran in public worship, in schools and otherwise, is much more extensive than, for example, the reading of the Bible in most Christian countries, it has been truly described as the most widely read book in existence" (Enc. Bri. 9th edit. vol. 16, p.597).
b
26:2; 27:2; 28:2.
c
15:2; 26:3; 28:3.
2143
For a general discussion of the abbreviated letters see {16} and {1738} and about Ta Sin, see {2094}. It is significant that whereas the 26th and 28th Chapters which have the abbreviated letters Ta Sin Mim in their beginning, open with the verse, These are verses of the Book that makes things clear, the present Surah which is prefixed with the letters Ta Sin begins with the verse, These are verses of the Qur’an, and of an illuminating Book. This shows that while in the former two Chapters the Qur’an is alluded to only with reference to Moses’s Book, in the present Surah it has been mentioned by name, in its own right as in the verse under comment as well as in vv. 7 and 93.
2144
The use of 'Al-Qur’an' and 'the Book' as qualifying words implies a mighty prophecy that the Holy Book of Islam will continue to be preserved in the form of a book till the end of time and that it will be widely studied and read, the word Qur’an meaning a book that is read. 'Since the use of the Koran in public worship, in schools and otherwise, is much more extensive than, for example, the reading of the Bible in most Christian countries, it has been truly described as the most widely read book in existence' (Enc. Bri. 9th edit. vol. 16, p. 597).
هُدًى وَبُشْرَىٰ لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
2:3; 10:58; 12:112; 31:4.
2:3; 10:58; 12:112; 31:4.
2:3; 10:58; 12:112; 31:4.
Commentary:
The verse points to the two prominent characteristics of the Quran to which repeated reference has been made in it, viz. (1) that it is a guidance and (2) that it gives good tidings to the believers. These characteristics signify that the Quran contains all those rules of conduct, precepts and ordinances which are required for man’s moral and spiritual development and progress, and are essential for the achievement of the goal of human life, and that it also holds out to believers the promise that if they acted upon its teaching they will enjoy prosperity, prestige and power in this world and the pleasure and nearness of God in the life to come.
d
2:3; 10:58; 12:112; 31:4.
d
2:3; 10:58; 12:112; 31:4.
2815
Commentary:
The verse points to the two prominent characteristics of the Quran to which repeated reference has been made in it, viz. (1) that it is a guidance and (2) that it gives good tidings to the believers. These characteristics signify that the Quran contains all those rules of conduct, precepts and ordinances which are required for man’s moral and spiritual development and progress, and are essential for the achievement of the goal of human life, and that it also holds out to believers the promise that if they acted upon its teaching they will enjoy prosperity, prestige and power in this world and the pleasure and nearness of God in the life to come.
d
2:3; 10:58; 12:112; 31:4.
ٱلَّذِينَ يُقِيمُونَ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَيُؤْتُونَ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَهُم بِٱلْءَاخِرَةِ هُمْ يُوقِنُونَ
2:4; 8:4; 14:32; 31:5.
2:4; 8:4; 14:32; 31:5.
2:4; 8:4; 14:32; 31:5.
e
2:4; 8:4; 14:32; 31:5.
a
2:4; 8:4; 14:32; 31:5.
e
2:4; 8:4; 14:32; 31:5.
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْءَاخِرَةِ زَيَّنَّا لَهُمْ أَعْمَٰلَهُمْ فَهُمْ يَعْمَهُونَ
16:23; 17:11; 34:9.
یہ مطلب نہیں کہ اُن کے بُرے اعمال خداتعالیٰ اُن کو خوبصورت کرکے دکھاتا ہے بلکہ مطلب یہ ہے کہ یہ الٰہی قانون ہے کہ جب کوئی شخص سچے راستہ کو چھوڑ کر بُرا راستہ اختیار کرتا ہے تو وہ اپنے نفس کو یہ جھوٹ بول بول کر خوش کر لیتا ہے کہ یہی راستہ اچھا ہے چونکہ یہ انسانی اعمال کا ایک طبعی نتیجہ ہوتا ہے قرآنی اصطلاح میں اسے خداتعالیٰ کی طرف منسوب کیا جاتا ہے کیونکہ فطرت اور طبیعت خدا نے پیدا کی ہے۔ اگر کہو کہ پھر اس شخص کا کیا قصور؟ تو اس کا جواب یہ ہے کہ قرآن کریم نے باربار کہا ہے کہ جو بات ہم کہتے ہیں اس کی دلیل بھی دیتے ہیں۔ چنانچہ اس سورۃ کے شروع میں بھی قرآن کریم کو مدلل کتاب
16:23; 17:11; 34:9.
From vv. 6:44 and 8:49 it is clear that it is Satan who makes evil and mischievous deeds of evil-doers look beautiful in their eyes. But in the verse under comment it is stated that God makes the deeds of disbelievers appear beautiful to them. It is a natural law that when a person pursues an evil course, thinking that he is not accountable for what he does, he begins to justify his conduct as good and proper, and thus it begins to appear to him in that light. This, in fact, is the consequence of his own conduct but inasmuch as it comes about in accordance with a Divine Law, it is here attributed to God.
16:23; 17:11; 34:9.
Commentary:
Elsewhere in the Quran we have: "Satan made all that they did seem fair to them" (6:44) and "And when Satan made their deeds seem fair to them" (8:49). It is clear from these two verses that it is Satan who makes evil and mischievous deeds of evildoers look beautiful in their eyes. But in the verse under comment it is stated that God makes the deeds of disbelievers appear beautiful to them. Thus there seems to be a contradiction between the present verse and vv. 6:44; 8:49. But in reality there is no contradiction because it is a law that if a person pursues an evil course, thinking that he is not accountable for what he does he begins to justify his conduct as good and proper and so it begins to appear to him in that light. This, in fact, is the consequence of his own conduct but inasmuch as it comes about in accordance with a divine law, it is attributed to God, because it is God Who has ordained that disbelief in the Hereafter should result in evil deeds appearing beautiful in the eyes of disbelievers; otherwise God only commends good and righteous deeds and has made disbelief, transgression and disobedience hateful and repugnant (49:8).
f
16:23; 17:11; 34:9.
1
یہ مطلب نہیں کہ اُن کے بُرے اعمال خداتعالیٰ اُن کو خوبصورت کرکے دکھاتا ہے بلکہ مطلب یہ ہے کہ یہ الٰہی قانون ہے کہ جب کوئی شخص سچے راستہ کو چھوڑ کر بُرا راستہ اختیار کرتا ہے تو وہ اپنے نفس کو یہ جھوٹ بول بول کر خوش کر لیتا ہے کہ یہی راستہ اچھا ہے چونکہ یہ انسانی اعمال کا ایک طبعی نتیجہ ہوتا ہے قرآنی اصطلاح میں اسے خداتعالیٰ کی طرف منسوب کیا جاتا ہے کیونکہ فطرت اور طبیعت خدا نے پیدا کی ہے۔ اگر کہو کہ پھر اس شخص کا کیا قصور؟ تو اس کا جواب یہ ہے کہ قرآن کریم نے باربار کہا ہے کہ جو بات ہم کہتے ہیں اس کی دلیل بھی دیتے ہیں۔ چنانچہ اس سورۃ کے شروع میں بھی قرآن کریم کو مدلل کتاب
b
16:23; 17:11; 34:9.
2815A
Commentary:
Elsewhere in the Quran we have: "Satan made all that they did seem fair to them" (6:44) and "And when Satan made their deeds seem fair to them" (8:49). It is clear from these two verses that it is Satan who makes evil and mischievous deeds of evildoers look beautiful in their eyes. But in the verse under comment it is stated that God makes the deeds of disbelievers appear beautiful to them. Thus there seems to be a contradiction between the present verse and vv. 6:44; 8:49. But in reality there is no contradiction because it is a law that if a person pursues an evil course, thinking that he is not accountable for what he does he begins to justify his conduct as good and proper and so it begins to appear to him in that light. This, in fact, is the consequence of his own conduct but inasmuch as it comes about in accordance with a divine law, it is attributed to God, because it is God Who has ordained that disbelief in the Hereafter should result in evil deeds appearing beautiful in the eyes of disbelievers; otherwise God only commends good and righteous deeds and has made disbelief, transgression and disobedience hateful and repugnant (49:8).
f
16:23; 17:11; 34:9.
2145
From vv. 6:44 and 8:49 it is clear that it is Satan who makes evil and mischievous deeds of evil-doers look beautiful in their eyes. But in the verse under comment it is stated that God makes the deeds of disbelievers appear beautiful to them. It is a natural law that when a person pursues an evil course, thinking that he is not accountable for what he does, he begins to justify his conduct as good and proper, and thus it begins to appear to him in that light. This, in fact, is the consequence of his own conduct but inasmuch as it comes about in accordance with a Divine Law, it is here attributed to God.
أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَهُمْ سُوٓءُ ٱلْعَذَابِ وَهُمْ فِى ٱلْءَاخِرَةِ هُمُ ٱلْأَخْسَرُونَ
وَإِنَّكَ لَتُلَقَّى ٱلْقُرْءَانَ مِن لَّدُنْ حَكِيمٍ عَلِيمٍ
The verse constitutes a clear denial of the charge that the Holy Prophet had his own ideas written down and collected in the form of a book and called it 'The Qur’an,' and is an unequivocal declaration that he received the Qur’an directly from the Wise and All-Knowing God.
Important Words:
تلقی (thou hast been given) is derived from لقی. They say لقی فلانا i.e. he met him, found him, saw him, came face to face with him. لقی فلانا الشیء (laqqa) means, he threw the thing towards him, he made him meet or experience it. See 2:38 and 24:16.
Commentary:
The verse is a clear denial of the charge that the Holy Prophet had his own ideas written down and collected in the form of a book and called it "the Quran." It also constitutes an unequivocal declaration of the fact that the Prophet learnt the Quran direct from the Wise and All-Knowing God.
2816
Important Words:
تلقی (thou hast been given) is derived from لقی. They say لقی فلانا i.e. he met him, found him, saw him, came face to face with him. لقی فلانا الشیء (laqqa) means, he threw the thing towards him, he made him meet or experience it. See 2:38 and 24:16.
Commentary:
The verse is a clear denial of the charge that the Holy Prophet had his own ideas written down and collected in the form of a book and called it "the Quran." It also constitutes an unequivocal declaration of the fact that the Prophet learnt the Quran direct from the Wise and All-Knowing God.
2146
The verse constitutes a clear denial of the charge that the Holy Prophet had his own ideas written down and collected in the form of a book and called it 'The Qur’an,' and is an unequivocal declaration that he received the Qur’an directly from the Wise and All-Knowing God.
إِذْ قَالَ مُوسَىٰ لِأَهْلِهِۦٓ إِنِّىٓ ءَانَسْتُ نَارًا سَـَٔاتِيكُم مِّنْهَا بِخَبَرٍ أَوْ ءَاتِيكُم بِشِهَابٍ قَبَسٍ لَّعَلَّكُمْ تَصْطَلُونَ
20:11; 28:30.
اس آیت میں بتایا گیا ہے کہ جیسے وحی کے ایک لمبے عرصہ تک رُک جانے کے بعد موسیٰ پر وحی نازل ہوئی تھی اسی طرح اب محمد صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم پر نازل ہوئی ہے۔
آیت کا یہ بھی مفہوم ہے کہ موسیٰ علیہ السلام نے شروع نبوت میں ایک آگ دیکھی تھی جس کی تعبیر انہوں نے یہ کی کہ مجھ پر وحی الٰہی نازل ہونے والی ہے اگر حقیقی آگ ہوتی تو اس جگہ ایک آگ کا لفظ استعمال نہ کیا جاتا صرف آگ کہا جاتا۔ چونکہ وہ سمجھتے تھے کہ یہ کشفی نظارہ ہے تبھی انہوں نے اپنے رشتہ داروں سے کہا کہ معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ کوئی الٰہی تجلی ہونے والی ہے۔ میں وہاں جاتا ہوں۔ اور اگر وہ تجلی صرف میری ذات کے لئے ہوئی تو یہ عظیم الشان خبر تمہیں یعنی اپنی بیوی اور دوسرے رشتہ داروں کو آکر سناؤں گا اور اگر یہ تجلی میری قوم اور ملک کے لئے عام ہوئی تو پھر کوئی دہکتا ہوا انگارہ یعنی کوئی
20:11; 28:30.
It was not actual fire that Moses had seen. Had it been so he would have used the expression 'I have perceived the fire,' instead of 'I have perceived a fire.' In fact, it was a vision that Moses had seen, 'fire' symbolising the love of God. It is worthy of note that most of the major incidents, connected with Moses that have been mentioned in the Qur’an, were not incidents which actually took place in the physical world but only visions symbolizing great landmarks in the course of his spiritual development and prophetic mission. Besides the vision about the rod there are mentioned other important instances of such visions in the Qur’an (7:144), the verse under comment affording one such instance.
20:11; 28:30.
Important Words:
تصطلون (warm yourselves) is derived from اصطلی which is the same as صلی. They say صلی النار i.e. he was or became burned by the fire or he endured the heat of the fire. اصطلی means, he warmed or burned himself by the fire (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
It was not actual fire that Moses had seen. Had it been so he would have used the expression انی آنست النار i.e. I have perceived the fire, instead of انی آنست ناراً i.e. I have perceived a fire. In fact it was a vision that Moses had seen, fire symbolizing the love of God. It is worthy of note that most of the major incidents connected with Moses that have been mentioned in the Quran, were not incidents which actually took place in the material and physical world but were visions which symbolized great landmarks in his spiritual development and prophetic mission. Besides the vision about the rod (7:118) and that concerning the breaking of the mountain into pieces (7:144) there are other important instances of such visions in the Quran, the verse under comment affording one such instance. See also 20:11.
a
20:11; 28:30.
1
اس آیت میں بتایا گیا ہے کہ جیسے وحی کے ایک لمبے عرصہ تک رُک جانے کے بعد موسیٰ پر وحی نازل ہوئی تھی اسی طرح اب محمد صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم پر نازل ہوئی ہے۔
2
آیت کا یہ بھی مفہوم ہے کہ موسیٰ علیہ السلام نے شروع نبوت میں ایک آگ دیکھی تھی جس کی تعبیر انہوں نے یہ کی کہ مجھ پر وحی الٰہی نازل ہونے والی ہے اگر حقیقی آگ ہوتی تو اس جگہ ایک آگ کا لفظ استعمال نہ کیا جاتا صرف آگ کہا جاتا۔ چونکہ وہ سمجھتے تھے کہ یہ کشفی نظارہ ہے تبھی انہوں نے اپنے رشتہ داروں سے کہا کہ معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ کوئی الٰہی تجلی ہونے والی ہے۔ میں وہاں جاتا ہوں۔ اور اگر وہ تجلی صرف میری ذات کے لئے ہوئی تو یہ عظیم الشان خبر تمہیں یعنی اپنی بیوی اور دوسرے رشتہ داروں کو آکر سناؤں گا اور اگر یہ تجلی میری قوم اور ملک کے لئے عام ہوئی تو پھر کوئی دہکتا ہوا انگارہ یعنی کوئی
a
20:11; 28:30.
2817
Important Words:
تصطلون (warm yourselves) is derived from اصطلی which is the same as صلی. They say صلی النار i.e. he was or became burned by the fire or he endured the heat of the fire. اصطلی means, he warmed or burned himself by the fire (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
It was not actual fire that Moses had seen. Had it been so he would have used the expression انی آنست النار i.e. I have perceived the fire, instead of انی آنست ناراً i.e. I have perceived a fire. In fact it was a vision that Moses had seen, fire symbolizing the love of God. It is worthy of note that most of the major incidents connected with Moses that have been mentioned in the Quran, were not incidents which actually took place in the material and physical world but were visions which symbolized great landmarks in his spiritual development and prophetic mission. Besides the vision about the rod (7:118) and that concerning the breaking of the mountain into pieces (7:144) there are other important instances of such visions in the Quran, the verse under comment affording one such instance. See also 20:11.
a
20:11; 28:30.
2147
It was not actual fire that Moses had seen. Had it been so he would have used the expression 'I have perceived the fire,' instead of 'I have perceived a fire.' In fact, it was a vision that Moses had seen, 'fire' symbolising the love of God. It is worthy of note that most of the major incidents, connected with Moses that have been mentioned in the Qur’an, were not incidents which actually took place in the physical world but only visions symbolizing great landmarks in the course of his spiritual development and prophetic mission. Besides the vision about the rod there are mentioned other important instances of such visions in the Qur’an (7:144), the verse under comment affording one such instance.
فَلَمَّا جَآءَهَا نُودِىَ أَنۢ بُورِكَ مَن فِى ٱلنَّارِ وَمَنْ حَوْلَهَا وَسُبْحَٰنَ ٱللَّهِ رَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
اس آیت سے بھی ثابت ہے کہ یہ بات غلط ہے کہ اس آگ میں خداتعالیٰ کا وجود تھا۔ کیونکہ خداتعالیٰ خود برکت دیتا ہے‘ اس کو کوئی برکت نہیں دیتا۔ یعنی وہ تَـبَارَکَ کہلا سکتا ہے بُوْرِکَ نہیں کہلا سکتا۔ دوسرے یہ کہ مَنْ فِی النَّارِ کے ساتھ وَ منْ حَوْلَھَا بھی کہا گیا ہے یعنی جو اس آگ میں ہے اور جو اس کے گرد کھڑا ہے اس کو بھی برکت دی گئی ہے‘ یعنی موسیٰ بھی مہبط انوار ہے اور آگ کا جلوہ بھی مہبط انوار ہے یعنی دونوں کے ذریعہ سے ہستی باری کو ظاہر کیا جارہا ہے سُبْحَانَ اللّٰہِ کے فقرہ میں بھی اس بات کی تردید کی گئی ہے کہ خدا آگ میں تھا۔ کیونکہ ربّ العالمین کہہ کر
The expression may mean, (a) who is in search of the fire, and who is near it; (b) who is actually in the fire and who is about to enter it, 'fire' symbolising the fire of God’s love or the fire of trials and tribulations. The fire was not God, nor was God in the fire. It was only a Divine manifestation which cast its glow upon all that was near.
Commentary:
The expression من فی النار و من حولھا may have the following two interpretations: (a) who is in search of the fire, and who is near it; (b) who is actually in the fire and who is about to enter it, 'fire' symbolizing the fire of God’s love or the fire of trials and tribulations.
It is wrong to apply, as some commentators of the Quran have done, the expression بورک من فی النار to God. The word بورک(blessed) being in passive voice cannot be used about God, the right word to use about the Almighty is تبارک which means, He is blessed.
3
اس آیت سے بھی ثابت ہے کہ یہ بات غلط ہے کہ اس آگ میں خداتعالیٰ کا وجود تھا۔ کیونکہ خداتعالیٰ خود برکت دیتا ہے‘ اس کو کوئی برکت نہیں دیتا۔ یعنی وہ تَـبَارَکَ کہلا سکتا ہے بُوْرِکَ نہیں کہلا سکتا۔ دوسرے یہ کہ مَنْ فِی النَّارِ کے ساتھ وَ منْ حَوْلَھَا بھی کہا گیا ہے یعنی جو اس آگ میں ہے اور جو اس کے گرد کھڑا ہے اس کو بھی برکت دی گئی ہے‘ یعنی موسیٰ بھی مہبط انوار ہے اور آگ کا جلوہ بھی مہبط انوار ہے یعنی دونوں کے ذریعہ سے ہستی باری کو ظاہر کیا جارہا ہے سُبْحَانَ اللّٰہِ کے فقرہ میں بھی اس بات کی تردید کی گئی ہے کہ خدا آگ میں تھا۔ کیونکہ ربّ العالمین کہہ کر
2818
Commentary:
The expression من فی النار و من حولھا may have the following two interpretations: (a) who is in search of the fire, and who is near it; (b) who is actually in the fire and who is about to enter it, 'fire' symbolizing the fire of God’s love or the fire of trials and tribulations.
It is wrong to apply, as some commentators of the Quran have done, the expression بورک من فی النار to God. The word بورک(blessed) being in passive voice cannot be used about God, the right word to use about the Almighty is تبارک which means, He is blessed.
2148
The expression may mean, (a) who is in search of the fire, and who is near it; (b) who is actually in the fire and who is about to enter it, 'fire' symbolising the fire of God’s love or the fire of trials and tribulations. The fire was not God, nor was God in the fire. It was only a Divine manifestation which cast its glow upon all that was near.
يَٰمُوسَىٰٓ إِنَّهُۥٓ أَنَا ٱللَّهُ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْحَكِيمُ
20:12, 13; 28:31.
اس کے یہ معنے نہیں کہ آگ میں خدا تھا بلکہ موسیٰ علیہ السلام کو الہاماً یہ کہا گیا تھا کہ دیکھ میرا جلوہ ہر چیز سے ظاہر ہے۔ آگ سے بھی‘ اس کے گرد کی چیزوں سے بھی‘ عصا سے بھی اور اس کی کشفی شکل سے بھی جو سانپ کی تھی۔ پس یہ کہنا بالکل قرآن مجید اور عقل کے خلاف ہے کہ اس آگ میں خدا تھا بلکہ جو باطنی نظارہ اس آگ یا سونٹے یا سانپ کے ذریعہ دکھایا گیا تھا وہ سب نظارے خدا کی ذات کو انسان کے قریب کرتے تھے نہ یہ کہ واقعہ میں خدا تھے۔
20:12, 13; 28:31.
20:12-13, 15; 28:31; 79:17.
Commentary:
The fire was not God, nor was God in the 'fire.' Holy is He and exalted far above assuming any material shape or being confined to space. The 'fire' was a manifestation of God which cast its reflection upon all that was near.
b
20:12, 13; 28:31.
4
اس کے یہ معنے نہیں کہ آگ میں خدا تھا بلکہ موسیٰ علیہ السلام کو الہاماً یہ کہا گیا تھا کہ دیکھ میرا جلوہ ہر چیز سے ظاہر ہے۔ آگ سے بھی‘ اس کے گرد کی چیزوں سے بھی‘ عصا سے بھی اور اس کی کشفی شکل سے بھی جو سانپ کی تھی۔ پس یہ کہنا بالکل قرآن مجید اور عقل کے خلاف ہے کہ اس آگ میں خدا تھا بلکہ جو باطنی نظارہ اس آگ یا سونٹے یا سانپ کے ذریعہ دکھایا گیا تھا وہ سب نظارے خدا کی ذات کو انسان کے قریب کرتے تھے نہ یہ کہ واقعہ میں خدا تھے۔
a
20:12-13, 15; 28:31; 79:17.
2818A
Commentary:
The fire was not God, nor was God in the 'fire.' Holy is He and exalted far above assuming any material shape or being confined to space. The 'fire' was a manifestation of God which cast its reflection upon all that was near.
a
20:12, 13; 28:31.
وَأَلْقِ عَصَاكَ ۚ فَلَمَّا رَءَاهَا تَهْتَزُّ كَأَنَّهَا جَآنٌّ وَلَّىٰ مُدْبِرًا وَلَمْ يُعَقِّبْ ۚ يَٰمُوسَىٰ لَا تَخَفْ إِنِّى لَا يَخَافُ لَدَىَّ ٱلْمُرْسَلُونَ
7:118; 20:20; 28:32.
یہاں جَآنٌّ کا لفظ استعمال کیا گیا ہے‘ جو چھوٹے سانپ کو کہتے ہیں۔ دوسری جگہ قرآن مجید میں ثُعْبَانٌ کا لفظ استعمال کیا گیا ہے۔ جس کے معنے بڑے سانپ کے ہوتے ہیں اور ایک تیسری جگہ حَیَّۃٌ کا لفظ استعمال کیا گیا ہے جس کے معنے محض سانپ کے ہوتے ہیں۔ بعض بیوقوفوں نے اعتراض کیا ہے کہ یہ اختلاف ہے حالانکہ جہاں چھوٹے سانپ کا لفظ استعمال کیا ہے وہاں کہا ہے کہ اس طرح ہلتا تھا جیسے چھوٹا سانپ۔ گویا چھوٹے سانپ کا لفظ اس کی تیز حرکت کی وجہ سے بولا گیا اور بڑے سانپ کا لفظ اس کے بڑے نظر آنے والے جسم کی وجہ سے بولا گیا اور سانپ کا لفظ محض اس کی جنس پر دلالت کرنے کے لئے بولا
7:118; 20:20; 28:32.
Commentary:
For a detailed discussion of the miracle of the rod and the white hand see 7:108 & 109.
c
7:118; 20:20; 28:32.
1
یہاں جَآنٌّ کا لفظ استعمال کیا گیا ہے‘ جو چھوٹے سانپ کو کہتے ہیں۔ دوسری جگہ قرآن مجید میں ثُعْبَانٌ کا لفظ استعمال کیا گیا ہے۔ جس کے معنے بڑے سانپ کے ہوتے ہیں اور ایک تیسری جگہ حَیَّۃٌ کا لفظ استعمال کیا گیا ہے جس کے معنے محض سانپ کے ہوتے ہیں۔ بعض بیوقوفوں نے اعتراض کیا ہے کہ یہ اختلاف ہے حالانکہ جہاں چھوٹے سانپ کا لفظ استعمال کیا ہے وہاں کہا ہے کہ اس طرح ہلتا تھا جیسے چھوٹا سانپ۔ گویا چھوٹے سانپ کا لفظ اس کی تیز حرکت کی وجہ سے بولا گیا اور بڑے سانپ کا لفظ اس کے بڑے نظر آنے والے جسم کی وجہ سے بولا گیا اور سانپ کا لفظ محض اس کی جنس پر دلالت کرنے کے لئے بولا
b
7:118; 20:20; 28:32.
2819
Commentary:
For a detailed discussion of the miracle of the rod and the white hand see 7:108 & 109.
b
7:118; 20:20; 28:32.
2148A
See {1023}.
إِلَّا مَن ظَلَمَ ثُمَّ بَدَّلَ حُسْنًۢا بَعْدَ سُوٓءٍ فَإِنِّى غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ
ہم پہلے لکھ چکے ہیں کہ کئی جگہ پر نبی مخاطب ہوتا ہے اور مراد اس سے جماعت ہوتی ہے۔ یہاں بھی پہلی آیت میں یہ فرمایا ہے کہ نبی مجھ سے نہیں ڈرتے مگر بعد میں فرمایا کہ ہاں جس نے ظلم کیا اور بعد میں اس کو نیکی سے بدل دیا اس کو خدا بخش دے گا۔ اور یہ آیت نبیوں پر نہیں لگتی۔ سو یاد رکھنا چاہئیے کہ اس جگہ مرادنبیوں کے اتباع ہیں جو نبیوں کے قائم مقام ہوتے ہیں۔ ان میں سے بعض پہلے کافر ہوتے ہیں اور بعد میں مومن ہو جاتے ہیں۔
Commentary:
The particle إلا is used here as إستشناء منقطع and introduces a new statement; or it may have been used in the sense of ولا meaning "and not" or "nor." In this sense of the word the verse under comment conjoined with the preceding verse would mean: the Messengers need have no fear in My presence nor those who do wrong and then substitute good for evil. For discussion of إستشناء منقطع see 2:35.
2
ہم پہلے لکھ چکے ہیں کہ کئی جگہ پر نبی مخاطب ہوتا ہے اور مراد اس سے جماعت ہوتی ہے۔ یہاں بھی پہلی آیت میں یہ فرمایا ہے کہ نبی مجھ سے نہیں ڈرتے مگر بعد میں فرمایا کہ ہاں جس نے ظلم کیا اور بعد میں اس کو نیکی سے بدل دیا اس کو خدا بخش دے گا۔ اور یہ آیت نبیوں پر نہیں لگتی۔ سو یاد رکھنا چاہئیے کہ اس جگہ مرادنبیوں کے اتباع ہیں جو نبیوں کے قائم مقام ہوتے ہیں۔ ان میں سے بعض پہلے کافر ہوتے ہیں اور بعد میں مومن ہو جاتے ہیں۔
2820
Commentary:
The particle إلا is used here as إستشناء منقطع and introduces a new statement; or it may have been used in the sense of ولا meaning "and not" or "nor." In this sense of the word the verse under comment conjoined with the preceding verse would mean: the Messengers need have no fear in My presence nor those who do wrong and then substitute good for evil. For discussion of إستشناء منقطع see 2:35.
وَأَدْخِلْ يَدَكَ فِى جَيْبِكَ تَخْرُجْ بَيْضَآءَ مِنْ غَيْرِ سُوٓءٍ ۖ فِى تِسْعِ ءَايَٰتٍ إِلَىٰ فِرْعَوْنَ وَقَوْمِهِۦٓ ۚ إِنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ قَوْمًا فَٰسِقِينَ
فِیْ تِسْعِ اٰیٰٰتٍ فرعون اور اس کی قوم کے لئے موسیٰ علیہ السلام کے ذریعہ خداتعالیٰ نے نو نشان دکھائے تھے۔ جن میں سے ایک نشان یہ بھی تھا کہ اپنے ہاتھ کو اپنی بغل میں دباؤ۔ جب نکالو گے تو وہ سفید ہو گا بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بیماری ہو۔
ہاتھ عربی زبان کے محاورہ میں بھائیوں اور قوم کو کہتے ہیں۔ پس اس کا مطلب یہ تھا کہ اے موسٰیؑ ! اپنی قوم کو اپنے ساتھ چمٹائے رکھ۔ اس کا نتیجہ یہ ہوگا کہ تیری تربیت سے وہ نیک اور اچھی ہو جائے گی اور بے عیب بن جائے گی اور کوئی برائی اس میں باقی نہ رہے گی۔ چنانچہ ہم دیکھتے ہیں کہ موسٰیؑ کی قوم موسٰیؑ کے آنے سے پہلے نہایت گندی ہو گئی تھی اور
17:102; 20:23, 24.
For 'nine Signs' see 17:102. Briefly, they were the Signs (1) of the rod and (2) of the white hand (7:108, 109); (3) of lice; (4) of frogs which implied unusual, incessant rains; and (5) of locusts; (6) of blood, i.e. a plague which caused bleeding from the nose; (7) and of storm which caused the sea- water to overwhelm Pharaoh and his hosts when they were crossing the sea after the Israelites had crossed it safely (7:134); (8) of drought and (9) of destruction of fruits (7:131).
7:109; 17:102; 20:24.
Commentary:
For nine signs see 7:134. Briefly, they were: the signs (1) of the rod and (2) the white hand (7:108-109); (3) of lice; (4) frogs; and (5) locusts; (6) of blood; (7) and storm; (7:134); (8) of drought and (9) destruction of fruits (7:131).
d
17:102; 20:23, 24.
939
关于 “九种迹象” 见 17:102。简短地说, 它们是以下这些迹象: (1)手杖、(2)白手 (7:108-109); (3) 虱子; (4) 青蛙, 意示不平常的持续不断的下雨; (5) 蝗虫; (6) 血, 即使鼻子出血的一种瘟疫; (7) 风暴, 在以色列人安全渡过了海之后而在法老和他的军队渡海时使海水倾覆了他们 (7:134); (8) 以及干旱 (9) 果实的毁灭 (7:131)。
3
فِیْ تِسْعِ اٰیٰٰتٍ فرعون اور اس کی قوم کے لئے موسیٰ علیہ السلام کے ذریعہ خداتعالیٰ نے نو نشان دکھائے تھے۔ جن میں سے ایک نشان یہ بھی تھا کہ اپنے ہاتھ کو اپنی بغل میں دباؤ۔ جب نکالو گے تو وہ سفید ہو گا بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بیماری ہو۔
ہاتھ عربی زبان کے محاورہ میں بھائیوں اور قوم کو کہتے ہیں۔ پس اس کا مطلب یہ تھا کہ اے موسٰیؑ ! اپنی قوم کو اپنے ساتھ چمٹائے رکھ۔ اس کا نتیجہ یہ ہوگا کہ تیری تربیت سے وہ نیک اور اچھی ہو جائے گی اور بے عیب بن جائے گی اور کوئی برائی اس میں باقی نہ رہے گی۔ چنانچہ ہم دیکھتے ہیں کہ موسٰیؑ کی قوم موسٰیؑ کے آنے سے پہلے نہایت گندی ہو گئی تھی اور
a
7:109; 17:102; 20:24.
2821
Commentary:
For nine signs see 7:134. Briefly, they were: the signs (1) of the rod and (2) the white hand (7:108-109); (3) of lice; (4) frogs; and (5) locusts; (6) of blood; (7) and storm; (7:134); (8) of drought and (9) destruction of fruits (7:131).
c
17:102; 20:23, 24.
2149
For 'nine Signs' see 17:102. Briefly, they were the Signs (1) of the rod and (2) of the white hand (7:108, 109); (3) of lice; (4) of frogs which implied unusual, incessant rains; and (5) of locusts; (6) of blood, i.e. a plague which caused bleeding from the nose; (7) and of storm which caused the sea- water to overwhelm Pharaoh and his hosts when they were crossing the sea after the Israelites had crossed it safely (7:134); (8) of drought and (9) of destruction of fruits (7:131).
فَلَمَّا جَآءَتْهُمْ ءَايَٰتُنَا مُبْصِرَةً قَالُوا۟ هَٰذَا سِحْرٌ مُّبِينٌ
43:31; 61:7.
43:31; 61:7.
Important Words:
مبصرة (sight-giving) is act. participle from أبصر which is again derived from بصر which means, he saw, he became seeing. أبصرہ means, he perceived it mentally; he knew or understood
it. مبصرة means, clear, manifest; illumining; sight-giving, causing to have mental perception or knowledge (Lane & Aqrab). See also 7:204 & 12:94.
a
43:31; 61:7.
b
43:31; 61:7.
2822
Important Words:
مبصرة (sight-giving) is act. participle from أبصر which is again derived from بصر which means, he saw, he became seeing. أبصرہ means, he perceived it mentally; he knew or understood
it. مبصرة means, clear, manifest; illumining; sight-giving, causing to have mental perception or knowledge (Lane & Aqrab). See also 7:204 & 12:94.
a
43:31; 61:7.
2150
Mubsirah means, clear, manifest; illumining; sight-giving; causing to have mental perception or knowledge (Lane).
وَجَحَدُوا۟ بِهَا وَٱسْتَيْقَنَتْهَآ أَنفُسُهُمْ ظُلْمًا وَعُلُوًّا ۚ فَٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَ
2:88.
2:88.
2:88.
b
2:88.
c
2:88.
b
2:88.
وَلَقَدْ ءَاتَيْنَا دَاوُۥدَ وَسُلَيْمَٰنَ عِلْمًا ۖ وَقَالَا ٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ ٱلَّذِى فَضَّلَنَا عَلَىٰ كَثِيرٍ مِّنْ عِبَادِهِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
达五德是一个伟大的战士和强力而贤明的政治家。他是朱迪亚 (Judean) 王朝的创始人和希伯来王国的真正缔造者。通过他, 从丹到 (Dan) 比尔希巴 (Beersheba, 巴勒斯坦北端到南端) 所有的以色列部族都联合起来组成一个强大的民族, 他们的王国从幼发拉底河延伸到尼罗河。素莱曼从他父亲那里继承并巩固了这一王国。他也是一个伟大和贤明的君主。他大大地扩充和发展了国家的商业。他是以色列君王中的优秀的统治者, 由于建造了耶路撒冷的那座著名的寺而闻名于世。该寺成为以色列人的朝向 قِبْلَة (Qiblah)。
David was a great warrior and a mighty and sagacious statesman. He was the founder of the Judean dynasty and the real builder of the Hebrew Kingdom. Through him all the tribes of Israel from Dan to Beersheba became united and organised into a powerful nation whose Kingdom extended from the Euphrates to the Nile. Solomon consolidated the Kingdom he had inherited from his father. He too was a great and good monarch. He greatly extended and developed the trade and commerce of his country. He was the master-builder among the Israelite Kings and is best known for the building of the famous Temple at Jerusalem, which became the Qiblah of the Israelites.
Commentary:
After a brief account of Moses, the Founder of the Israelite Dispensation and its greatest Prophet, the present and the following several verses make a special mention of David and Solomon. Of all the Israelite Prophets particular reference to these two Prophets in the verse possesses a special significance. The Israelite power, prosperity and prestige had attained their zenith in the reigns of the two Prophets. David was a great warrior and a mighty and sagacious statesman. He was the founder of the Judean dynasty at Jerusalem and the real builder of the Hebrew kingdom. Through him all the tribes of Israel from Dan to Beersheba became united and organized into a powerful nation whose kingdom extended from the Euphrates to the Nile. Solomon consolidated the kingdom he had inherited from his father. He was a great and good monarch. He greatly extended and developed the trade and commerce of his country. He was the master-builder among the Israelite kings and is best known for the building of the famous Temple at Jerusalem, which became the Qiblahof the Israelites. The special reference in these verses to these two mighty Israelite kings implies a prophecy that rulers of as mighty, even mightier, empires and enjoying as great, even greater, glory and prosperity will also rise among the followers of the Holy Prophet Muhammad who was the like of Moses.
The words "We gave knowledge to David and Solomon" may either mean that God endowed them with wisdom and knowledge in abundance as is apparent from the wise decisions they made or that being Divine Messengers God disclosed to them the secrets of the unknown and imparted to them special understanding and realization of Divine attributes which constitute the fountainhead of all knowledge. In reality the greatest proof of the truth of a Divine teacher consists in the fact that he is vouchsafed in an unusually large measure knowledge of the things beyond human ken (72:27-28). This is one explanation of the above-mentioned words. They may also imply an allusion to the great progress and advance made during the reigns of these two Prophets in navigation and in the preparation of implements of war which is also a branch of knowledge and to which a reference has been made in the verses that immediately follow, and also in 21:81-83; 34:11-14; 38:19-21.
940
达五德是一个伟大的战士和强力而贤明的政治家。他是朱迪亚 (Judean) 王朝的创始人和希伯来王国的真正缔造者。通过他, 从丹到 (Dan) 比尔希巴 (Beersheba, 巴勒斯坦北端到南端) 所有的以色列部族都联合起来组成一个强大的民族, 他们的王国从幼发拉底河延伸到尼罗河。素莱曼从他父亲那里继承并巩固了这一王国。他也是一个伟大和贤明的君主。他大大地扩充和发展了国家的商业。他是以色列君王中的优秀的统治者, 由于建造了耶路撒冷的那座著名的寺而闻名于世。该寺成为以色列人的朝向 قِبْلَة (Qiblah)。
2823
Commentary:
After a brief account of Moses, the Founder of the Israelite Dispensation and its greatest Prophet, the present and the following several verses make a special mention of David and Solomon. Of all the Israelite Prophets particular reference to these two Prophets in the verse possesses a special significance. The Israelite power, prosperity and prestige had attained their zenith in the reigns of the two Prophets. David was a great warrior and a mighty and sagacious statesman. He was the founder of the Judean dynasty at Jerusalem and the real builder of the Hebrew kingdom. Through him all the tribes of Israel from Dan to Beersheba became united and organized into a powerful nation whose kingdom extended from the Euphrates to the Nile. Solomon consolidated the kingdom he had inherited from his father. He was a great and good monarch. He greatly extended and developed the trade and commerce of his country. He was the master-builder among the Israelite kings and is best known for the building of the famous Temple at Jerusalem, which became the Qiblahof the Israelites. The special reference in these verses to these two mighty Israelite kings implies a prophecy that rulers of as mighty, even mightier, empires and enjoying as great, even greater, glory and prosperity will also rise among the followers of the Holy Prophet Muhammad who was the like of Moses.
The words "We gave knowledge to David and Solomon" may either mean that God endowed them with wisdom and knowledge in abundance as is apparent from the wise decisions they made or that being Divine Messengers God disclosed to them the secrets of the unknown and imparted to them special understanding and realization of Divine attributes which constitute the fountainhead of all knowledge. In reality the greatest proof of the truth of a Divine teacher consists in the fact that he is vouchsafed in an unusually large measure knowledge of the things beyond human ken (72:27-28). This is one explanation of the above-mentioned words. They may also imply an allusion to the great progress and advance made during the reigns of these two Prophets in navigation and in the preparation of implements of war which is also a branch of knowledge and to which a reference has been made in the verses that immediately follow, and also in 21:81-83; 34:11-14; 38:19-21.
2151
David was a great warrior and a mighty and sagacious statesman. He was the founder of the Judean dynasty and the real builder of the Hebrew Kingdom. Through him all the tribes of Israel from Dan to Beersheba became united and organised into a powerful nation whose Kingdom extended from the Euphrates to the Nile. Solomon consolidated the Kingdom he had inherited from his father. He too was a great and good monarch. He greatly extended and developed the trade and commerce of his country. He was the master-builder among the Israelite Kings and is best known for the building of the famous Temple at Jerusalem, which became the Qiblah of the Israelites.
وَوَرِثَ سُلَيْمَٰنُ دَاوُۥدَ ۖ وَقَالَ يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ عُلِّمْنَا مَنطِقَ ٱلطَّيْرِ وَأُوتِينَا مِن كُلِّ شَىْءٍ ۖ إِنَّ هَٰذَا لَهُوَ ٱلْفَضْلُ ٱلْمُبِينُ
ہم دوسری جگہ لکھ چکے ہیں کہ طَیْرٌ کے معنے آسمانی پرواز کرنے والے لوگوں (یعنی برگزیدہ لوگوں ) کے ہوتے ہیں۔ وہی معنے اس جگہ پرندوں کے ہیں۔
Mantiq (Language) is derived from Nataqa which means, he spoke with sound and letters which made clear his meaning. Thus Nutq applies to both articulate and inarticulate speech and also to the condition of a thing which is as significant as articulate speech. It is external, viz. spoken words; and internal, viz. understanding. The word is also used with regard to animals and birds when the use is metaphorical (Mufradat). Birds and insects have their own means of communication. Migratory birds fly from one region to another with the change in weather. They fly in flocks and their flight is orderly. Similarly, ants live in communities and the bees have a well-regulated system of government. This could not be possible without there being some means of communication between them. This means of communication may be called their language. Prophets David and Solomon are here stated to have been taught the language of birds which may be taken as signifying that they had learnt how to make use
Important Words:
منطق (language) is derived from نطق which means, he spoke with sound and letters which made clear his meaning. نطق الکتابmeans, the book explained and made clear. Thus نطق (nutq) applies to both articulate and inarticulate speech and to the condition of a thing which is as significant as articulate speech. It is of two kinds: external, viz. spoken words; internal, viz. understanding. The word is also used with regard to animals and birds when the use is metaphorical (Aqrab & Mufradat).
For طیر (birds) see next verse.
Commentary:
Solomon was heir to both the temporal power and prophetic office and spiritual knowledge of his father, David. The word ورث (was heir) here has special reference to the spiritual heritage of David because whereas kingship and temporal power and property descend from father to son, prophethood does not. Birds and insects have their own means of communication. Migratory birds fly from one region to another with the change in weather. They fly in flocks and their flight is orderly. Similarly, ants live in communities and the bees have a well-regulated system of government. This could not be possible without there being some means of communication between them. This means of communication may be called their language. Prophets David and Solomon are stated here to have been taught the language of birds which may be taken as signifying that they had learnt how to make use of birds. The art of using birds for carrying messages from one place to another had been very much developed by Solomon and frequent use of it made in the management of the far-flung empire over which he ruled.
If the word طیر be taken to signify righteous men (3:50) who soar high into the spiritual firmament and attain nearness to God, the words "we have been taught the language of birds" would mean that David and Solomon knew the language in which God’s Elect speak i.e. they possessed the wisdom and knowledge that is given to highly spiritual men.
The expression "and we have had everything bestowed upon us," means that all things that were necessary to make the Israelites a strong and prosperous people were bestowed upon them in the reigns of David and Solomon. It clearly does not mean that every existing thing was given to them. The words point to no exclusive prerogative of these two Prophets. Identical words have been used with regard to the Queen of Saba’ (27:24).
1
ہم دوسری جگہ لکھ چکے ہیں کہ طَیْرٌ کے معنے آسمانی پرواز کرنے والے لوگوں (یعنی برگزیدہ لوگوں ) کے ہوتے ہیں۔ وہی معنے اس جگہ پرندوں کے ہیں۔
2823A
Important Words:
منطق (language) is derived from نطق which means, he spoke with sound and letters which made clear his meaning. نطق الکتابmeans, the book explained and made clear. Thus نطق (nutq) applies to both articulate and inarticulate speech and to the condition of a thing which is as significant as articulate speech. It is of two kinds: external, viz. spoken words; internal, viz. understanding. The word is also used with regard to animals and birds when the use is metaphorical (Aqrab & Mufradat).
For طیر (birds) see next verse.
Commentary:
Solomon was heir to both the temporal power and prophetic office and spiritual knowledge of his father, David. The word ورث (was heir) here has special reference to the spiritual heritage of David because whereas kingship and temporal power and property descend from father to son, prophethood does not. Birds and insects have their own means of communication. Migratory birds fly from one region to another with the change in weather. They fly in flocks and their flight is orderly. Similarly, ants live in communities and the bees have a well-regulated system of government. This could not be possible without there being some means of communication between them. This means of communication may be called their language. Prophets David and Solomon are stated here to have been taught the language of birds which may be taken as signifying that they had learnt how to make use of birds. The art of using birds for carrying messages from one place to another had been very much developed by Solomon and frequent use of it made in the management of the far-flung empire over which he ruled.
If the word طیر be taken to signify righteous men (3:50) who soar high into the spiritual firmament and attain nearness to God, the words "we have been taught the language of birds" would mean that David and Solomon knew the language in which God’s Elect speak i.e. they possessed the wisdom and knowledge that is given to highly spiritual men.
The expression "and we have had everything bestowed upon us," means that all things that were necessary to make the Israelites a strong and prosperous people were bestowed upon them in the reigns of David and Solomon. It clearly does not mean that every existing thing was given to them. The words point to no exclusive prerogative of these two Prophets. Identical words have been used with regard to the Queen of Saba’ (27:24).
2152
Mantiq (Language) is derived from Nataqa which means, he spoke with sound and letters which made clear his meaning. Thus Nutq applies to both articulate and inarticulate speech and also to the condition of a thing which is as significant as articulate speech. It is external, viz. spoken words; and internal, viz. understanding. The word is also used with regard to animals and birds when the use is metaphorical (Mufradat). Birds and insects have their own means of communication. Migratory birds fly from one region to another with the change in weather. They fly in flocks and their flight is orderly. Similarly, ants live in communities and the bees have a well-regulated system of government. This could not be possible without there being some means of communication between them. This means of communication may be called their language. Prophets David and Solomon are here stated to have been taught the language of birds which may be taken as signifying that they had learnt how to make use
وَحُشِرَ لِسُلَيْمَٰنَ جُنُودُهُۥ مِنَ ٱلْجِنِّ وَٱلْإِنسِ وَٱلطَّيْرِ فَهُمْ يُوزَعُونَ
38:19, 20.
这里 جِن (Jinn, 精纳) 可以意指山岳或野蛮部族, 现在注释的这节经文应当和 21:83; 34:13 和 38:38 节经文一起看。看来他指的是素莱曼军队的军事人员。جِن (精纳)、 اِنْس (Ins, 人) 和 طَیْر (Tair, 鸟--------可能代表他的军队的三个部门。本节经文和 34:13 节文中, 精纳这个单词用来代表这一军队中的一个特殊部份; 而在 21:83 和 38:38 节文中恶魔这个单词用来代表这同一阶层的人。看来素莱曼降服和征服了某些野蛮部族, 这近乎包括了这两个单词的含义。精纳和恶魔组成了他军队的主要部分并为他做其他各种各样艰苦的工作。“鸟” 这一单词意指疾驰的马匹, 可能代表素莱曼的骑兵。该单词的词义在 38:32-34 节经文中找到确证, 文中说素莱曼极喜欢马匹。因此, “精纳” 和 “人” 代表素莱曼的步兵, 而 “鸟” 代表他的骑兵。不过, 如果鸟当作真正的鸟来理解的话, 那么, 这一单词可以意指素莱曼用来携带信息的那些鸟。这样, 它们也可成为他军队中的一种非常有用而必需的附属部分。可是, 这三个单词用作隐喻的意义时可以各自意为 “大人物”、“普通人” 和 “精神高尚的人”。
طَیْر, 除了 “鸟” 的意义以外, 也可以用于诸如马匹等疾驰的兽类。طَيَّار (Tayyar) 是 طَائر (Ta’ir) 的加强形式, 意示一匹烈性的骏马, 它跑得快如飞鸟 (Lane和 Lisan)。
وَزَعَ (Waza‘a) 的意思是: 他停住了前面的那部分军队, 使得后面的部分军队能和他们集合在一起。 هُوَ يَزَعُ الْجَيْشَ (Huwa Yaza‘ul-Jaisha) 的意思是: 他正在按一定的次序把士兵布列成阵 (اَقْرَبْ, Aqrab)。«古兰经» 的这句话的意思是: (1) 他们分成小组; (2)他们像一支有秩序、有纪律的军队行军; (3) 他们最前的一部分停住不再前进, 让最后的一部分军队前来和他们集合在一起。这些话表明, 素莱曼有一支训练有素和纪律严明的军队, 这支军队有几个独立和性质不同的部门。
38:19, 20.
'Jinn' here may signify mountain or wild tribes. The verse under comment should be read along with vv. 21:83; 34:13 and 38:38. It seems to refer to the military personnel of Solomon’s army. The three words—Jinn, Ins (men) and Tair (birds)—may represent three departments of his army. In the present verse and in 34:13, the word Jinn has been used to represent a particular section of the army while in 21:83 and 38:38, the word Shayatin has been used to represent the same class. It seems that Solomon had subdued and subjugated some wild tribes, this approximately being the sense of both the words, Jinn and Shayatin, who formed an integral part of his army and did sundry, other hard tasks for him. The word Tair denoting swift-footed horses may represent Solomon’s cavalry. This meaning of the word finds corroboration in 38:32-34 where Solomon has been stated to possess great love for horses. Thus whereas Jinn and Ins (men) represented
Tair, besides meaning 'birds,' may also apply to swift-footed animals such as horses, etc. Tayyar which is an intensive form of Ta’ir signifies a sharp-spirited and quick-footed horse which runs so fast that it seems to be flying (Lane & Lisan).
Waza‘a means, he stopped the first part of the army so that their last part may join them. Huwa Yada‘ul-Jaisha means, he was arranging the soldiers in proper order and placing them in rows (Aqrab). The Quranic expression means: (1) They were formed into separate groups. (2) They marched like an ordered and disciplined army. (3) Their first part was stopped so that their last part might join them. These words show that Solomon had a well-trained and disciplined army which had several separate and distinct departments.
38:19-20.
Important Words:
یوزعون (formed into separate groups) is derived from وزع. They say وزع فلانا او بفلان i.e. he hindered or led or drove such a one and restrained him, and he incited or urged him with such a one. وزع الجیش means, he stopped the first part of the army so that their last part may join them. They say رأیته یزع الجیش i.e. I saw that he was arranging the soldiers in proper order and placing them in rows. وزع المال بینھم (wazza’a) means, he distributed the property among them. أوزع اللّٰه فلانا means, God inspired such a one. الاوزاع means, parties; companies (Aqrab). Thus according to the different significations of the root word, the Quranic expression فھم یوزعون would mean, they were formed into separate groups or classes; (2) they were hindered from cruel and tyrannous acts; (3) they marched like an ordered and disciplined army; and (4) their first part was stopped so that their last part might join them. These words show that Solomon had a well-trained and disciplined army which had several separate and distinct departments.
طیر (birds) is the plural of طائر which is active participle from طار which means, it flew or moved in the air by means of wings. طیر besides meaning "birds" may also apply to swift animals such as horses, etc. طیار (tayyar) which is an intensive form of طائر signifies a sharp-spirited and quick-footed horse that runs so fast that it seems to be flying (Lane). See also 3:50; 7:132 & 17:14.
جن (jinn) is derived from جن (janna). جنه means, it concealed, veiled, covered or protected him. جن means, the darkness of night or its intense darkness; such beings as keep aloof from the people as if remaining concealed, i.e. big people (Lane). Jinn in the present verse may represent mountain or wild people who had not till then been subjugated.
Commentary:
The verse under comment should be read along with 21:83; 34:13 & 38:38. It seems to refer to the military personnel of Solomon’s army. The three words جن (jinn), انس (men) and طیر (birds) may represent three departments of his army. In the present verse and in 34:13, the word جن (jinn) has been used to represent a particular section of the army while in 21:83 & 38:38, the word شیاطین has been used to represent the same class. It seems that Solomon had subdued and subjugated some wild tribes, this approximately being the sense of both the words جن and شیاطین who formed an integral part of his army and did sundry other difficult tasks for him.
The word طیر denoting swift-footed horses may represent Solomon’s cavalry. This meaning of the word finds corroboration in 38:32-34 where Solomon has been stated to possess great love for horses. Thus whereas جن (jinn) and انس(men) represented two sections of Solomon’s infantry, طیر (birds) stood for his cavalry. But if طیر may be taken to mean 'birds' then it would signify birds which Solomon employed for carrying messages. Thus they also formed a very useful and necessary adjunct to his army.
But these three words may also have been used in a metaphorical sense signifying respectively "big men," "ordinary men" and "highly spiritual men." In this sense of the words the verse would mean that while on military expeditions Solomon had all these three classes of men with him because they all had their usefulness.
a
38:19, 20.
941
这里 جِن (Jinn, 精纳) 可以意指山岳或野蛮部族, 现在注释的这节经文应当和 21:83; 34:13 和 38:38 节经文一起看。看来他指的是素莱曼军队的军事人员。جِن (精纳)、 اِنْس (Ins, 人) 和 طَیْر (Tair, 鸟--------可能代表他的军队的三个部门。本节经文和 34:13 节文中, 精纳这个单词用来代表这一军队中的一个特殊部份; 而在 21:83 和 38:38 节文中恶魔这个单词用来代表这同一阶层的人。看来素莱曼降服和征服了某些野蛮部族, 这近乎包括了这两个单词的含义。精纳和恶魔组成了他军队的主要部分并为他做其他各种各样艰苦的工作。“鸟” 这一单词意指疾驰的马匹, 可能代表素莱曼的骑兵。该单词的词义在 38:32-34 节经文中找到确证, 文中说素莱曼极喜欢马匹。因此, “精纳” 和 “人” 代表素莱曼的步兵, 而 “鸟” 代表他的骑兵。不过, 如果鸟当作真正的鸟来理解的话, 那么, 这一单词可以意指素莱曼用来携带信息的那些鸟。这样, 它们也可成为他军队中的一种非常有用而必需的附属部分。可是, 这三个单词用作隐喻的意义时可以各自意为 “大人物”、“普通人” 和 “精神高尚的人”。
942
طَیْر, 除了 “鸟” 的意义以外, 也可以用于诸如马匹等疾驰的兽类。طَيَّار (Tayyar) 是 طَائر (Ta’ir) 的加强形式, 意示一匹烈性的骏马, 它跑得快如飞鸟 (Lane和 Lisan)。
943
وَزَعَ (Waza‘a) 的意思是: 他停住了前面的那部分军队, 使得后面的部分军队能和他们集合在一起。 هُوَ يَزَعُ الْجَيْشَ (Huwa Yaza‘ul-Jaisha) 的意思是: 他正在按一定的次序把士兵布列成阵 (اَقْرَبْ, Aqrab)。«古兰经» 的这句话的意思是: (1) 他们分成小组; (2)他们像一支有秩序、有纪律的军队行军; (3) 他们最前的一部分停住不再前进, 让最后的一部分军队前来和他们集合在一起。这些话表明, 素莱曼有一支训练有素和纪律严明的军队, 这支军队有几个独立和性质不同的部门。
a
38:19-20.
2824
Important Words:
یوزعون (formed into separate groups) is derived from وزع. They say وزع فلانا او بفلان i.e. he hindered or led or drove such a one and restrained him, and he incited or urged him with such a one. وزع الجیش means, he stopped the first part of the army so that their last part may join them. They say رأیته یزع الجیش i.e. I saw that he was arranging the soldiers in proper order and placing them in rows. وزع المال بینھم (wazza’a) means, he distributed the property among them. أوزع اللّٰه فلانا means, God inspired such a one. الاوزاع means, parties; companies (Aqrab). Thus according to the different significations of the root word, the Quranic expression فھم یوزعون would mean, they were formed into separate groups or classes; (2) they were hindered from cruel and tyrannous acts; (3) they marched like an ordered and disciplined army; and (4) their first part was stopped so that their last part might join them. These words show that Solomon had a well-trained and disciplined army which had several separate and distinct departments.
طیر (birds) is the plural of طائر which is active participle from طار which means, it flew or moved in the air by means of wings. طیر besides meaning "birds" may also apply to swift animals such as horses, etc. طیار (tayyar) which is an intensive form of طائر signifies a sharp-spirited and quick-footed horse that runs so fast that it seems to be flying (Lane). See also 3:50; 7:132 & 17:14.
جن (jinn) is derived from جن (janna). جنه means, it concealed, veiled, covered or protected him. جن means, the darkness of night or its intense darkness; such beings as keep aloof from the people as if remaining concealed, i.e. big people (Lane). Jinn in the present verse may represent mountain or wild people who had not till then been subjugated.
Commentary:
The verse under comment should be read along with 21:83; 34:13 & 38:38. It seems to refer to the military personnel of Solomon’s army. The three words جن (jinn), انس (men) and طیر (birds) may represent three departments of his army. In the present verse and in 34:13, the word جن (jinn) has been used to represent a particular section of the army while in 21:83 & 38:38, the word شیاطین has been used to represent the same class. It seems that Solomon had subdued and subjugated some wild tribes, this approximately being the sense of both the words جن and شیاطین who formed an integral part of his army and did sundry other difficult tasks for him.
The word طیر denoting swift-footed horses may represent Solomon’s cavalry. This meaning of the word finds corroboration in 38:32-34 where Solomon has been stated to possess great love for horses. Thus whereas جن (jinn) and انس(men) represented two sections of Solomon’s infantry, طیر (birds) stood for his cavalry. But if طیر may be taken to mean 'birds' then it would signify birds which Solomon employed for carrying messages. Thus they also formed a very useful and necessary adjunct to his army.
But these three words may also have been used in a metaphorical sense signifying respectively "big men," "ordinary men" and "highly spiritual men." In this sense of the words the verse would mean that while on military expeditions Solomon had all these three classes of men with him because they all had their usefulness.
a
38:19, 20.
2153
'Jinn' here may signify mountain or wild tribes. The verse under comment should be read along with vv. 21:83; 34:13 and 38:38. It seems to refer to the military personnel of Solomon’s army. The three words—Jinn, Ins (men) and Tair (birds)—may represent three departments of his army. In the present verse and in 34:13, the word Jinn has been used to represent a particular section of the army while in 21:83 and 38:38, the word Shayatin has been used to represent the same class. It seems that Solomon had subdued and subjugated some wild tribes, this approximately being the sense of both the words, Jinn and Shayatin, who formed an integral part of his army and did sundry, other hard tasks for him. The word Tair denoting swift-footed horses may represent Solomon’s cavalry. This meaning of the word finds corroboration in 38:32-34 where Solomon has been stated to possess great love for horses. Thus whereas Jinn and Ins (men) represented
2154
Tair, besides meaning 'birds,' may also apply to swift-footed animals such as horses, etc. Tayyar which is an intensive form of Ta’ir signifies a sharp-spirited and quick-footed horse which runs so fast that it seems to be flying (Lane & Lisan).
2155
Waza‘a means, he stopped the first part of the army so that their last part may join them. Huwa Yada‘ul-Jaisha means, he was arranging the soldiers in proper order and placing them in rows (Aqrab). The Quranic expression means: (1) They were formed into separate groups. (2) They marched like an ordered and disciplined army. (3) Their first part was stopped so that their last part might join them. These words show that Solomon had a well-trained and disciplined army which had several separate and distinct departments.
حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَآ أَتَوْا۟ عَلَىٰ وَادِ ٱلنَّمْلِ قَالَتْ نَمْلَةٌ يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّمْلُ ٱدْخُلُوا۟ مَسَٰكِنَكُمْ لَا يَحْطِمَنَّكُمْ سُلَيْمَٰنُ وَجُنُودُهُۥ وَهُمْ لَا يَشْعُرُونَ
نَمْل (Naml, 纳穆勒) 是一个专有名词, “纳穆勒谷” 并不是像一般误解为蚂蚁的山谷的那种意思, 而是一个称为蚁的部族生活在那里的山谷。قَامُوْس (Qamus)” 中有这么一句话, اَلْاَبْرِقَةُ مِنْ مِيَاهِ النَّمْلَةِ (al-Abriqatu min Miyahin Namlati), 也就是说 اَبْرِقَة (Abriqah, 阿布里卡) 是 نَمْلَة (Namlah, 纳穆拉) 的许多泉水中的一条。因此, “蚁” 是一个部族的名字, 正如 مَازِن حَمَاسَہ (Mazin, Hamasah), 它的意思是蚁卵, 是一个阿拉伯人的名字。在阿拉伯部族, 用兽类或野兽的名字称呼的不是一种鲜见的做法, 诸如: بَنُوْاَسَد (Banu Asad, 狮子的子孙), بَنُوْ كَلْب (Banu Kalb, 狗的子孙), بَنُوْ نَمْل Banu Naml, (蚂蚁的子孙) 等等。此外, 在节文中使用 اُدْخُلُوْا (Udkhulu 进入) 和 مَسَاكِنَكُمْ (Masakinakum, 你们的住处) 这些单词, 有力地证实了 نَمْل (Naml) 是一个部族的这个看法, 因为前一个动词只用于有理性的人而后一个短语 (你们的住处) 在 «古兰经» 中也只用于人的住处 (29:39; 32:27)。这样, Naml 的意思是 اَلنَّمْل (An-Naml) 部族的一个人--------Naml人。所讲的那个 Naml 人可能是他们的首领。他叫人们要回避素莱曼的军队而叫他们走到自己的家里去。按照某些权威人士的说法, 这山谷位于吉布林 (جِبْرِيْن, Jibrin) 和阿斯卡兰 (عَسْقَلَان, ‘Asqalan) 之间。‘阿斯卡兰是海岸上的一个城镇, 在西奈附近的加兹 (Gaz) 以北 12 英里 (تَقْوِيْمُ الْبُلْدَان, Taqwimul-buldan)。吉布林是北部的一个城镇, 位于大马士革的维拉亚 (وِلَايَة, Vilayah)。这说明, 蚁谷位於近海岸的地方, 在耶路撒冷的对面或附近, 在从大马士革到希贾兹 حِجَاز, (Hijaz) 的路上, 离开它大约有一百英里。直到素莱曼时代, 这个国家的这一部分, 由阿拉伯人和麦德彦人居住着。(见叙利亚和巴勒斯坦的古代和现代地图) 然而, 按照另一些权威人士的意见, 它是在也门。后一种看法, 看来更近乎实际情况。由于历史事实, 环绕这一山谷编造的许多传说只是些猜测。这个简单的事实看来是, 在一次去沙巴 (سَبَأ, Saba’) 的军事远征中, 素莱曼可能曾经走过这个蚁族人居住的山谷。
وادیٔ نمل ساحل سمندر پر یروشلم کے مقابل پر یا اس کے قریب دمشق سے حجاز کی طرف آتے ہوئے ایک سچ مچ کی وادی ہے جسے استعارۃ وادیٔ نمل کہتے ہیں۔ اندازاًدمشق سے سو میل نیچے کی طرف واقع ہے۔ ان علاقوں میں حضرت سلیمان علیہ السلام کے وقت تک عرب اور مدین کے بہت سے قبائل بستے تھے (دیکھئے نقشہ فلسطین و شام بعہد قدیم و جدید و نیلسنز انسائیکلوپیڈیا) (Nelson`s Encyclopedia) اور نملہ ایک قوم تھی جو وہاں رہتی تھی اس آیت سے یہ بھی ظاہر ہوتا ہے کہ حضرت سلیمان علیہ السلام کی قوم جان بوجھ کر کسی کو نقصان نہیں پہنچاتی تھی بلکہ اگر اس کو پتہ لگ جاتا کہ کوئی قوم کمزور ہے تو اس کو بچانے کی کوشش کرتی تھی۔</
Naml being a proper noun, "the Valley of An-Naml" does not mean the valley of ants as is generally misunderstood but the valley where a tribe named Naml lived. In Qamus we have, al-Abriqatu min Miyahili Namlati, i.e. Abriqah is one of the springs of Namlah. So Naml was the name of a tribe just as Mazin (Hamasah), which means the eggs of ants, was the name of an Arab. In Arabia it was not an uncommon practice that tribes were named after animals and beasts such as Banu Asad, Banu Kalb, Banu Naml, etc. Moreover, the use of the words Udkhulu (enter) and Masakinakum (your habitations) in the verse lends powerful support to the view that Naml was a tribe, since the former verb is used only for rational beings and the latter expression (your habitations) also has been used in the Qur’an exclusively for human habitations (29:39; 32:27). Thus Namlah means a person of the tribe of An- Naml—a Namlite. The said Namlite was possibly their leader and had ordered the people to get
It appears that the piety and godliness of Solomon’s soldiers was famed far and wide. They would not knowingly harm or injure any people. This seems to be the implication of the words, while they knew not, and this is what pleased Solomon as is clear from the next verse.
Commentary:
نمل (Naml) being a proper noun, واد النمل (the valley of Naml) does not mean the valley of ants as is generally misunderstood but the valley where a tribe named Naml lived. In Qamus under the word برق we have الابرقة من میاہ النملة i.e. Abriqah is one of the springs of Namlah. So Naml is the name of a tribe just as Mazin (مازن) which means the eggs of ants is the name of an Arab tribe. In Arabia it was not an uncommon practice that tribes were named after animals and beasts such as Banu Asad, Banu Taghlab, Banu Kalb, Banu Naml, etc. Moreover, the use of the words ادخلوا (enter) and مساکنکم(your habitations) in the verse lends powerful support to the view that Naml was a tribe, since the former word is used only for rational beings and the expression مساکنکم (your habitations) has been used in the Quran exclusively for human habitations (29:39; 32:27). Thus نملة means a person of the tribe of النمل; a Namlite. The said Namlite was possibly their leader and had ordered the people to get out of the way of the army of Solomon and enter their houses.
According to some authorities this valley is situated between Jibrin and ‘Asqalan. ‘Asqalan is a town on the sea coast, twelve miles to the north of Gaz, near Sinai (Taqwimul-Buldan). Jibrin is a town in the north, situated in the vilayat of Damascus. This shows that the Valley of Naml is situated near the sea coast, opposite to or near Jerusalem, lying on the route from Damascus to Hijaz, at a distance of about a hundred miles from it. This part of the country was up to the time of Solomon inhabited by the Arabs and the Midianites. (See ancient and modern maps of Syria and Palestine). According to other authorities, however, it is situated in Yemen. This latter view seems to be more akin to reality. In view of this historical fact fabulous legends woven round this valley are mere conjectures of the commentators of the Quran. The simple fact seems to be that while on a military expedition to Saba’, Solomon might have passed by the valley where the tribe called Namlah lived.
It further appears from the verse that the piety and godliness of Solomon’s soldiers was famed far and wide. They would not knowingly harm or injure any people. This seems to be the implication of the words "and they knew not" and this is what pleased Solomon as is clear from the next verse.
944
نَمْل (Naml, 纳穆勒) 是一个专有名词, “纳穆勒谷” 并不是像一般误解为蚂蚁的山谷的那种意思, 而是一个称为蚁的部族生活在那里的山谷。قَامُوْس (Qamus)” 中有这么一句话, اَلْاَبْرِقَةُ مِنْ مِيَاهِ النَّمْلَةِ (al-Abriqatu min Miyahin Namlati), 也就是说 اَبْرِقَة (Abriqah, 阿布里卡) 是 نَمْلَة (Namlah, 纳穆拉) 的许多泉水中的一条。因此, “蚁” 是一个部族的名字, 正如 مَازِن حَمَاسَہ (Mazin, Hamasah), 它的意思是蚁卵, 是一个阿拉伯人的名字。在阿拉伯部族, 用兽类或野兽的名字称呼的不是一种鲜见的做法, 诸如: بَنُوْاَسَد (Banu Asad, 狮子的子孙), بَنُوْ كَلْب (Banu Kalb, 狗的子孙), بَنُوْ نَمْل Banu Naml, (蚂蚁的子孙) 等等。此外, 在节文中使用 اُدْخُلُوْا (Udkhulu 进入) 和 مَسَاكِنَكُمْ (Masakinakum, 你们的住处) 这些单词, 有力地证实了 نَمْل (Naml) 是一个部族的这个看法, 因为前一个动词只用于有理性的人而后一个短语 (你们的住处) 在 «古兰经» 中也只用于人的住处 (29:39; 32:27)。这样, Naml 的意思是 اَلنَّمْل (An-Naml) 部族的一个人--------Naml人。所讲的那个 Naml 人可能是他们的首领。他叫人们要回避素莱曼的军队而叫他们走到自己的家里去。按照某些权威人士的说法, 这山谷位于吉布林 (جِبْرِيْن, Jibrin) 和阿斯卡兰 (عَسْقَلَان, ‘Asqalan) 之间。‘阿斯卡兰是海岸上的一个城镇, 在西奈附近的加兹 (Gaz) 以北 12 英里 (تَقْوِيْمُ الْبُلْدَان, Taqwimul-buldan)。吉布林是北部的一个城镇, 位于大马士革的维拉亚 (وِلَايَة, Vilayah)。这说明, 蚁谷位於近海岸的地方, 在耶路撒冷的对面或附近, 在从大马士革到希贾兹 حِجَاز, (Hijaz) 的路上, 离开它大约有一百英里。直到素莱曼时代, 这个国家的这一部分, 由阿拉伯人和麦德彦人居住着。(见叙利亚和巴勒斯坦的古代和现代地图) 然而, 按照另一些权威人士的意见, 它是在也门。后一种看法, 看来更近乎实际情况。由于历史事实, 环绕这一山谷编造的许多传说只是些猜测。这个简单的事实看来是, 在一次去沙巴 (سَبَأ, Saba’) 的军事远征中, 素莱曼可能曾经走过这个蚁族人居住的山谷。
1
وادیٔ نمل ساحل سمندر پر یروشلم کے مقابل پر یا اس کے قریب دمشق سے حجاز کی طرف آتے ہوئے ایک سچ مچ کی وادی ہے جسے استعارۃ وادیٔ نمل کہتے ہیں۔ اندازاًدمشق سے سو میل نیچے کی طرف واقع ہے۔ ان علاقوں میں حضرت سلیمان علیہ السلام کے وقت تک عرب اور مدین کے بہت سے قبائل بستے تھے (دیکھئے نقشہ فلسطین و شام بعہد قدیم و جدید و نیلسنز انسائیکلوپیڈیا) (Nelson`s Encyclopedia) اور نملہ ایک قوم تھی جو وہاں رہتی تھی اس آیت سے یہ بھی ظاہر ہوتا ہے کہ حضرت سلیمان علیہ السلام کی قوم جان بوجھ کر کسی کو نقصان نہیں پہنچاتی تھی بلکہ اگر اس کو پتہ لگ جاتا کہ کوئی قوم کمزور ہے تو اس کو بچانے کی کوشش کرتی تھی۔</
2825
Commentary:
نمل (Naml) being a proper noun, واد النمل (the valley of Naml) does not mean the valley of ants as is generally misunderstood but the valley where a tribe named Naml lived. In Qamus under the word برق we have الابرقة من میاہ النملة i.e. Abriqah is one of the springs of Namlah. So Naml is the name of a tribe just as Mazin (مازن) which means the eggs of ants is the name of an Arab tribe. In Arabia it was not an uncommon practice that tribes were named after animals and beasts such as Banu Asad, Banu Taghlab, Banu Kalb, Banu Naml, etc. Moreover, the use of the words ادخلوا (enter) and مساکنکم(your habitations) in the verse lends powerful support to the view that Naml was a tribe, since the former word is used only for rational beings and the expression مساکنکم (your habitations) has been used in the Quran exclusively for human habitations (29:39; 32:27). Thus نملة means a person of the tribe of النمل; a Namlite. The said Namlite was possibly their leader and had ordered the people to get out of the way of the army of Solomon and enter their houses.
According to some authorities this valley is situated between Jibrin and ‘Asqalan. ‘Asqalan is a town on the sea coast, twelve miles to the north of Gaz, near Sinai (Taqwimul-Buldan). Jibrin is a town in the north, situated in the vilayat of Damascus. This shows that the Valley of Naml is situated near the sea coast, opposite to or near Jerusalem, lying on the route from Damascus to Hijaz, at a distance of about a hundred miles from it. This part of the country was up to the time of Solomon inhabited by the Arabs and the Midianites. (See ancient and modern maps of Syria and Palestine). According to other authorities, however, it is situated in Yemen. This latter view seems to be more akin to reality. In view of this historical fact fabulous legends woven round this valley are mere conjectures of the commentators of the Quran. The simple fact seems to be that while on a military expedition to Saba’, Solomon might have passed by the valley where the tribe called Namlah lived.
It further appears from the verse that the piety and godliness of Solomon’s soldiers was famed far and wide. They would not knowingly harm or injure any people. This seems to be the implication of the words "and they knew not" and this is what pleased Solomon as is clear from the next verse.
2156
Naml being a proper noun, "the Valley of An-Naml" does not mean the valley of ants as is generally misunderstood but the valley where a tribe named Naml lived. In Qamus we have, al-Abriqatu min Miyahili Namlati, i.e. Abriqah is one of the springs of Namlah. So Naml was the name of a tribe just as Mazin (Hamasah), which means the eggs of ants, was the name of an Arab. In Arabia it was not an uncommon practice that tribes were named after animals and beasts such as Banu Asad, Banu Kalb, Banu Naml, etc. Moreover, the use of the words Udkhulu (enter) and Masakinakum (your habitations) in the verse lends powerful support to the view that Naml was a tribe, since the former verb is used only for rational beings and the latter expression (your habitations) also has been used in the Qur’an exclusively for human habitations (29:39; 32:27). Thus Namlah means a person of the tribe of An- Naml—a Namlite. The said Namlite was possibly their leader and had ordered the people to get
2157
It appears that the piety and godliness of Solomon’s soldiers was famed far and wide. They would not knowingly harm or injure any people. This seems to be the implication of the words, while they knew not, and this is what pleased Solomon as is clear from the next verse.
فَتَبَسَّمَ ضَاحِكًا مِّن قَوْلِهَا وَقَالَ رَبِّ أَوْزِعْنِىٓ أَنْ أَشْكُرَ نِعْمَتَكَ ٱلَّتِىٓ أَنْعَمْتَ عَلَىَّ وَعَلَىٰ وَٰلِدَىَّ وَأَنْ أَعْمَلَ صَٰلِحًا تَرْضَىٰهُ وَأَدْخِلْنِى بِرَحْمَتِكَ فِى عِبَادِكَ ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ
یعنی ایک وحشی قبیلہ کے لوگ بھی یہ جانتے ہیں کہ میں جان بوجھ کر ان کو نقصان نہیں پہنچاؤں گا (دیکھئے پہلی آیت)
Dahika meaning, he wondered or he was pleased (Lane), the verse signifies that Solomon wondered and was pleased with the good opinion the Namlite expressed about his own and that of his army’s power and piety.
Important Words:
ضاحکا (laughed) is derived from ضحک which means, he laughed; he wondered; he was frightened. ضحکت المرأة means, the woman menstruated. ضحکت الطریق means, the way became clear. ضحکت الارض عن النبات means, the land brought forth its herbage (Lane & Aqrab). See also 11:72.
Commentary:
The entire wording of the verse shows that Solomon was extremely pleased with the good opinion a Namlite expressed about his own and that of his army’s power and piety. The implication in this account of Solomon is that rising from quite insignificant beginnings, the Holy Prophet will attain such prestige and power that he would be feared far and wide. The Prophet himself is reported to have said: نصرت بالرعب مسیرة شھر i.e. I have been helped with such prestige that people fear me from a distance of one month’s journey (Bukhari, Kitabul-Jihad).
2
یعنی ایک وحشی قبیلہ کے لوگ بھی یہ جانتے ہیں کہ میں جان بوجھ کر ان کو نقصان نہیں پہنچاؤں گا (دیکھئے پہلی آیت)
2826
Important Words:
ضاحکا (laughed) is derived from ضحک which means, he laughed; he wondered; he was frightened. ضحکت المرأة means, the woman menstruated. ضحکت الطریق means, the way became clear. ضحکت الارض عن النبات means, the land brought forth its herbage (Lane & Aqrab). See also 11:72.
Commentary:
The entire wording of the verse shows that Solomon was extremely pleased with the good opinion a Namlite expressed about his own and that of his army’s power and piety. The implication in this account of Solomon is that rising from quite insignificant beginnings, the Holy Prophet will attain such prestige and power that he would be feared far and wide. The Prophet himself is reported to have said: نصرت بالرعب مسیرة شھر i.e. I have been helped with such prestige that people fear me from a distance of one month’s journey (Bukhari, Kitabul-Jihad).
2158
Dahika meaning, he wondered or he was pleased (Lane), the verse signifies that Solomon wondered and was pleased with the good opinion the Namlite expressed about his own and that of his army’s power and piety.
وَتَفَقَّدَ ٱلطَّيْرَ فَقَالَ مَا لِىَ لَآ أَرَى ٱلْهُدْهُدَ أَمْ كَانَ مِنَ ٱلْغَآئِبِينَ
کئی ادومی بادشاہوں کا نام ہُدَدْ تھا۔ جس کو عرب لوگ اپنے لہجہ کے لحاظ سے ہُدْہُدْکہتے تھے۔ یہ نام بنو اسماعیل میں عام رائج تھا۔ حضرت سلیمان علیہ السلام کے دربار کے ایک سردار کا نام بھی ہدہد تھا۔ جب حضرت سلیمان علیہ السلام نے موآب کو جو ایک بڑا انجینئر تھا‘ اس کی سازش کی وجہ سے قتل کرایا تو یہ ہُدْہُدْبھاگ کر مصر چلا گیا کہ کہیں مجھے بھی نہ مار ڈالیں۔ پھر بعد میں معافی مانگ کر اور سفارشیں کراکے واپس آگیا (دیکھئے جیوش انسائیکلوپیڈیا) ممکن ہے کہ چونکہ یہ عام نام تھا بعض اور سرداروں کا بھی یہ نام ہو۔ اور چونکہ عربی میں ہُدْہُدْ ایک پرندے کا بھی نام
Tafaqqada (he reviewed) is derived from Faqada, i.e. he lost it, it was or became absent from him. Tafaqqada-hu means, he sought for or after it leisurely or repeatedly, it being absent from him, or he sought to obtain knowledge of it (Mufradat). Solomon seemed to have reviewed his army and Hud-hud, an important officer of the State, possibly a general, was absent at the important occasion.
Important Words:
تفقد (he reviewed) is derived from فقد. They say فقدہ i.e. he found it not; he lost it, it was or became absent from him. الفقدwhich is noun-infinitive, though often used as meaning being non-existent, properly signifies the thing’s being absent from the range of perception by sense so that its place is not known. تفقدہ means, he sought for or after it; or did so leisurely or repeatedly; or sought for or after it, it being absent from him, or he sought or sought leisurely or repeatedly to obtain knowledge of it, having known it before (Lane, Aqrab & Mufradat).
Commentary:
Contrary to popular belief based on fable and fiction "Hudhud" was not the name of a bird which Solomon employed as his message-bearer. This is clear from the following facts mentioned in the present and the next few verses.
(1) It is inconceivable that a great Divine Prophet and a mighty monarch like Solomon should have been so angry with a little bird as to be prepared to inflict severe punishment upon it or even to kill it if it did not give clear reason for its absence. Birds are not subject to the penalties of law (v. 22).
(2) The hoopoe or "Hudhud" is not a migratory bird. It cannot fly long distances. Solomon, therefore, could not have selected it for a journey to Sheba and back (v. 23).
(3) The bird also seems to be acquainted with the requirements of a State and with kings and thrones as is clear from the report he made to Solomon, viz. that the Queen of Sheba had been given all that was needed for carrying on the government of her country (v. 24).
(4) Surprisingly, the bird seems to be well-versed in knowledge about Divine Unity and the evils of associating gods with Allah (vv. 25, 26).
It quite clearly follows from these facts that "Hudhud" was not a bird but a man, even a very responsible officer of State who had been entrusted with an important political mission by Solomon to the Queen of Sheba. The practice of exchange of envoys seems to be quite popular in Solomon’s time. It is also a known fact that men are named after birds and animals. "Hudhud" appears to be a very popular name among Solomon’s people. The word seems to be the Arabicised form of Hadad, a Biblical name. It appears to have been the name of several Edomite kings who ruled immediately before the first Israelite king and who defeated Midian. One of the courtiers of Solomon was also named Hudhud. A son of Ishmael, too, bore this name. Similarly, an Edomite prince who fled to Egypt for fear of Jacob’s massacre was known by this name (1 Kings 11:14). The name appeared to be so popular and is so frequently used in the Old Testament that when mentioned without a qualifying word it means, "a man of the Edomite family" (Jew. Enc.). According to Muntaha al-Arab "Hudhud" was the name of the father of Bilqis, the Queen of Sheba.
3
کئی ادومی بادشاہوں کا نام ہُدَدْ تھا۔ جس کو عرب لوگ اپنے لہجہ کے لحاظ سے ہُدْہُدْکہتے تھے۔ یہ نام بنو اسماعیل میں عام رائج تھا۔ حضرت سلیمان علیہ السلام کے دربار کے ایک سردار کا نام بھی ہدہد تھا۔ جب حضرت سلیمان علیہ السلام نے موآب کو جو ایک بڑا انجینئر تھا‘ اس کی سازش کی وجہ سے قتل کرایا تو یہ ہُدْہُدْبھاگ کر مصر چلا گیا کہ کہیں مجھے بھی نہ مار ڈالیں۔ پھر بعد میں معافی مانگ کر اور سفارشیں کراکے واپس آگیا (دیکھئے جیوش انسائیکلوپیڈیا) ممکن ہے کہ چونکہ یہ عام نام تھا بعض اور سرداروں کا بھی یہ نام ہو۔ اور چونکہ عربی میں ہُدْہُدْ ایک پرندے کا بھی نام
2827
Important Words:
تفقد (he reviewed) is derived from فقد. They say فقدہ i.e. he found it not; he lost it, it was or became absent from him. الفقدwhich is noun-infinitive, though often used as meaning being non-existent, properly signifies the thing’s being absent from the range of perception by sense so that its place is not known. تفقدہ means, he sought for or after it; or did so leisurely or repeatedly; or sought for or after it, it being absent from him, or he sought or sought leisurely or repeatedly to obtain knowledge of it, having known it before (Lane, Aqrab & Mufradat).
Commentary:
Contrary to popular belief based on fable and fiction "Hudhud" was not the name of a bird which Solomon employed as his message-bearer. This is clear from the following facts mentioned in the present and the next few verses.
(1) It is inconceivable that a great Divine Prophet and a mighty monarch like Solomon should have been so angry with a little bird as to be prepared to inflict severe punishment upon it or even to kill it if it did not give clear reason for its absence. Birds are not subject to the penalties of law (v. 22).
(2) The hoopoe or "Hudhud" is not a migratory bird. It cannot fly long distances. Solomon, therefore, could not have selected it for a journey to Sheba and back (v. 23).
(3) The bird also seems to be acquainted with the requirements of a State and with kings and thrones as is clear from the report he made to Solomon, viz. that the Queen of Sheba had been given all that was needed for carrying on the government of her country (v. 24).
(4) Surprisingly, the bird seems to be well-versed in knowledge about Divine Unity and the evils of associating gods with Allah (vv. 25, 26).
It quite clearly follows from these facts that "Hudhud" was not a bird but a man, even a very responsible officer of State who had been entrusted with an important political mission by Solomon to the Queen of Sheba. The practice of exchange of envoys seems to be quite popular in Solomon’s time. It is also a known fact that men are named after birds and animals. "Hudhud" appears to be a very popular name among Solomon’s people. The word seems to be the Arabicised form of Hadad, a Biblical name. It appears to have been the name of several Edomite kings who ruled immediately before the first Israelite king and who defeated Midian. One of the courtiers of Solomon was also named Hudhud. A son of Ishmael, too, bore this name. Similarly, an Edomite prince who fled to Egypt for fear of Jacob’s massacre was known by this name (1 Kings 11:14). The name appeared to be so popular and is so frequently used in the Old Testament that when mentioned without a qualifying word it means, "a man of the Edomite family" (Jew. Enc.). According to Muntaha al-Arab "Hudhud" was the name of the father of Bilqis, the Queen of Sheba.
2159
Tafaqqada (he reviewed) is derived from Faqada, i.e. he lost it, it was or became absent from him. Tafaqqada-hu means, he sought for or after it leisurely or repeatedly, it being absent from him, or he sought to obtain knowledge of it (Mufradat). Solomon seemed to have reviewed his army and Hud-hud, an important officer of the State, possibly a general, was absent at the important occasion.
لَأُعَذِّبَنَّهُۥ عَذَابًا شَدِيدًا أَوْ لَأَا۟ذْبَحَنَّهُۥٓ أَوْ لَيَأْتِيَنِّى بِسُلْطَٰنٍ مُّبِينٍ
عربی میں ذَبَحَ بمعنے قتل بھی آتا ہے۔ (تاج العروس)
Contrary to popular belief, based on fable and fiction, Hud-hud was not a bird employed by Solomon as his message-bearer since (a) it was inconsistent with Solomon’s dignity as a great monarch and a Divine Prophet to be so angry with a small bird as to be prepared to inflict severe punishment upon it or even to kill it. (b) Hud-hud seems to be well-acquainted with the rules and requirements of States and also well-versed in the knowledge about Divine Unity (vv. 25, 26) which birds are not. (c) Hud-hud, being not a migratory bird, cannot fly long distances and therefore could not have been selected for the journey to Sheba and back (v. 23). It follows from these facts that Hud-hud was not a bird but a man, even a very responsible officer of State or a general who had been entrusted with an important political mission by Solomon to the Queen of Sheba. The practice of exchange of envoys seems to have been quite popular in Solomon’s time. Moreover, it is a known fact that men are named after birds and anim
4
عربی میں ذَبَحَ بمعنے قتل بھی آتا ہے۔ (تاج العروس)
2160
Contrary to popular belief, based on fable and fiction, Hud-hud was not a bird employed by Solomon as his message-bearer since (a) it was inconsistent with Solomon’s dignity as a great monarch and a Divine Prophet to be so angry with a small bird as to be prepared to inflict severe punishment upon it or even to kill it. (b) Hud-hud seems to be well-acquainted with the rules and requirements of States and also well-versed in the knowledge about Divine Unity (vv. 25, 26) which birds are not. (c) Hud-hud, being not a migratory bird, cannot fly long distances and therefore could not have been selected for the journey to Sheba and back (v. 23). It follows from these facts that Hud-hud was not a bird but a man, even a very responsible officer of State or a general who had been entrusted with an important political mission by Solomon to the Queen of Sheba. The practice of exchange of envoys seems to have been quite popular in Solomon’s time. Moreover, it is a known fact that men are named after birds and anim
فَمَكَثَ غَيْرَ بَعِيدٍ فَقَالَ أَحَطتُ بِمَا لَمْ تُحِطْ بِهِۦ وَجِئْتُكَ مِن سَبَإٍۭ بِنَبَإٍ يَقِينٍ
从这节经文看来 هُدْهُدْ (Hudhud, 胡德胡德) 被派出去进行一项重要的国家使命而且给素莱曼带来一件重要消息。沙巴 (Saba’) 可能和 «圣经» 中的示巴 (Sheba) 是一致的 («列王纪» 上, 章10)。这是也门的一个城市, 位于离开萨纳城(صَنْعَاء San‘a’) 大约三天的路程处, 是示巴 (Sheba) 女王的政府所在地。此外, 沙巴是卡特尼 (قَحْطَانِی, Qahtani) 部族中的一个著名的支族。
It appears from this verse that Hud-hud was sent on an important State mission and he brought for Solomon an important piece of news. Saba’ may be identified with Sheba of the Bible (1 Kings, ch. 10). It was a city in Yemen, situated at about three days’ journey from the city of San‘a’ and was the seat of Government of the Queen of Sheba. Moreover, Saba’ is a well-known branch of the Qahtani tribes.
Commentary:
It appears from this verse that "Hudhud" was sent on an important State mission and he brought for Solomon an important piece of news. A rising seemed to have taken place in that region and Solomon marched with his army to quell it and he sent "Hudhud" in advance to collect all necessary information with regard to the real state of affairs obtaining there.
Saba’ may be identified with Sheba of the Bible (1 Kings 10). It was a city in Yemen situated at about three days’ journey from the city of San‘a and was the seat of Government of the Queen of Sheba. Moreover, Saba’ is a well-known branch of the Qahtani tribes.
945
从这节经文看来 هُدْهُدْ (Hudhud, 胡德胡德) 被派出去进行一项重要的国家使命而且给素莱曼带来一件重要消息。沙巴 (Saba’) 可能和 «圣经» 中的示巴 (Sheba) 是一致的 («列王纪» 上, 章10)。这是也门的一个城市, 位于离开萨纳城(صَنْعَاء San‘a’) 大约三天的路程处, 是示巴 (Sheba) 女王的政府所在地。此外, 沙巴是卡特尼 (قَحْطَانِی, Qahtani) 部族中的一个著名的支族。
2828
Commentary:
It appears from this verse that "Hudhud" was sent on an important State mission and he brought for Solomon an important piece of news. A rising seemed to have taken place in that region and Solomon marched with his army to quell it and he sent "Hudhud" in advance to collect all necessary information with regard to the real state of affairs obtaining there.
Saba’ may be identified with Sheba of the Bible (1 Kings 10). It was a city in Yemen situated at about three days’ journey from the city of San‘a and was the seat of Government of the Queen of Sheba. Moreover, Saba’ is a well-known branch of the Qahtani tribes.
2161
It appears from this verse that Hud-hud was sent on an important State mission and he brought for Solomon an important piece of news. Saba’ may be identified with Sheba of the Bible (1 Kings, ch. 10). It was a city in Yemen, situated at about three days’ journey from the city of San‘a’ and was the seat of Government of the Queen of Sheba. Moreover, Saba’ is a well-known branch of the Qahtani tribes.
إِنِّى وَجَدتُّ ٱمْرَأَةً تَمْلِكُهُمْ وَأُوتِيَتْ مِن كُلِّ شَىْءٍ وَلَهَا عَرْشٌ عَظِيمٌ
这节经文说明, 示巴女王统治着一个非常兴旺发达的民族。他们已经达到很高的文明程度, 而且她具有使她成为一个强大的君主所必需的一切东西 (条件)。
The verse shows that the Queen of Sheba ruled over a very prosperous people who had attained a very high degree of civilisation and that she possessed all those things which had made her a powerful monarch.
Commentary:
"Hudhud" proceeds to give detailed information about the place against which Solomon was marching. The words, "she has been given everything," show that the Queen of Sheba ruled over a very prosperous people who had attained a very high degree of civilization. She possessed all those things which had made her a powerful monarch.
946
这节经文说明, 示巴女王统治着一个非常兴旺发达的民族。他们已经达到很高的文明程度, 而且她具有使她成为一个强大的君主所必需的一切东西 (条件)。
2829
Commentary:
"Hudhud" proceeds to give detailed information about the place against which Solomon was marching. The words, "she has been given everything," show that the Queen of Sheba ruled over a very prosperous people who had attained a very high degree of civilization. She possessed all those things which had made her a powerful monarch.
2162
The verse shows that the Queen of Sheba ruled over a very prosperous people who had attained a very high degree of civilisation and that she possessed all those things which had made her a powerful monarch.
وَجَدتُّهَا وَقَوْمَهَا يَسْجُدُونَ لِلشَّمْسِ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَزَيَّنَ لَهُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ أَعْمَٰلَهُمْ فَصَدَّهُمْ عَنِ ٱلسَّبِيلِ فَهُمْ لَا يَهْتَدُونَ
8:49; 16:64; 35:9.
اس کے یہ معنے نہیں کہ شیطان لوگوں کو زبردستی ہدایت سے روکتا ہے۔ بلکہ جیسا کہ ہم کئی بار پہلے لکھ چکے ہیں شیطان کے معنے عربی زبان میں حق سے دور رہنے والے اور دور کرنے والے کے بھی ہیں اور اس جگہ یہی مراد ہے کہ حق سے دور رہنے والوں اور دور کرنے والے لوگوں نے ان کی نظر میں وہ خلاف شریعت اور خلاف عقل امور جن سے فطرت صحیحہ متنفّر ہوتی ہے اچھے کرکے دکھائے۔
8:49; 16:64; 35:9.
The Sabaeans worshipped the sun and the stars, a creed which in all likelihood had been imported into Yemen from Iraq with which the people of Yemen were in close contact by way of the sea and the Persian Gulf. The Sabaeans should not be confounded with Sabians who have been mentioned in 2:63; 5:70 and 22:18, and have been variously described as (1) a star- worshipping people living in Iraq; (2) a people believing in a Faith which was a sort of a patchwork of Judaism, Christianity and Zoroastrianism; (3) a people who lived near Mosul in Iraq and believed in the Unity of God, but possessed no known Shari‘ah, and (4) a people who lived round about Iraq and professed belief in all Divine Prophets.
8:49; 16:64; 35:9.
Commentary:
The Sabaeans worshipped the sun and the stars, a creed which in all likelihood had been imported into Yemen from Iraq with which the people of Yemen were in close contact by way of the sea and the Persian Gulf. The Sabaeans should not be confounded with Sabians who have been mentioned in 2:63, 5:70 & 22:18 and have been variously described as (1) a star-worshipping people living in Iraq; (2) a people believing in a faith which was a sort of patchwork of Judaism, Christianity and Zoroastrianism; (3) a people who lived near Mosul in Iraq and believed in the Unity of God but possessed no known shari‘ah and (4) a people who lived round about Iraq and professed beliefs in all Divine Prophets.
a
8:49; 16:64; 35:9.
1
اس کے یہ معنے نہیں کہ شیطان لوگوں کو زبردستی ہدایت سے روکتا ہے۔ بلکہ جیسا کہ ہم کئی بار پہلے لکھ چکے ہیں شیطان کے معنے عربی زبان میں حق سے دور رہنے والے اور دور کرنے والے کے بھی ہیں اور اس جگہ یہی مراد ہے کہ حق سے دور رہنے والوں اور دور کرنے والے لوگوں نے ان کی نظر میں وہ خلاف شریعت اور خلاف عقل امور جن سے فطرت صحیحہ متنفّر ہوتی ہے اچھے کرکے دکھائے۔
a
8:49; 16:64; 35:9.
2830
Commentary:
The Sabaeans worshipped the sun and the stars, a creed which in all likelihood had been imported into Yemen from Iraq with which the people of Yemen were in close contact by way of the sea and the Persian Gulf. The Sabaeans should not be confounded with Sabians who have been mentioned in 2:63, 5:70 & 22:18 and have been variously described as (1) a star-worshipping people living in Iraq; (2) a people believing in a faith which was a sort of patchwork of Judaism, Christianity and Zoroastrianism; (3) a people who lived near Mosul in Iraq and believed in the Unity of God but possessed no known shari‘ah and (4) a people who lived round about Iraq and professed beliefs in all Divine Prophets.
a
8:49; 16:64; 35:9.
2163
The Sabaeans worshipped the sun and the stars, a creed which in all likelihood had been imported into Yemen from Iraq with which the people of Yemen were in close contact by way of the sea and the Persian Gulf. The Sabaeans should not be confounded with Sabians who have been mentioned in 2:63; 5:70 and 22:18, and have been variously described as (1) a star- worshipping people living in Iraq; (2) a people believing in a Faith which was a sort of a patchwork of Judaism, Christianity and Zoroastrianism; (3) a people who lived near Mosul in Iraq and believed in the Unity of God, but possessed no known Shari‘ah, and (4) a people who lived round about Iraq and professed belief in all Divine Prophets.
أَلَّا يَسْجُدُوا۟ لِلَّهِ ٱلَّذِى يُخْرِجُ ٱلْخَبْءَ فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَيَعْلَمُ مَا تُخْفُونَ وَمَا تُعْلِنُونَ
2:78; 16:20; 64:5.
2:78; 16:20; 64:5.
2:78; 16:20; 64:5.
b
2:78; 16:20; 64:5.
a
2:78; 16:20; 64:5.
b
2:78; 16:20; 64:5.
ٱللَّهُ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ رَبُّ ٱلْعَرْشِ ٱلْعَظِيمِ ۩
۞ قَالَ سَنَنظُرُ أَصَدَقْتَ أَمْ كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلْكَٰذِبِينَ
鸟儿决不会知道说实话还是说谎话的。这节经文再一次证明胡德胡德不是一只鸟, 而是素莱曼政府中的一位重要官员。
Birds are never known to speak the truth or tell lies. The verse affords yet one more proof of Hud-hud being not a bird but an important official in Solomon’s government.
Commentary:
Birds are never known to speak the truth or tell lies. The verse affords yet one more proof of "Hudhud" being not a bird but an important official in Solomon’s government.
947
鸟儿决不会知道说实话还是说谎话的。这节经文再一次证明胡德胡德不是一只鸟, 而是素莱曼政府中的一位重要官员。
2831
Commentary:
Birds are never known to speak the truth or tell lies. The verse affords yet one more proof of "Hudhud" being not a bird but an important official in Solomon’s government.
2164
Birds are never known to speak the truth or tell lies. The verse affords yet one more proof of Hud-hud being not a bird but an important official in Solomon’s government.
ٱذْهَب بِّكِتَٰبِى هَٰذَا فَأَلْقِهْ إِلَيْهِمْ ثُمَّ تَوَلَّ عَنْهُمْ فَٱنظُرْ مَاذَا يَرْجِعُونَ
Even if it be conceded that David and Solomon could understand the language of birds, there is nothing in the Qur’an to show that the Queen of Sheba also could understand their language and yet Hud-hud was entrusted with the mission to take Solomon’s letter to her and to have a talk with her on Solomon’s behalf and as his representative.
Commentary:
In the words, "then withdraw from them," "Hudhud" had been taught proper etiquette which he had to observe while presenting Solomon’s letter to the Queen.
Even if it be conceded that David and Solomon could understand the language of birds, there is nothing in the Quran to show that the Queen of Sheba also understood their language and yet "Hudhud" was entrusted with the mission to take Solomon’s letter to her and to have a talk with her on Solomon’s behalf and as his representative.
2832
Commentary:
In the words, "then withdraw from them," "Hudhud" had been taught proper etiquette which he had to observe while presenting Solomon’s letter to the Queen.
Even if it be conceded that David and Solomon could understand the language of birds, there is nothing in the Quran to show that the Queen of Sheba also understood their language and yet "Hudhud" was entrusted with the mission to take Solomon’s letter to her and to have a talk with her on Solomon’s behalf and as his representative.
2165
Even if it be conceded that David and Solomon could understand the language of birds, there is nothing in the Qur’an to show that the Queen of Sheba also could understand their language and yet Hud-hud was entrusted with the mission to take Solomon’s letter to her and to have a talk with her on Solomon’s behalf and as his representative.
قَالَتْ يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلْمَلَؤُا۟ إِنِّىٓ أُلْقِىَ إِلَىَّ كِتَٰبٌ كَرِيمٌ
إِنَّهُۥ مِن سُلَيْمَٰنَ وَإِنَّهُۥ بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ
某些基督教的东方学家总是费尽心机地非难 «古兰经» 是安拉启示的这一事实, 他们力图表明 “奉无限博爱、永久仁慈的安拉之名” 这一用词是从早期经典中借用得来的。沃里 (Wherry) 在他的 “注释” 中说, 这一用语是从曾达维斯塔 (Zend-Avesta) 那里借用来的。塞尔 (Sale) 表示了相同的看法, 而罗德伟尔 (Rodwell) 的意见是, 在伊斯兰教以前阿拉伯人从犹太教徒那里学来的而随后由穆圣把它结合到 «古兰经» 中去的。如果说这一用语因为在过去某些经典中见到过, 就说它一定是从其中一部分经典中借用到 «古兰经» 中去的, 这显然是一个脆弱的推断。要说的是, 它只能证明 «古兰经» 与那些经典出自同一根源。而且, 其他经典没有像 «古兰经» 那种方式使用过这一用语。还有, 伊斯兰教出现以前的阿拉伯人, 在 «古兰经» 启示以前从来也没有用过这一用语。相反地, 他们特别厌恶使用无限博爱者这一安拉常德 (25-61), 而这一常德是构成 (奉……之名) 整体的一个组成部份。也可见1:1。
Some Christian orientalists, as is their practise, have vainly sought to impugn the Divine origin of the Qur’an by trying to show that the expression Bismillah has been borrowed from earlier Scriptures. Wherry in his "Commentary" says that it has been borrowed from Zend-Avesta. Sale has expressed an identical view, while Rodwell is of the opinion that pre-Islamic Arabs borrowed it from Jews and subsequently it was incorporated in the Qur’an by the Holy Prophet. To say that because this expression is found in some former Scriptures, therefore it must have necessarily been borrowed from one of them by the Qur’an is evidently a flimsy inference. If anything, it only proves that the Qur’an has originated from the same Source from which those Scriptures had originated. Moreover, no other Scripture has used this expression in the form and manner in which the Qur’an has done. Also, the pre-Islamic Arabs had never used it before it was revealed in the Qur’an. On the contrary, they had a special
Commentary:
Some Christian orientalists, as is their wont, have vainly sought to impugn the Divine origin of the Quran by trying to show that the expression Bismillah has been borrowed from earlier Scriptures. Wherry in his "commentary" says that it has been borrowed from Zend-Avesta.
Sale has expressed an identical view, while Rodwell is of the opinion that Pre-Islamic Arabs borrowed it from Jews and subsequently it was incorporated in the Quran by the Holy Prophet. To say that because this expression was to be found in some former Scriptures, therefore it must have necessarily been borrowed from one of them by the Quran does not stand to reason. According to Muslim belief Prophets were raised among every people (35:25) and those Prophets like the Holy Prophet of Islam also received Divine revelation and therefore there can be, and there actually are to be, found in the Quran expressions of identical import with those in other Divine Scriptures. This fact, if anything, only proves that the Quran has originated from the same Source from which those Scriptures had originated. In the verse under comment the expression Bismillah is shown to have been used by Prophet Solomon. So there can be no question of its being borrowed or plagiarized by the Quran. What the Quran claims is only this that no other Scripture has used this expression in the form and manner in which it has done. And the charge is also belied by facts of history that the Holy Prophet took this expression from pre-Islamic Arabs. The Arabs had never used it before it was revealed in the Quran. On the contrary, they had a special aversion for the use of the Divine attribute Ar-Rahman (25:61) which forms an integral part of Bismillah. See also 1:1.
948
某些基督教的东方学家总是费尽心机地非难 «古兰经» 是安拉启示的这一事实, 他们力图表明 “奉无限博爱、永久仁慈的安拉之名” 这一用词是从早期经典中借用得来的。沃里 (Wherry) 在他的 “注释” 中说, 这一用语是从曾达维斯塔 (Zend-Avesta) 那里借用来的。塞尔 (Sale) 表示了相同的看法, 而罗德伟尔 (Rodwell) 的意见是, 在伊斯兰教以前阿拉伯人从犹太教徒那里学来的而随后由穆圣把它结合到 «古兰经» 中去的。如果说这一用语因为在过去某些经典中见到过, 就说它一定是从其中一部分经典中借用到 «古兰经» 中去的, 这显然是一个脆弱的推断。要说的是, 它只能证明 «古兰经» 与那些经典出自同一根源。而且, 其他经典没有像 «古兰经» 那种方式使用过这一用语。还有, 伊斯兰教出现以前的阿拉伯人, 在 «古兰经» 启示以前从来也没有用过这一用语。相反地, 他们特别厌恶使用无限博爱者这一安拉常德 (25-61), 而这一常德是构成 (奉……之名) 整体的一个组成部份。也可见1:1。
2833
Commentary:
Some Christian orientalists, as is their wont, have vainly sought to impugn the Divine origin of the Quran by trying to show that the expression Bismillah has been borrowed from earlier Scriptures. Wherry in his "commentary" says that it has been borrowed from Zend-Avesta.
Sale has expressed an identical view, while Rodwell is of the opinion that Pre-Islamic Arabs borrowed it from Jews and subsequently it was incorporated in the Quran by the Holy Prophet. To say that because this expression was to be found in some former Scriptures, therefore it must have necessarily been borrowed from one of them by the Quran does not stand to reason. According to Muslim belief Prophets were raised among every people (35:25) and those Prophets like the Holy Prophet of Islam also received Divine revelation and therefore there can be, and there actually are to be, found in the Quran expressions of identical import with those in other Divine Scriptures. This fact, if anything, only proves that the Quran has originated from the same Source from which those Scriptures had originated. In the verse under comment the expression Bismillah is shown to have been used by Prophet Solomon. So there can be no question of its being borrowed or plagiarized by the Quran. What the Quran claims is only this that no other Scripture has used this expression in the form and manner in which it has done. And the charge is also belied by facts of history that the Holy Prophet took this expression from pre-Islamic Arabs. The Arabs had never used it before it was revealed in the Quran. On the contrary, they had a special aversion for the use of the Divine attribute Ar-Rahman (25:61) which forms an integral part of Bismillah. See also 1:1.
2166
Some Christian orientalists, as is their practise, have vainly sought to impugn the Divine origin of the Qur’an by trying to show that the expression Bismillah has been borrowed from earlier Scriptures. Wherry in his "Commentary" says that it has been borrowed from Zend-Avesta. Sale has expressed an identical view, while Rodwell is of the opinion that pre-Islamic Arabs borrowed it from Jews and subsequently it was incorporated in the Qur’an by the Holy Prophet. To say that because this expression is found in some former Scriptures, therefore it must have necessarily been borrowed from one of them by the Qur’an is evidently a flimsy inference. If anything, it only proves that the Qur’an has originated from the same Source from which those Scriptures had originated. Moreover, no other Scripture has used this expression in the form and manner in which the Qur’an has done. Also, the pre-Islamic Arabs had never used it before it was revealed in the Qur’an. On the contrary, they had a special
أَلَّا تَعْلُوا۟ عَلَىَّ وَأْتُونِى مُسْلِمِينَ
Solomon’s letter constitutes a beautiful specimen of how great and comprehensive meaning can be condensed in a few brief words, devoid of all useless bombast and verbosity. The letter was at once a warning against the futility of revolt which seemed to be then raising its head in some parts of the country and an invitation to the Queen to submit to Solomon to avoid unnecessary bloodshed and also to give up idolatry and accept the true Faith.
Commentary:
Solomon’s letter constitutes a beautiful specimen of how great and comprehensive meaning can be condensed in a few brief words devoid of all useless bombast and verbosity. The letter was at once a warning against the futility of revolt which seemed to be then raising its head in some parts of the country and an invitation to the Queen to submit to Solomon to avoid unnecessary bloodshed and also to give up idolatry and accept the true faith.
2834
Commentary:
Solomon’s letter constitutes a beautiful specimen of how great and comprehensive meaning can be condensed in a few brief words devoid of all useless bombast and verbosity. The letter was at once a warning against the futility of revolt which seemed to be then raising its head in some parts of the country and an invitation to the Queen to submit to Solomon to avoid unnecessary bloodshed and also to give up idolatry and accept the true faith.
2167
Solomon’s letter constitutes a beautiful specimen of how great and comprehensive meaning can be condensed in a few brief words, devoid of all useless bombast and verbosity. The letter was at once a warning against the futility of revolt which seemed to be then raising its head in some parts of the country and an invitation to the Queen to submit to Solomon to avoid unnecessary bloodshed and also to give up idolatry and accept the true Faith.
قَالَتْ يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلْمَلَؤُا۟ أَفْتُونِى فِىٓ أَمْرِى مَا كُنتُ قَاطِعَةً أَمْرًا حَتَّىٰ تَشْهَدُونِ
قَالُوا۟ نَحْنُ أُو۟لُوا۟ قُوَّةٍ وَأُو۟لُوا۟ بَأْسٍ شَدِيدٍ وَٱلْأَمْرُ إِلَيْكِ فَٱنظُرِى مَاذَا تَأْمُرِينَ
The verse shows that the Queen of Sheba was a very powerful monarch and possessed great material resources and also commanded the affection, cooperation and willing obedience of her subjects and was the arbiter of their destinies. The power and glory of Saba’ was at its height in about 1100 B.C. The period of the Queen’s rule continued up to 950 B.C., when she is believed to have submitted to Solomon. With her submission was fulfilled the biblical prophecy, viz. 'the Kings of Sheba and Saba’ shall offer gifts' (Psalms 72: 10).
Commentary:
The verse shows that the Queen of Sheba was a very powerful monarch and possessed great material resources and also commanded the affection, cooperation and willing obedience of her subjects and was the final arbiter of their destinies.
The power and glory of Saba’ was at its height in about 1100 B.C. The period of the Queen’s rule continued up to 950 B.C., when she is believed to have submitted to Solomon. With her submission was fulfilled the Biblical prophecy, viz. "the Kings of Sheba and Saba’ shall offer gifts" (Psalms 72:10).
2835
Commentary:
The verse shows that the Queen of Sheba was a very powerful monarch and possessed great material resources and also commanded the affection, cooperation and willing obedience of her subjects and was the final arbiter of their destinies.
The power and glory of Saba’ was at its height in about 1100 B.C. The period of the Queen’s rule continued up to 950 B.C., when she is believed to have submitted to Solomon. With her submission was fulfilled the Biblical prophecy, viz. "the Kings of Sheba and Saba’ shall offer gifts" (Psalms 72:10).
2168
The verse shows that the Queen of Sheba was a very powerful monarch and possessed great material resources and also commanded the affection, cooperation and willing obedience of her subjects and was the arbiter of their destinies. The power and glory of Saba’ was at its height in about 1100 B.C. The period of the Queen’s rule continued up to 950 B.C., when she is believed to have submitted to Solomon. With her submission was fulfilled the biblical prophecy, viz. 'the Kings of Sheba and Saba’ shall offer gifts' (Psalms 72: 10).
قَالَتْ إِنَّ ٱلْمُلُوكَ إِذَا دَخَلُوا۟ قَرْيَةً أَفْسَدُوهَا وَجَعَلُوٓا۟ أَعِزَّةَ أَهْلِهَآ أَذِلَّةً ۖ وَكَذَٰلِكَ يَفْعَلُونَ
Commentary:
The Queen explains to her ministers and nobles the dangers of offering opposition to Solomon.
2836
Commentary:
The Queen explains to her ministers and nobles the dangers of offering opposition to Solomon.
وَإِنِّى مُرْسِلَةٌ إِلَيْهِم بِهَدِيَّةٍ فَنَاظِرَةٌۢ بِمَ يَرْجِعُ ٱلْمُرْسَلُونَ
پرانے زمانے میں بادشاہوں کا قاعدہ تھا کہ وہ زیادہ زبردست بادشاہوں کا منہ رشوت سے بند کیا کرتے تھے جب بلقیس کے تحفے حضرت سلیمان علیہ السلام کو پہنچے تو انہوں نے سمجھا کہ اس نے مجھے ایسا ہی بداخلاق قرار دیا ہے اور اس کے اس فعل پر ناپسندیدگی کا اظہار کیا۔
1
پرانے زمانے میں بادشاہوں کا قاعدہ تھا کہ وہ زیادہ زبردست بادشاہوں کا منہ رشوت سے بند کیا کرتے تھے جب بلقیس کے تحفے حضرت سلیمان علیہ السلام کو پہنچے تو انہوں نے سمجھا کہ اس نے مجھے ایسا ہی بداخلاق قرار دیا ہے اور اس کے اس فعل پر ناپسندیدگی کا اظہار کیا۔
فَلَمَّا جَآءَ سُلَيْمَٰنَ قَالَ أَتُمِدُّونَنِ بِمَالٍ فَمَآ ءَاتَىٰنِۦَ ٱللَّهُ خَيْرٌ مِّمَّآ ءَاتَىٰكُم بَلْ أَنتُم بِهَدِيَّتِكُمْ تَفْرَحُونَ
Solomon seems evidently to have become greatly offended with the Queen’s behaviour in sending him presents. He took it as an insult. He had demanded her surrender and instead was presented with paltry presents. The Sabaeans first had either attacked Solomon’s territory or had sought to create unrest in it. This is why the sending of presents by the Queen offended and annoyed him. In ordinary circumstances he would have been pleased with the presents.
Commentary:
Solomon seems evidently to have become greatly offended with the Queen’s behaviour in sending him presents which seemed to include a throne. He took it as an insult. He had demanded her unconditional surrender and instead was presented with paltry presents. The Sabaeans had either attacked Solomon’s territory or had sought to create unrest in it. This is why the sending of presents offended and annoyed him. In ordinary circumstances, as a righteous man of God, he should have been pleased with the presents.
2837
Commentary:
Solomon seems evidently to have become greatly offended with the Queen’s behaviour in sending him presents which seemed to include a throne. He took it as an insult. He had demanded her unconditional surrender and instead was presented with paltry presents. The Sabaeans had either attacked Solomon’s territory or had sought to create unrest in it. This is why the sending of presents offended and annoyed him. In ordinary circumstances, as a righteous man of God, he should have been pleased with the presents.
2169
Solomon seems evidently to have become greatly offended with the Queen’s behaviour in sending him presents. He took it as an insult. He had demanded her surrender and instead was presented with paltry presents. The Sabaeans first had either attacked Solomon’s territory or had sought to create unrest in it. This is why the sending of presents by the Queen offended and annoyed him. In ordinary circumstances he would have been pleased with the presents.
ٱرْجِعْ إِلَيْهِمْ فَلَنَأْتِيَنَّهُم بِجُنُودٍ لَّا قِبَلَ لَهُم بِهَا وَلَنُخْرِجَنَّهُم مِّنْهَآ أَذِلَّةً وَهُمْ صَٰغِرُونَ
ھُمْ صَاغِرُوْنَ یعنی جب وہ بادشاہت کی عزت کو کھو بیٹھیں گے۔
Qibal means, power, strength, authority. They say mali bihi Qibalun, i.e. I have no power against him (Aqrab).
Important Words:
قبل (power) is derived from قبل (qabala). They say قبل علی الشیء i.e. he took to the thing and stuck to it.
قبل المکان means, he came to the place. قبل (qibalun) means, side, direction, presence; power, strength, authority. They say مالی به قبل i.e. there is no power for me against him, أتانی من قبله means, he came to me from his presence or his direction (Aqrab).
1
ھُمْ صَاغِرُوْنَ یعنی جب وہ بادشاہت کی عزت کو کھو بیٹھیں گے۔
2838
Important Words:
قبل (power) is derived from قبل (qabala). They say قبل علی الشیء i.e. he took to the thing and stuck to it.
قبل المکان means, he came to the place. قبل (qibalun) means, side, direction, presence; power, strength, authority. They say مالی به قبل i.e. there is no power for me against him, أتانی من قبله means, he came to me from his presence or his direction (Aqrab).
2170
Qibal means, power, strength, authority. They say mali bihi Qibalun, i.e. I have no power against him (Aqrab).
قَالَ يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلْمَلَؤُا۟ أَيُّكُمْ يَأْتِينِى بِعَرْشِهَا قَبْلَ أَن يَأْتُونِى مُسْلِمِينَ
The expression, bi-‘Arshiha, seems to signify the throne which Solomon had ordered to be built for the Queen. It seemed to be a practice in vogue at that time that when the ruler of a State paid a visit to another ruler, a throne was built for the reception of the royal guest. Solomon also ordered a throne to be built for the reception of the Queen. It is called 'her throne' because it was specially built for her use. The expression may also mean, 'the like of her throne,' and Ya’tini, may mean, 'will prepare for me.'
Commentary:
عرشھا (a throne for her) signifies the throne which Solomon had ordered to be built for the Queen in accordance with the custom of the day. It seemed to be a practice in vogue at that time that when the ruler of a State paid a visit to another ruler, a throne was built for the reception of the royal guest. Solomon also ordered a throne to be built for the reception of the Queen. It is called 'her throne' because it was specially built for her use.
The expression یأتینی (will bring me) means, will prepare for me.
2839
Commentary:
عرشھا (a throne for her) signifies the throne which Solomon had ordered to be built for the Queen in accordance with the custom of the day. It seemed to be a practice in vogue at that time that when the ruler of a State paid a visit to another ruler, a throne was built for the reception of the royal guest. Solomon also ordered a throne to be built for the reception of the Queen. It is called 'her throne' because it was specially built for her use.
The expression یأتینی (will bring me) means, will prepare for me.
2171
The expression, bi-‘Arshiha, seems to signify the throne which Solomon had ordered to be built for the Queen. It seemed to be a practice in vogue at that time that when the ruler of a State paid a visit to another ruler, a throne was built for the reception of the royal guest. Solomon also ordered a throne to be built for the reception of the Queen. It is called 'her throne' because it was specially built for her use. The expression may also mean, 'the like of her throne,' and Ya’tini, may mean, 'will prepare for me.'
قَالَ عِفْرِيتٌ مِّنَ ٱلْجِنِّ أَنَا۠ ءَاتِيكَ بِهِۦ قَبْلَ أَن تَقُومَ مِن مَّقَامِكَ ۖ وَإِنِّى عَلَيْهِ لَقَوِىٌّ أَمِينٌ
قَالَ عِفْرِیْتٌ مِّنَ الْجِنِّ کے الفاظ قرآن مجید میں ہیں اور اس سے مراد پہاڑی قوموں کے افراد میں سے ایک سردار ہے۔
Ifrit, derived from ‘Afara which means, he threw him on the ground or humbled him, is a word used both for men and jinn and means, (1) one strong and powerful; (2) sharp, vigorous and effective in an affair, exceeding ordinary bounds therein with intelligence and sagacity; (3) a chief, etc. (Lane).
These words indicate that the said ‘Ifrit was a very high official who wielded great authority and was, therefore, quite confident of carrying out the orders of his master to his entire satisfaction within the time allotted to him. Maqamika signifies the place where Solomon had encamped on his way to Saba’ and was waiting for his envoy to come back with the reply to his letter to the Queen of Sheba.
Important Words:
عفریت (stalwart) is derived from عفر. They say عفرہ i.e. he covered him with dust; he threw him on the ground. عفرہ(‘affara) means, he humbled or abased him. عفریت is a word which is used for men, the jinn and the devils and means, (1) strong and powerful; (2) sharp, vigorous and effective in an affair, exceeding ordinary bounds therein with intelligence and sagacity; (3) a chief; (4) evil in disposition and malignant; (5) insolent and audacious in pride, and in acts of rebellion and (6) one who rolls his adversary in the dust (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The words, "I possess power therefor and I am trustworthy," indicate that the said ‘ifrit was a very high official who wielded great authority and was therefore quite confident of carrying out the orders of his master to his entire satisfaction within the time allotted to him.
The words مقامک (thy camp) signify the place where Solomon had encamped on his way to Saba’ and was waiting for his envoys to come back with the reply to his letter to the Queen of Sheba.
2
قَالَ عِفْرِیْتٌ مِّنَ الْجِنِّ کے الفاظ قرآن مجید میں ہیں اور اس سے مراد پہاڑی قوموں کے افراد میں سے ایک سردار ہے۔
2840
Important Words:
عفریت (stalwart) is derived from عفر. They say عفرہ i.e. he covered him with dust; he threw him on the ground. عفرہ(‘affara) means, he humbled or abased him. عفریت is a word which is used for men, the jinn and the devils and means, (1) strong and powerful; (2) sharp, vigorous and effective in an affair, exceeding ordinary bounds therein with intelligence and sagacity; (3) a chief; (4) evil in disposition and malignant; (5) insolent and audacious in pride, and in acts of rebellion and (6) one who rolls his adversary in the dust (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The words, "I possess power therefor and I am trustworthy," indicate that the said ‘ifrit was a very high official who wielded great authority and was therefore quite confident of carrying out the orders of his master to his entire satisfaction within the time allotted to him.
The words مقامک (thy camp) signify the place where Solomon had encamped on his way to Saba’ and was waiting for his envoys to come back with the reply to his letter to the Queen of Sheba.
2172
Ifrit, derived from ‘Afara which means, he threw him on the ground or humbled him, is a word used both for men and jinn and means, (1) one strong and powerful; (2) sharp, vigorous and effective in an affair, exceeding ordinary bounds therein with intelligence and sagacity; (3) a chief, etc. (Lane).
2173
These words indicate that the said ‘Ifrit was a very high official who wielded great authority and was, therefore, quite confident of carrying out the orders of his master to his entire satisfaction within the time allotted to him. Maqamika signifies the place where Solomon had encamped on his way to Saba’ and was waiting for his envoy to come back with the reply to his letter to the Queen of Sheba.
قَالَ ٱلَّذِى عِندَهُۥ عِلْمٌ مِّنَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ أَنَا۠ ءَاتِيكَ بِهِۦ قَبْلَ أَن يَرْتَدَّ إِلَيْكَ طَرْفُكَ ۚ فَلَمَّا رَءَاهُ مُسْتَقِرًّا عِندَهُۥ قَالَ هَٰذَا مِن فَضْلِ رَبِّى لِيَبْلُوَنِىٓ ءَأَشْكُرُ أَمْ أَكْفُرُ ۖ وَمَن شَكَرَ فَإِنَّمَا يَشْكُرُ لِنَفْسِهِۦ ۖ وَمَن كَفَرَ فَإِنَّ رَبِّى غَنِىٌّ كَرِيمٌ
چونکہ ملک یہود کا تھا اس لئے عبرانی عالم کو یقین تھا کہ یہودی میرے لئے بہت جلد کام کریں گے پس اس نے عفریت سے پہلے عرش لانے کا وعدہ کیا اور کہا کہ میں تخت کو فوراً حاضر کردوں گا۔ مختلف زبانوں میں آنکھ جھپکنے کا محاورہ جلدی پر دلالت کرتا ہے اور اسے لفظی نہیں قرار دیا جاتا۔ یہاں بھی انہیں معنوں میں استعمال ہوا ہے۔
Tarf meaning, a glance; a noble man; government revenue; a messenger from Yemen (Lane). The expression may mean: (1) Before thy envoy from Yemen returns to thee; (2) in the twinkling of an eye; (3) before the government revenue is deposited in the treasury. In the last-mentioned meaning the expression would signify, 'I would need no more money; the money already in the government treasury would be quite enough to meet the expenses of constructing a throne for the queen.' The expression, 'who had knowledge of the book,' seems to refer to one who knew the intricacies of finance. Possibly, he was Solomon’s finance minister.
In this and the previous verse two offers to make the throne for Solomon have been mentioned, one by the ‘Ifrit who offered to prepare the throne before Solomon should strike camp and start back, and the other by 'the man who had knowledge.' The latter made a still better offer of finishing the throne before Solomon’s envoy came back with the reply to his letter f
Important Words:
طرفک (thy noble messenger) is infinitive noun from طرف (tarafa). They say طرف فلان i.e. such a one saw. طرف عینه means, his eyes moved in order to see. طرف means, the extremity or end of anything; eye, look, glance, blinking; a noble or generous man in respect of ancestry; government revenue; a messenger from Yemen. کریم الطرفین means, noble in respect of both father and mother. اطراف الارض means, the noble or exalted and the learned men of the earth. اطراف الناس means, the lower orders of the people. علی طرف means, beside, aside or apart (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The phrase قبل ان یرتد الیک طرفک may mean, (1) before thy messenger from Yemen returns to thee; (2) before the nobleman whom thou hast sent comes back to thee from Yemen; (3) in the twinkling of an eye, i.e. in a very short time; (4) before the government revenue is deposited in the treasury. In the last-mentioned meaning of طرف the expression would mean, "I would need no more money, the money already in the government treasury would be quite sufficient to meet the expenses of constructing a throne for the queen."
The expression "who had knowledge of the book" seems to refer to one who knew the intricacies of finance. He might be Solomon’s finance minister.
In this and the previous verse two offers to make the throne for Solomon have been mentioned, one by the ‘Ifrit who offered to prepare the throne before Solomon had raised his camp and started back, and the other by "the man who had knowledge." The latter made a still better offer of finishing the throne before Solomon’s messenger came back with the reply to his letter from the Queen. The context shows that Solomon accepted the second offer because he wanted to have the throne finished before the Queen came to pay her respects to him as he was to stay at that place till she had come and the whole ceremony was over. The verse also implies that all sorts of men were employed by Solomon—men of knowledge and experience, skilled and unskilled labourers, craftsmen and technicians.
3
چونکہ ملک یہود کا تھا اس لئے عبرانی عالم کو یقین تھا کہ یہودی میرے لئے بہت جلد کام کریں گے پس اس نے عفریت سے پہلے عرش لانے کا وعدہ کیا اور کہا کہ میں تخت کو فوراً حاضر کردوں گا۔ مختلف زبانوں میں آنکھ جھپکنے کا محاورہ جلدی پر دلالت کرتا ہے اور اسے لفظی نہیں قرار دیا جاتا۔ یہاں بھی انہیں معنوں میں استعمال ہوا ہے۔
2841
Important Words:
طرفک (thy noble messenger) is infinitive noun from طرف (tarafa). They say طرف فلان i.e. such a one saw. طرف عینه means, his eyes moved in order to see. طرف means, the extremity or end of anything; eye, look, glance, blinking; a noble or generous man in respect of ancestry; government revenue; a messenger from Yemen. کریم الطرفین means, noble in respect of both father and mother. اطراف الارض means, the noble or exalted and the learned men of the earth. اطراف الناس means, the lower orders of the people. علی طرف means, beside, aside or apart (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The phrase قبل ان یرتد الیک طرفک may mean, (1) before thy messenger from Yemen returns to thee; (2) before the nobleman whom thou hast sent comes back to thee from Yemen; (3) in the twinkling of an eye, i.e. in a very short time; (4) before the government revenue is deposited in the treasury. In the last-mentioned meaning of طرف the expression would mean, "I would need no more money, the money already in the government treasury would be quite sufficient to meet the expenses of constructing a throne for the queen."
The expression "who had knowledge of the book" seems to refer to one who knew the intricacies of finance. He might be Solomon’s finance minister.
In this and the previous verse two offers to make the throne for Solomon have been mentioned, one by the ‘Ifrit who offered to prepare the throne before Solomon had raised his camp and started back, and the other by "the man who had knowledge." The latter made a still better offer of finishing the throne before Solomon’s messenger came back with the reply to his letter from the Queen. The context shows that Solomon accepted the second offer because he wanted to have the throne finished before the Queen came to pay her respects to him as he was to stay at that place till she had come and the whole ceremony was over. The verse also implies that all sorts of men were employed by Solomon—men of knowledge and experience, skilled and unskilled labourers, craftsmen and technicians.
2174
Tarf meaning, a glance; a noble man; government revenue; a messenger from Yemen (Lane). The expression may mean: (1) Before thy envoy from Yemen returns to thee; (2) in the twinkling of an eye; (3) before the government revenue is deposited in the treasury. In the last-mentioned meaning the expression would signify, 'I would need no more money; the money already in the government treasury would be quite enough to meet the expenses of constructing a throne for the queen.' The expression, 'who had knowledge of the book,' seems to refer to one who knew the intricacies of finance. Possibly, he was Solomon’s finance minister.
In this and the previous verse two offers to make the throne for Solomon have been mentioned, one by the ‘Ifrit who offered to prepare the throne before Solomon should strike camp and start back, and the other by 'the man who had knowledge.' The latter made a still better offer of finishing the throne before Solomon’s envoy came back with the reply to his letter f
قَالَ نَكِّرُوا۟ لَهَا عَرْشَهَا نَنظُرْ أَتَهْتَدِىٓ أَمْ تَكُونُ مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يَهْتَدُونَ
نَكَّرَهٗ (Nakkara-hu) 的意思是, 他改变了它, 使它辨认不出来;他使它看起来十分一般 (Lane)。因此, 这一用语在经文中的意思可以是: “使这一宝座比她的宝座好, 使她的宝座 (的样子) 看起来十分平凡。” 这节经文的大意是说, 素莱曼命令负责为那女王制造宝座工作的那个官员做一个非常美丽的宝座, 使她可看出它的工艺之精湛因而不喜欢她原来的那一个宝座。这样她会觉得素莱曼的权力和财力远比她的庞大。这就是 “她是遵循正道的, 或是不遵循正道的” 这一句的意思。素莱曼想使那女王清楚地看到任何反对或阻挡他的行动都是无益的。她和她的大臣和朝臣看来都觉得自己的权力和财力是很巨大的 (27:34)。而素莱曼想从他们的思想中去掉这种错误的想法 (27:37)。如果 “她的宝座” 被理解为是女王作为礼物送给素莱曼的那个宝座, 那么, نَكِّرُوْا (Nakkiru) 就意味着, 那个宝座一定被装饰和制造得很美丽, 而且如果上面有偶像的图纹的话, 一定被完全去掉了, 因此女王认不出是她送给他的宝座。
یعنی ایسا تخت بناؤ جو اس کے تخت سے بھی اعلیٰ ہو۔ الفاظ قرآنی نَکِّرُوْا کے ہیں جس کے معنے نکرہ کر دینے کے ہیں۔ یعنی وہ چیز خاص نظر نہ آئے عام ہو جائے۔ یعنی ایسا تخت بناؤ کہ ملکہ کا تخت اس کے مقابلہ پر اسے ایک عام چیز نظر آئے۔ (دیکھئے اقرب)
Nakkara-hu means, he changed or altered it so as not to be recognized; he made it look quite ordinary (Lane). The expression in the text may, therefore, mean, 'make this throne better than her throne so that her throne should appear quite ordinary.' The verse purports to say that Solomon had ordered the official who was entrusted with the task of preparing the throne for the Queen to make it so beautiful that she might realize the superiority of its workmanship and come to dislike her own throne and thus should understand that Solomon’s power and resources were much greater and superior to those of her. This seems to be the significance of the sentence, 'whether she follows the right way.' Solomon sought to bring home to the Queen the futility of any opposition or resistance to him. She and her ministers and courtiers seemed to be proud of their power and resources (27:34) and Solomon wanted to disabuse their minds of this misconception (27:37). If the words 'her throne' be taken to mean th
Important Words:
نکروا (make unrecognizable) is the transitive form of نکر (nakira). نکر الرجل means, he did not know the man or did not recognize him. نکرہ (nakkara) means, he changed it so as to render it unrecognizable. تنکر الرجل means, the man became unrecognizable. تنکر لفلان means, he became estranged from such a one. (Aqrab). See also 16:91.
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that Solomon ordered the official who was entrusted with the task of preparing the throne for the Queen to make it so beautiful that she might realize the superiority of its workmanship and come to dislike her own throne and thus should understand that Solomon’s power and resources were much greater and superior to those of hers. This seems to be the significance of the sentence, "whether she follows the right way." Solomon sought to bring home to her the futility of any opposition or resistance to him. She and her ministers and courtiers seemed to be proud of their power and resources (27:34) and Solomon wanted to disabuse their minds of this misconception (27:37).
If the words "her throne" be taken to mean the throne which, it is said, the Queen may have sent as a present to Solomon, the words نکرواwould mean that the throne should be so embellished and made beautiful and the figures of idols on it, if any, should be so completely wiped off that she might not recognize it.
949
نَكَّرَهٗ (Nakkara-hu) 的意思是, 他改变了它, 使它辨认不出来;他使它看起来十分一般 (Lane)。因此, 这一用语在经文中的意思可以是: “使这一宝座比她的宝座好, 使她的宝座 (的样子) 看起来十分平凡。” 这节经文的大意是说, 素莱曼命令负责为那女王制造宝座工作的那个官员做一个非常美丽的宝座, 使她可看出它的工艺之精湛因而不喜欢她原来的那一个宝座。这样她会觉得素莱曼的权力和财力远比她的庞大。这就是 “她是遵循正道的, 或是不遵循正道的” 这一句的意思。素莱曼想使那女王清楚地看到任何反对或阻挡他的行动都是无益的。她和她的大臣和朝臣看来都觉得自己的权力和财力是很巨大的 (27:34)。而素莱曼想从他们的思想中去掉这种错误的想法 (27:37)。如果 “她的宝座” 被理解为是女王作为礼物送给素莱曼的那个宝座, 那么, نَكِّرُوْا (Nakkiru) 就意味着, 那个宝座一定被装饰和制造得很美丽, 而且如果上面有偶像的图纹的话, 一定被完全去掉了, 因此女王认不出是她送给他的宝座。
1
یعنی ایسا تخت بناؤ جو اس کے تخت سے بھی اعلیٰ ہو۔ الفاظ قرآنی نَکِّرُوْا کے ہیں جس کے معنے نکرہ کر دینے کے ہیں۔ یعنی وہ چیز خاص نظر نہ آئے عام ہو جائے۔ یعنی ایسا تخت بناؤ کہ ملکہ کا تخت اس کے مقابلہ پر اسے ایک عام چیز نظر آئے۔ (دیکھئے اقرب)
2842
Important Words:
نکروا (make unrecognizable) is the transitive form of نکر (nakira). نکر الرجل means, he did not know the man or did not recognize him. نکرہ (nakkara) means, he changed it so as to render it unrecognizable. تنکر الرجل means, the man became unrecognizable. تنکر لفلان means, he became estranged from such a one. (Aqrab). See also 16:91.
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that Solomon ordered the official who was entrusted with the task of preparing the throne for the Queen to make it so beautiful that she might realize the superiority of its workmanship and come to dislike her own throne and thus should understand that Solomon’s power and resources were much greater and superior to those of hers. This seems to be the significance of the sentence, "whether she follows the right way." Solomon sought to bring home to her the futility of any opposition or resistance to him. She and her ministers and courtiers seemed to be proud of their power and resources (27:34) and Solomon wanted to disabuse their minds of this misconception (27:37).
If the words "her throne" be taken to mean the throne which, it is said, the Queen may have sent as a present to Solomon, the words نکرواwould mean that the throne should be so embellished and made beautiful and the figures of idols on it, if any, should be so completely wiped off that she might not recognize it.
2175
Nakkara-hu means, he changed or altered it so as not to be recognized; he made it look quite ordinary (Lane). The expression in the text may, therefore, mean, 'make this throne better than her throne so that her throne should appear quite ordinary.' The verse purports to say that Solomon had ordered the official who was entrusted with the task of preparing the throne for the Queen to make it so beautiful that she might realize the superiority of its workmanship and come to dislike her own throne and thus should understand that Solomon’s power and resources were much greater and superior to those of her. This seems to be the significance of the sentence, 'whether she follows the right way.' Solomon sought to bring home to the Queen the futility of any opposition or resistance to him. She and her ministers and courtiers seemed to be proud of their power and resources (27:34) and Solomon wanted to disabuse their minds of this misconception (27:37). If the words 'her throne' be taken to mean th
فَلَمَّا جَآءَتْ قِيلَ أَهَٰكَذَا عَرْشُكِ ۖ قَالَتْ كَأَنَّهُۥ هُوَ ۚ وَأُوتِينَا ٱلْعِلْمَ مِن قَبْلِهَا وَكُنَّا مُسْلِمِينَ
The words, we had been given knowledge before this, signify that the Queen had already become conversant with the great power and resources of Solomon and had made up her mind to give her allegiance to him.
Commentary:
The words, "We had been given knowledge before this," signify that the Queen had already become conversant with the great power and resources of Solomon and had made up her mind to give her allegiance to him.
2843
Commentary:
The words, "We had been given knowledge before this," signify that the Queen had already become conversant with the great power and resources of Solomon and had made up her mind to give her allegiance to him.
2176
The words, we had been given knowledge before this, signify that the Queen had already become conversant with the great power and resources of Solomon and had made up her mind to give her allegiance to him.
وَصَدَّهَا مَا كَانَت تَّعْبُدُ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ إِنَّهَا كَانَتْ مِن قَوْمٍ كَٰفِرِينَ
قِيلَ لَهَا ٱدْخُلِى ٱلصَّرْحَ ۖ فَلَمَّا رَأَتْهُ حَسِبَتْهُ لُجَّةً وَكَشَفَتْ عَن سَاقَيْهَا ۚ قَالَ إِنَّهُۥ صَرْحٌ مُّمَرَّدٌ مِّن قَوَارِيرَ ۗ قَالَتْ رَبِّ إِنِّى ظَلَمْتُ نَفْسِى وَأَسْلَمْتُ مَعَ سُلَيْمَٰنَ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
یعنی سلیمان علیہ السلام کی اس تدبیر سے کہ پانی پر شیشے کی سلیں لگا دی گئی تھیں۔ وہ اپنی غلطی سمجھ گئی۔ کہ جس طرح شیشے کے نیچے پانی نظر آتا ہے اسی طرح سورج کا نور خدا سے ہے۔ اس لئے سورج کو پوجنا غلطی ہے اور خداتعالیٰ ایک ہی ہے۔
Kashafa ‘an Saqihi is a well-known Arabic idiom meaning, to become prepared to meet the difficulty or to become perturbed or perplexed. Kashafat ‘an Saqaiha means: (1) she uncovered her shanks; (2) she got ready to meet the situation; (3) she became perturbed or perplexed or was taken aback (Lane & Lisan). Solomon wanted the Queen to give up idol-worship and accept the true Faith. For this purpose he wisely adopted such means as should have led the noble and sagacious lady to see the error of her ways. The throne which Solomon had caused to be prepared for her was prepared with this end in view. It was made much more beautiful and in every respect superior to her own throne of which she was very proud. Solomon did so in order that she might realize that he was God’s favourite and had been endowed with material and spiritual gifts in far greater abundance than those given to her. The palace referred to in the verse was also constructed with the same object in view. As the verse shows
Important Words:
کشفت عن ساقیھا (she uncovered her shanks) ساق (saqun) is derived from ساق (saqa). ساق means, leg; shank; the part between ankle and knee. ساق الشجر means, the trunk of the tree. The Arabs say, کشف الامر عن ساقه i.e. the affair became distressful. الکشف عن الساق is a well-known Arabic idiom meaning to become prepared to meet the difficulty or to become perturbed or perplexed. قامت الحرب علی ساق means, the battle became vehement. کشف عن ساقیه literally meaning he uncovered his shanks signifies, he prepared himself to meet the difficulty; he became perplexed. The expression کشفت عن ساقیھا would thus mean: (1) she uncovered her shanks; (2) she got ready to meet the situation; (3) she became perturbed or perplexed (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
Solomon wanted the Queen to give up idol worship and accept the true faith. For this purpose he wisely adopted such means as should have led the noble and sagacious lady to see the error of her ways. The throne which Solomon caused to be prepared for her was also prepared with this end in view. It was made much more beautiful and in every respect superior to her own throne of which she was very proud. Solomon did so in order that she might realize that he was God’s favourite and had been endowed with material and spiritual gifts in far greater abundance than those given to her. The palace referred to in the verse was also constructed with the same object in view. As the verse shows, the entrance to the palace was paved with slabs of glass, below which ran a stream of crystal clear water. When the Queen entered the palace she mistook the transparent glass for water and uncovered her shanks, which in view of the Arabic expression کشفت عن ساقیھا signifies that the sight of the water perplexed her and she did not know what to do. By this device Solomon directed her attention to the fact that as she had mistaken the slabs of glass for water, similarly the sun and other celestial bodies which she worshipped were not the real source of light. They only emitted light but were lifeless things. It was God Almighty Who had bestowed upon them the light which they emitted. In this way Solomon succeeded in the object he had in view. The noble lady made a confession of her error and from a worshipper of idols of wood and stone she became a devoted votary of the One True God. It is regrettable that superstition and gross credulity have caused men of weak faith to give the homage, which is due to the Great Invisible God, to helpless creatures and lifeless material objects.
It is one of the characteristics of the Quran that whereas the Bible has maligned and defamed the Prophets of God, it (the Quran) has exonerated and cleared them of all sins, filthy accusations and aspersions cast upon them by the Bible.
Solomon is one of those Israelite Prophets whom the Bible has perhaps calumniated and slandered most. The Quran has taken special care to exculpate him of all slanders and calumnies. The Bible says of Solomon that his wives had "turned away his heart after other gods" (1 Kings 11 :4) and that "the Lord was angry with Solomon because his heart was turned away from the Lord, God of Israel" (1 Kings 11 :9). The Quran contradicts these blasphemous charges and says in the present verse that the Queen of Sheba gave up idolatry and came over to the true faith through the noble efforts of Solomon and that he himself was "a most excellent servant of God and turned to Him again and again" (38:31).
2
یعنی سلیمان علیہ السلام کی اس تدبیر سے کہ پانی پر شیشے کی سلیں لگا دی گئی تھیں۔ وہ اپنی غلطی سمجھ گئی۔ کہ جس طرح شیشے کے نیچے پانی نظر آتا ہے اسی طرح سورج کا نور خدا سے ہے۔ اس لئے سورج کو پوجنا غلطی ہے اور خداتعالیٰ ایک ہی ہے۔
2844
Important Words:
کشفت عن ساقیھا (she uncovered her shanks) ساق (saqun) is derived from ساق (saqa). ساق means, leg; shank; the part between ankle and knee. ساق الشجر means, the trunk of the tree. The Arabs say, کشف الامر عن ساقه i.e. the affair became distressful. الکشف عن الساق is a well-known Arabic idiom meaning to become prepared to meet the difficulty or to become perturbed or perplexed. قامت الحرب علی ساق means, the battle became vehement. کشف عن ساقیه literally meaning he uncovered his shanks signifies, he prepared himself to meet the difficulty; he became perplexed. The expression کشفت عن ساقیھا would thus mean: (1) she uncovered her shanks; (2) she got ready to meet the situation; (3) she became perturbed or perplexed (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
Solomon wanted the Queen to give up idol worship and accept the true faith. For this purpose he wisely adopted such means as should have led the noble and sagacious lady to see the error of her ways. The throne which Solomon caused to be prepared for her was also prepared with this end in view. It was made much more beautiful and in every respect superior to her own throne of which she was very proud. Solomon did so in order that she might realize that he was God’s favourite and had been endowed with material and spiritual gifts in far greater abundance than those given to her. The palace referred to in the verse was also constructed with the same object in view. As the verse shows, the entrance to the palace was paved with slabs of glass, below which ran a stream of crystal clear water. When the Queen entered the palace she mistook the transparent glass for water and uncovered her shanks, which in view of the Arabic expression کشفت عن ساقیھا signifies that the sight of the water perplexed her and she did not know what to do. By this device Solomon directed her attention to the fact that as she had mistaken the slabs of glass for water, similarly the sun and other celestial bodies which she worshipped were not the real source of light. They only emitted light but were lifeless things. It was God Almighty Who had bestowed upon them the light which they emitted. In this way Solomon succeeded in the object he had in view. The noble lady made a confession of her error and from a worshipper of idols of wood and stone she became a devoted votary of the One True God. It is regrettable that superstition and gross credulity have caused men of weak faith to give the homage, which is due to the Great Invisible God, to helpless creatures and lifeless material objects.
It is one of the characteristics of the Quran that whereas the Bible has maligned and defamed the Prophets of God, it (the Quran) has exonerated and cleared them of all sins, filthy accusations and aspersions cast upon them by the Bible.
Solomon is one of those Israelite Prophets whom the Bible has perhaps calumniated and slandered most. The Quran has taken special care to exculpate him of all slanders and calumnies. The Bible says of Solomon that his wives had "turned away his heart after other gods" (1 Kings 11 :4) and that "the Lord was angry with Solomon because his heart was turned away from the Lord, God of Israel" (1 Kings 11 :9). The Quran contradicts these blasphemous charges and says in the present verse that the Queen of Sheba gave up idolatry and came over to the true faith through the noble efforts of Solomon and that he himself was "a most excellent servant of God and turned to Him again and again" (38:31).
2177
Kashafa ‘an Saqihi is a well-known Arabic idiom meaning, to become prepared to meet the difficulty or to become perturbed or perplexed. Kashafat ‘an Saqaiha means: (1) she uncovered her shanks; (2) she got ready to meet the situation; (3) she became perturbed or perplexed or was taken aback (Lane & Lisan). Solomon wanted the Queen to give up idol-worship and accept the true Faith. For this purpose he wisely adopted such means as should have led the noble and sagacious lady to see the error of her ways. The throne which Solomon had caused to be prepared for her was prepared with this end in view. It was made much more beautiful and in every respect superior to her own throne of which she was very proud. Solomon did so in order that she might realize that he was God’s favourite and had been endowed with material and spiritual gifts in far greater abundance than those given to her. The palace referred to in the verse was also constructed with the same object in view. As the verse shows
وَلَقَدْ أَرْسَلْنَآ إِلَىٰ ثَمُودَ أَخَاهُمْ صَٰلِحًا أَنِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ فَإِذَا هُمْ فَرِيقَانِ يَخْتَصِمُونَ
7:74; 11:62; 26:142; 54:24.
7:74; 11:62; 26:142; 54:24.
7:74; 11:62; 26:142; 54:24.
Commentary:
This and the following several verses deal with the Prophets Salih and Lot. The relevancy of discussion about them here is that their peoples lived on the trade route from Hijaz to Syria and the Arabs were well conversant with them.
a
7:74; 11:62; 26:142; 54:24.
a
7:74; 11:62; 26:142; 54:24.
2845
Commentary:
This and the following several verses deal with the Prophets Salih and Lot. The relevancy of discussion about them here is that their peoples lived on the trade route from Hijaz to Syria and the Arabs were well conversant with them.
a
7:74; 11:62; 26:142; 54:24.
قَالَ يَٰقَوْمِ لِمَ تَسْتَعْجِلُونَ بِٱلسَّيِّئَةِ قَبْلَ ٱلْحَسَنَةِ ۖ لَوْلَا تَسْتَغْفِرُونَ ٱللَّهَ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُرْحَمُونَ
27:47.
27:47.
27:47.
Commentary:
Such has always been the way of disbelievers that instead of benefiting by the respite that is granted to them, they become all the more arrogant, and misconstruing the delay as an argument against their Prophet, demand the speedy coming of the threatened Divine punishment.
b
27:47.
b
27:47.
2846
Commentary:
Such has always been the way of disbelievers that instead of benefiting by the respite that is granted to them, they become all the more arrogant, and misconstruing the delay as an argument against their Prophet, demand the speedy coming of the threatened Divine punishment.
b
27:47.
قَالُوا۟ ٱطَّيَّرْنَا بِكَ وَبِمَن مَّعَكَ ۚ قَالَ طَٰٓئِرُكُمْ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ ۖ بَلْ أَنتُمْ قَوْمٌ تُفْتَنُونَ
تَطَيَّرَ بِهٖ (Tatayyara bihi) 的意思是: 他为他或它占出了凶兆; 他认为他或它的预兆是凶的 (Lane)。
یعنی تم لوگ اپنی قوم کے لئے کسی ترقی کا نہیں بلکہ تباہی کا موجب ہوگے۔
Tatayyara bihi means, he augured ill of it or him; he regarded him or it as ill-omened (Lane).
Important Words:
For اطیرنا and طائر کم see 3:50; 7:132; 17:14 & 27:18.
950
تَطَيَّرَ بِهٖ (Tatayyara bihi) 的意思是: 他为他或它占出了凶兆; 他认为他或它的预兆是凶的 (Lane)。
1
یعنی تم لوگ اپنی قوم کے لئے کسی ترقی کا نہیں بلکہ تباہی کا موجب ہوگے۔
2847
Important Words:
For اطیرنا and طائر کم see 3:50; 7:132; 17:14 & 27:18.
2177A
Tatayyara bihi means, he augured ill of it or him; he regarded him or it as ill-omened (Lane).
وَكَانَ فِى ٱلْمَدِينَةِ تِسْعَةُ رَهْطٍ يُفْسِدُونَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَا يُصْلِحُونَ
26:153.
رَھْطٌ کے معنے قبیلہ یا عدد کے ہوتے ہیں۔ اس جگہ چونکہ قبیلہ کے معنے نہیں ہو سکتے ہیں اس لئے عدد کے معنے لگیں گے۔
26:153.
By implication the reference in the verse is to the nine prominent enemies of the Holy Prophet. Eight of them were killed in the Battle of Badr and the ninth, the notorious Abu Lahab, died at Mecca on hearing the news of the defeat at Badr. These eight were: Abu Jahl, Mut‘im bin ‘Adiyy, Shaibah bin Rabi‘ah, ‘Utbah bin Rabi‘ah, Walid bin ‘Utbah, Umayyah bin Khalf, Nadar bin Harith and ‘Aqbah bin Abi Mu‘ait. They conspired to murder the Holy Prophet. The actual plan was to select one man from every tribe of the Quraish and then make a concerted murderous attack upon him so that no particular tribe might be held responsible for his murder. The plan came from Abu Jahl, the leader of this wicked junta.
26:153.
Important Words:
رھط (party) is derived from (rahata) which means, he took large bits; he devoured greedily. ارتھط القوم means, the people assembled. رھط means, a man’s people or tribe consisting of his near relations or kinsfolk; a number of men less than ten among whom there is no woman; or a number of men from three to ten or from seven to ten (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
By implication the reference in the verse is to the enemies of the Holy Prophet, prominent among whom were nine persons. Eight of them were killed in the Battle of Badr and the ninth, the notorious Abu Lahab, died at Mecca on hearing of the news of the defeat at Badr. The eight were: Abu Jahl, Mut‘im bin ‘Adiyy, Shaibah bin Rabi‘ah, ‘Utbah bin Rabi‘ah, Walid bin ‘Utbah,’ Ummayah bin Khalf, Nadar bin Harith and ‘Aqbah bin Abi Mu‘ait. All these nine men conspired to murder the Holy Prophet. The actual plan to select one man from every tribe of the Quraish and then make a concerted murderous attack upon the Holy Prophet so that no particular tribe might be held responsible for his murder came from Abu Jahl, the leader of this wicked junta.
The present Surah was revealed towards the middle of the Meccan period and the plot against the Holy Prophet matured just before his departure for Medina. Thus mention of such a plot in the account of Prophet Salih implied a prophetic reference to a similar plot against the Holy Prophet at a later date. A reference to the plot against the Holy Prophet has also been made in 8:31. See next verse.
c
26:153.
2
رَھْطٌ کے معنے قبیلہ یا عدد کے ہوتے ہیں۔ اس جگہ چونکہ قبیلہ کے معنے نہیں ہو سکتے ہیں اس لئے عدد کے معنے لگیں گے۔
a
26:153.
2848
Important Words:
رھط (party) is derived from (rahata) which means, he took large bits; he devoured greedily. ارتھط القوم means, the people assembled. رھط means, a man’s people or tribe consisting of his near relations or kinsfolk; a number of men less than ten among whom there is no woman; or a number of men from three to ten or from seven to ten (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
By implication the reference in the verse is to the enemies of the Holy Prophet, prominent among whom were nine persons. Eight of them were killed in the Battle of Badr and the ninth, the notorious Abu Lahab, died at Mecca on hearing of the news of the defeat at Badr. The eight were: Abu Jahl, Mut‘im bin ‘Adiyy, Shaibah bin Rabi‘ah, ‘Utbah bin Rabi‘ah, Walid bin ‘Utbah,’ Ummayah bin Khalf, Nadar bin Harith and ‘Aqbah bin Abi Mu‘ait. All these nine men conspired to murder the Holy Prophet. The actual plan to select one man from every tribe of the Quraish and then make a concerted murderous attack upon the Holy Prophet so that no particular tribe might be held responsible for his murder came from Abu Jahl, the leader of this wicked junta.
The present Surah was revealed towards the middle of the Meccan period and the plot against the Holy Prophet matured just before his departure for Medina. Thus mention of such a plot in the account of Prophet Salih implied a prophetic reference to a similar plot against the Holy Prophet at a later date. A reference to the plot against the Holy Prophet has also been made in 8:31. See next verse.
a
26:153.
2178
By implication the reference in the verse is to the nine prominent enemies of the Holy Prophet. Eight of them were killed in the Battle of Badr and the ninth, the notorious Abu Lahab, died at Mecca on hearing the news of the defeat at Badr. These eight were: Abu Jahl, Mut‘im bin ‘Adiyy, Shaibah bin Rabi‘ah, ‘Utbah bin Rabi‘ah, Walid bin ‘Utbah, Umayyah bin Khalf, Nadar bin Harith and ‘Aqbah bin Abi Mu‘ait. They conspired to murder the Holy Prophet. The actual plan was to select one man from every tribe of the Quraish and then make a concerted murderous attack upon him so that no particular tribe might be held responsible for his murder. The plan came from Abu Jahl, the leader of this wicked junta.
قَالُوا۟ تَقَاسَمُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ لَنُبَيِّتَنَّهُۥ وَأَهْلَهُۥ ثُمَّ لَنَقُولَنَّ لِوَلِيِّهِۦ مَا شَهِدْنَا مَهْلِكَ أَهْلِهِۦ وَإِنَّا لَصَٰدِقُونَ
قرآن مجید میں وَلِیٌّ کا لفظ ہے اور وَلِیٌّ کے معنے ایسے شخص کے ہوتے ہیں جو کسی کے کاموں ں کا ذمہ وار اور اس کا مددگار ہوتا ہے۔ اسی طرح جو شخص کسی کی موت کے بعد اس کے قتل کے بدلہ کا مطالبہ کرے اس کوبھی عربی میں وَلِیٌّ کہتے ہیں۔ کیونکہ ایسا شخص اس کا مددگار ہوتا ہے۔
Waliyy means, an heir; one who demands retribution for murder; an avenger of blood (Lane).
Important Words:
لنبیتنه (We will surely attack him by night) is derived from بات. They say بات فی المکان i.e. he passed the night in the place.بیت الامر (bayyata) means, he performed the thing at night. بیت العدو means, he came upon the enemy suddenly, took him by surprise, attacked him by night or at night (Lane & Aqrab).
3
قرآن مجید میں وَلِیٌّ کا لفظ ہے اور وَلِیٌّ کے معنے ایسے شخص کے ہوتے ہیں جو کسی کے کاموں ں کا ذمہ وار اور اس کا مددگار ہوتا ہے۔ اسی طرح جو شخص کسی کی موت کے بعد اس کے قتل کے بدلہ کا مطالبہ کرے اس کوبھی عربی میں وَلِیٌّ کہتے ہیں۔ کیونکہ ایسا شخص اس کا مددگار ہوتا ہے۔
2849
Important Words:
لنبیتنه (We will surely attack him by night) is derived from بات. They say بات فی المکان i.e. he passed the night in the place.بیت الامر (bayyata) means, he performed the thing at night. بیت العدو means, he came upon the enemy suddenly, took him by surprise, attacked him by night or at night (Lane & Aqrab).
2178A
Waliyy means, an heir; one who demands retribution for murder; an avenger of blood (Lane).
وَمَكَرُوا۟ مَكْرًا وَمَكَرْنَا مَكْرًا وَهُمْ لَا يَشْعُرُونَ
3:55; 8:31; 13:43; 14:47.
3:55; 8:31; 13:43; 14:47.
The Holy Prophet had to flee from Mecca but the flight eventually resulted in the destruction of the power of the Quraish, who did not realize that by compelling the Holy Prophet to flee from Mecca they were laying the foundation of their own destruction.
3:55; 8:31; 13:43; 14:47.
Commentary:
Like Salih’s people the Meccan chiefs plotted against the life of the Holy Prophet as mentioned in 27:49 above. And like the plot against Salih, the plot against the Holy Prophet proved abortive. Ultimately it led to their own ruin. The Holy Prophet had to flee from Mecca but the flight eventually resulted in the destruction of the power of the Quraish. The Quraish did not realize that by compelling the Holy Prophet to flee from Mecca they were laying the foundation of their own destruction.
a
3:55; 8:31; 13:43; 14:47.
a
3:55; 8:31; 13:43; 14:47.
2850
Commentary:
Like Salih’s people the Meccan chiefs plotted against the life of the Holy Prophet as mentioned in 27:49 above. And like the plot against Salih, the plot against the Holy Prophet proved abortive. Ultimately it led to their own ruin. The Holy Prophet had to flee from Mecca but the flight eventually resulted in the destruction of the power of the Quraish. The Quraish did not realize that by compelling the Holy Prophet to flee from Mecca they were laying the foundation of their own destruction.
b
3:55; 8:31; 13:43; 14:47.
2179
The Holy Prophet had to flee from Mecca but the flight eventually resulted in the destruction of the power of the Quraish, who did not realize that by compelling the Holy Prophet to flee from Mecca they were laying the foundation of their own destruction.
فَٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَٰقِبَةُ مَكْرِهِمْ أَنَّا دَمَّرْنَٰهُمْ وَقَوْمَهُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ
7:79; 26:173; 37:137.
7:79; 26:173; 37:137.
7:79; 11:68.
Commentary:
The end of the plottings of the Meccan chiefs against the Holy Prophet as referred to above was that they themselves met with complete discomfiture and destruction.
b
7:79; 26:173; 37:137.
b
7:79; 11:68.
2851
Commentary:
The end of the plottings of the Meccan chiefs against the Holy Prophet as referred to above was that they themselves met with complete discomfiture and destruction.
c
7:79; 26:173; 37:137.
فَتِلْكَ بُيُوتُهُمْ خَاوِيَةًۢ بِمَا ظَلَمُوٓا۟ ۗ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَءَايَةً لِّقَوْمٍ يَعْلَمُونَ
وَأَنجَيْنَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَكَانُوا۟ يَتَّقُونَ
وَلُوطًا إِذْ قَالَ لِقَوْمِهِۦٓ أَتَأْتُونَ ٱلْفَٰحِشَةَ وَأَنتُمْ تُبْصِرُونَ
7:81; 29:29.
7:81; 29:29.
c
7:81; 29:29.
a
7:81; 29:29.
a
7:81; 29:29.
2179A
The words may also mean, with your eyes open.
أَئِنَّكُمْ لَتَأْتُونَ ٱلرِّجَالَ شَهْوَةً مِّن دُونِ ٱلنِّسَآءِ ۚ بَلْ أَنتُمْ قَوْمٌ تَجْهَلُونَ
7:82; 26:166, 167; 29:30.
7:82; 26:166, 167; 29:30.
7:82; 26:166-167; 29:30.
d
7:82; 26:166, 167; 29:30.
b
7:82; 26:166-167; 29:30.
b
7:82; 26:166, 167; 29:30.
۞ فَمَا كَانَ جَوَابَ قَوْمِهِۦٓ إِلَّآ أَن قَالُوٓا۟ أَخْرِجُوٓا۟ ءَالَ لُوطٍ مِّن قَرْيَتِكُمْ ۖ إِنَّهُمْ أُنَاسٌ يَتَطَهَّرُونَ
7:83; 26:168.
7:83; 26:168.
Important Words:
یتطھرون (would keep clean) is derived from طھر which means, he was or became clean. طھر الشیء (tahhara) means, he made the thing clean with water, he washed the thing. یتطھرون is from باب تفعل which is generally used to imply affectation. The word was used by the opponents of Lot ironically and by way of taunt, meaning that his family and people posed and paraded as extra pure and righteous persons. Sometimes man sinks so low in sin and vice that he becomes lost to all sense of decency and even the voice of conscience becomes stilled in him and he exults in crimes and instead of being ashamed of his own wicked deeds he makes taunting and sarcastic remarks against good people. So did the people of Lot.
e
7:83; 26:168.
c
7:83; 26:168.
2852
Important Words:
یتطھرون (would keep clean) is derived from طھر which means, he was or became clean. طھر الشیء (tahhara) means, he made the thing clean with water, he washed the thing. یتطھرون is from باب تفعل which is generally used to imply affectation. The word was used by the opponents of Lot ironically and by way of taunt, meaning that his family and people posed and paraded as extra pure and righteous persons. Sometimes man sinks so low in sin and vice that he becomes lost to all sense of decency and even the voice of conscience becomes stilled in him and he exults in crimes and instead of being ashamed of his own wicked deeds he makes taunting and sarcastic remarks against good people. So did the people of Lot.
c
7:83; 26:168.
2180
Yatatahharun means, they pose and parade as extra pure and righteous: they take pride in their righteousness and purity (Lane).
فَأَنجَيْنَٰهُ وَأَهْلَهُۥٓ إِلَّا ٱمْرَأَتَهُۥ قَدَّرْنَٰهَا مِنَ ٱلْغَٰبِرِينَ
7:84; 29:34.
7:84; 29:34.
7:84; 21:75; 29:34.
f
7:84; 29:34.
1
فـاء کے معنے’’اور‘‘کے بھی ہیں‘ پس کے بھی‘ اور ’’نتیجہ‘‘کے بھی ہوتے ہیں۔
2
یعنی وہ اپنے اعمال کی وجہ سے نظر آتی تھی کہ پیچھے رہ جائے گی۔
d
7:84; 21:75; 29:34.
d
7:84; 29:34.
وَأَمْطَرْنَا عَلَيْهِم مَّطَرًا ۖ فَسَآءَ مَطَرُ ٱلْمُنذَرِينَ
7:85; 25:41; 26:174.
7:85; 25:41; 26:174.
7:85; 25:41; 26:174.
g
7:85; 25:41; 26:174.
e
7:85; 25:41; 26:174.
e
7:85; 25:41; 26:174.
قُلِ ٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ وَسَلَٰمٌ عَلَىٰ عِبَادِهِ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱصْطَفَىٰٓ ۗ ءَآللَّهُ خَيْرٌ أَمَّا يُشْرِكُونَ
37:182, 183.
37:182, 183.
With this verse is closed the discourse about Moses, David, Solomon, Salih and Lot with an invocation of Divine peace and blessings on God’s Messengers and His Elect to whom humanity is indebted for all that is good and virtuous in the world and then the Surah proceeds to give arguments in support of the existence of God and of His great power and Unity.
37:182-183.
Commentary:
With this verse is closed the discourse about Moses, David, Solomon, Salih and Lot with an invocation of divine peace and blessings on God’s Messengers and His Elect to whom humanity is indebted for all that is good and virtuous in the world, and then the Surah proceeds to give arguments in support of the existence of God, His great Power and Unity.
a
37:182, 183.
a
37:182-183.
2853
Commentary:
With this verse is closed the discourse about Moses, David, Solomon, Salih and Lot with an invocation of divine peace and blessings on God’s Messengers and His Elect to whom humanity is indebted for all that is good and virtuous in the world, and then the Surah proceeds to give arguments in support of the existence of God, His great Power and Unity.
a
37:182, 183.
2181
With this verse is closed the discourse about Moses, David, Solomon, Salih and Lot with an invocation of Divine peace and blessings on God’s Messengers and His Elect to whom humanity is indebted for all that is good and virtuous in the world and then the Surah proceeds to give arguments in support of the existence of God and of His great power and Unity.